CONTENTS

G. M. CurprenpaALe: Contributions to the Flora of Central Australia

M. J. Tyter: A Taxonomic Study of Amphibians and Reptiles of the Central

Highlands of New Guinea, with Notes on their pean de: and Bucleey

I Anura: Microhylidae ..

G. M. CurerenpALe: The Relic Nature of Some Central Australian Plants

C. Spricc: Geology and Petroleum Prospects of the Simpson Desert

R. C. Spricc anp J. B. Wootiey: Coastal Bitumen in Southern Australia,

with Special Reference to Observations at Geltwood Beach, South-

East South Australia ) i im =

M. J. TyLer: A Taxonomic Study of Amphibians and Reptiles of the Central

Highlands of New Guinea, with Notes on their nese and PEERS:

If Anura: Ranidae and Hylidae x

C. P. Mountrorp anp R. Epwarps: Rock Engravings of Panaramitee

Station, North-Eastern South Australia ..

. WoMERSLEY: Two New SEeHes of Acarina from Bat Guano from Aus-

tralian Caves ' a “se

H. Womerstey: A New Species of Forcellinia (Acarina, Tyroglyphidae )

from Bee Hives of Western Australia x Z 2 A a

R. V. Sourncorr: The Smarididae (Acarina) of North and Central

America and some other Countries 3 * i Re 4

H. Worrner: Post-Winton Sediments of Probable Mb es Cretaceous cae

in the Central Great Artesian Basin

List of Lectures and Exhibits 1961-62

Balance Sheet

Award of the Sir Joseph Verco Medal and List of Fellows, 1962

Index

105

131

147

155

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

BY G. M. CHIPPENDALE

Summary

A varietal combination is made for Lysiana exocarpi var. spathulata. New records are given for

nine species, with notes on six species, while two species are deleted from the Check List of Central

Australian Plants.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO TIE FLORA OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

No, 3

by G. M. CurepenpaALe®

[Read 12 October 1961]

SUMMARY

A varietal combination is made for Lyyiana exocarpi var. spathulata,

New records are given for nine species, with notes on six species, while

two species are deleted from the Check List of Central Australian Plants.

GRAMINEAE

Stipa scabra Lindl, 8 m. west-north-west of Ayers Rock, M. Lazarides,

7:5/1956 (Herb. Aust. ML6152).

A new record for Central Australia.

Triodia clelandii N. T. Burbidge. This species replaces Triodia sp. nov, aff,

brizoides mentioned by Chippendale (1959).

Triodia hubbardii N. T. Burbidge. This species replaces Triedia sp, nov.

aff, pungens mentioned by Chippendale (1959).

PROTEACFAE

Takea purpurea Wook. This was originally inclided in the Check List on

the basis of a specimen collected by Tietkens in 1889 between Lukes Amadeus

and MacDonald. However, this specimen is not of H. purpurea, but has affini-

ties with that species, and will need further collecting to clarity its position.

LoRANTUACEAL

Lysiana exacarpi (Behr. ex Schlecht.) Tiegh. var. spathulata comb, nov.

Syn. Loranthus exocarpi Behr. ex Schlecht. var, spathulata Blakely in Proc.

Linn. Soe. N.S.W. 30 (1925) 10. Recent records of this variety inchide: 7 m.

north of Aileron, on Acacia voriacea DC,, R. E. Winkworth, 20/3/1955 (Herb.

Aust. REW930), Ormiston Gorge, on Callitris hugelii (Carr.) Franco, G. Chip-

pendale, 25/5/1956 (NT2095). Palm Valley, on Ficus platypada A. Cunn.,

D. J. Nelson, 15/8/1961 (NTS8355). Palm Valley, on Cullitris hugelit (Carr,)

Franco, D. J. Nelson, 15/8/1961 (NTS356). Palm Valley, on Melaleuca

glomerata ¥, Muell., D, J. Nelson, 15/8/1961 (NT8359)}. Palm Valley, on Mela-

leuca linariifolia Sm., D. J. Nelson, 15/8/1961 (NT8362),

CHEXOPODIACEAE

Bassia biflora (B.Br.) F. Muell. Previously reeorded at Crown Point,

Finke River, in 1913, hy S. A. White, this species has again been recorded, but

4 Animal Industry Branch, Dept. of ‘Verritories, Alice Springs, N,'l’.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust, (1963), Vol. 86.

8 G, M. CHIPPENDALE

is apparently a rare species in Central Australia. Burt Plain, 36 m, north of

Alice Springs, G. Chippendale, 22/6/1961 (NT8053).

Bassia glabra F. Mucll. Tanami, G. Chippendale, 10/4/1959 (NT5594).

A new record for Central Australia.

PORTULACACEAE

Portulaca bicolor F. Muell. var, rosea Maiden et Betche, Paddy’s Rockhole,

#m. south-west of Arltunga, G. Chippendale, 25/3/1958 (NT4087). Ooraminna

Pass, G. Chippendale, 29/7/1956 (NT2376),

A new record for Centra) Australia,

MIMOSACEAL

Acacia oswaldii ¥, Muell. 37 m., north-cast of Lake Mackay, G, Chippen-

dale, 16/6/1957 (NT3378). 40-50 m. west of Haast Bluff Settlement, A. J.

Mahood, 12/8/1961 (NT8378).

A new record for Central Australia.

EUPUORBIACEAE

Euphorbia petala Ewart et L. R. Kerr. Wycliffe Well, A. J. Ewart, June,

1924, A specimen noted in the Melbourne Herbarium.

A new record for Central Australia.

ASCLEPIADACKAR

Pentatropis linearis Decne. in DC. Prod. viii (1844) 536. Syn. P. kempeana

F, Muell. in Wings Southern Science Record I (1882) 172. “Examination of

types of these species at Melbourne Herbarium showed them to be of the same

species, with the type of P. kempeana being depauperate. A further record of

this species is 70 m. west-north-west of Mt. Singleton, G, Chippendale, 13/6/1957

(NT3348), Therefore, P. kempeana is deleted from the Check List.

CONVOLYULACEAE

Ipomoea polymorpha R. et Sch. James Range, I, Kempe, March 1885. A

specimen noted while at interstate herbaria.

A new record for Central Australia.

VERBENACEAE

Dicrastylis doranit F. Muell. var. doranii. 70 m. west-north-west of Mt

Singleton, G, Chippendale, 13/6/1957 (NT3350).

A new record for Central Australia,

SOLANACEAE

Nicotiana megalosiphon Heurck et Muell, Arg. Recorded by Buntidge

(1960) as extending to Centra] Australia, and a further record is Long Hole,

30 m. north-west of Willowra H,S., G. Chippendale, 30/7/1958 (NT4754).

FLORA OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA, No. 3 9

Solanum lasiophyllum Dun. Lassettcr’s Cave, Hull River, G. Chippendale,

24/6/1958 (NT4619),

A new record for Central Australia.

CoMPposirar

Wedelia spilanthoides F. Muell. This is deleted from the list of Central

Australian plants, as the only specimen on which the record was based (Herb.

Aust. RAP3298) has now been determined as W. stirlingit Tate.

Wedelia stirlingti Tate. Previously synonymised under W. cverbesinoides

F. Muell, ex Benth. by J. M. Black (1934), but new considered to be worthy

of distinction. The long peduncles and linear lanceolate leaves are consistent

in this species in Central Australia. 25 m. north-east of Undoolya Station, R. A.

Perry, 6/3/1953 (Herb. Aust. RAP3298). 3 m, south of Glen Helen, G. Chip-

pendale, 4/2/1955 (NT779). Palm Valley, G. Chippendale, 15/4/1956

(NT2031). Standley Chasm, G. Chippendale, 17/11/1954 (NT523). Standley

Chasm, R. A. Perry, 4/9/1955 (Herb, Aust. RAP5384).

Wedelia verbesinoides F. Muell. ex Benth. Records of this species in

Central Australia are of W. stirlingii Tate, as mentioned before.

REFERENCES

Buack, J. M., 1934. Trans. Roy, Soc. S. Aust., 58 (1934), pp. 184-5,

Buremwcr, N. T., 1960, Aust. J. Bot., 8 (October, 1960), p. 369.

Curerenpa.e, G. M., 1959. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust,, 82 (1959), pp, 321-338. “Check List

of Central Australian Plants”.

Tate, R., 1896. Report of the Horn Expedition to Central Australia. Botany, 3 (1896).

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

BY MICHAEL J. TYLER

Summary

The present paper is based on the writer's observations on eight species of Microhylid frogs

collected in the Central Highlands of New Guinea, of which Xenobatrachus rostratus and

Metopostira ocellata are new records for the region. The eggs of Sphenophryne_ brevicrus,

Asterophrys wilhelmana, Cophixalus darlingtoni and C. parkeri are described, and the method of

hatching employed by Cuphixalus sop. is reported. Available data on all known eggs of the New

Guinea subfamilies Asterophryinae and Sphenophryninae are tabulated revealing, contrary to

previous opinion, that a mucilaginous cord does not connect the eggs of all species. From a

consideration O F the diversity of the forms of development employed by congeners, it is suggested

that biological data are unlikely to prove of much value in the determination of phylogenetic

affinities.

A TAXONOMIC STUDY OF AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES OF THE

CENTRAL HIGHLANDS OF NEW CUINEA, WITIL NOTES ON THEIR

ECOLOGY AND BIOLOGY

1. ANURA: Microhylidae

by Micraun J. Tyner*

[Read 12 October 1961]

SUMMARY

The present paper is based on the writer's. observations on eight species

of Microhyhd frogs collected in the Central Highlands of New Guinea, of which

Xenobatrachus rostratuy and Metopostira eeellata are new records for the

region, The eges of Sphenophryne drevicrus, Asterophrys —wilhelmana,

Cophixalus darlingtoni aud C. parkeri are deserihed, and the inethod_of hatching

employed by Caphivalys spp. is reported. Ayailuble data on all known eggs

of the New Guinea subfamilies Asterophryinae and Sphenuphryninae are tabu-

lated tevealing, contrary to previons -apinion, that a mucilaginims eord does

not connect the eggs of all species.

From a consideration of the diversity of the fomus of development em-

ployed by congeners, it is suggested that biological data ave unlikely to prove

of mech value in the detennination of phylogenetic allinities,

INTRODUCTION

In a discussion of the various modes of development of the Microhylidac,

Parker (1934) refers to the habit of metamorphosis within the egg, common to

genera whose centre of origin and. distribution appears to be the Papuan region,

and comments upon similarities between the deyelopment of New Cuimea

Microhylids, and the Neotropical Leptodactylid genus Kleutheroductylus,

Although the ecology of many Eleutherodactylus species has been established

(Noble, 1926; Lutz, 1944, 1946; Adamson ef al., 1960; Vallet and Jameson, 1961),

very little attention has been paid to the ecology of New Guinea Microhylids.

Zweite] (1956a) emphasised the need for ecological information on New

Guinea Microhylids, to facilitate the determination of phylogenetic alfinities, at

present established solely by the comparison of morphological characteristics.

The desirability of this combination of criteria for the amphibia had previously

been recommended by Noble (1927).

Since the publication of his 1956a paper, Zweitel has described Cophixalus

shellyi (1956b), Xenobatrachus obesus (1960). CG, riparius and C, nubicola

(1962), bringing the number of New Guinea Microhylids which he recognises

to a total of sixty-three. The wppearance in life and habits of a dozen species

are known from collectors’ notes, but a field survey on them has not previously

been undertaken,

The present paper records the writer's observations on the ecology and

biology of eight species occurring in the Central Iighlands of New Gninea.

It is based on the results of a survey conducted in the vicinity of Nonduyl (lat.

* Department of Human Fhysiolagy and Pharmacology, The University af Adelaide.

Trans. Roy. Soc. §. Aust. (1963), Vol. 26,

12 M. J. TYLER

o°4u’S, long. 144*44°F.) in the Wahgi Valley, during the period January to

July, 1960, and taxunomic studies at the British Museum (Natural Histary)

from January to August, 1961, aud is the Hest of 9 series af papers on the

herpetofauna of that region.

GEOGRAPHICAL AND ECOLOGICAL NOTES

Future references to New Guinea will refer to the Australian Trusteeship

Territory of New Guinea, previously known as “German New Guinea”, or the

“Australian Mandated Territory”, unless otherwise stated, The term, “Central

Highlands”, refers here to that ‘sector of the Western Highlands between Mount

Wilhelm and Mount Hagen. The expression is not used by all the inhabitants,

but it is employed here to prevent further confusion in the literature.

The Wahgi Valley is situated at an overall altitude of approximately five

thousand feet above sea-level and the climute is sub-tropical, Crass-cavered

plains bordering the river terminate abruptly at the foot of the densely forested

Wahgi-Sepik Mountain Divide to the north and the Kubor Range to the south,

[t is the former range which comects. Mount Hagen to Mount Wilhelin and the

highest peak in the vicinity of Nondugl is Mount Odan, estimated to exceed

12,300 feet. A sketch map of the area is depicted in Fig, 1,

The herpetofauna of the area includes several species believed to be en-

demie to the Central Highlands (Zweitel, 1956a, 1956b, 1958), Only two species

of frous have heen celiably recorded on the Wahgi Plains (Tyla darlingtoni

Loveridge and Runa grisea van Kampen), but at least sixteen Microhylids and

Hylids are known to occur at higher altitudes.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Field notes were compiled on details of habitat, colour in life, eall, eggs

and development. Adult and juvenile specimens were killed by the injection

of a 2-5 p.c. formalin solution into the abdominal cavity, and were preserved

for nine months in a similar solution before being transferred into 40 p.c.

alcohol, Eges were fixed in a 4 p.c, formalin solution to which cobalt nitrate

and calcium chloride had been added. (For details sec Tyler, in press).

Measurements quoted refer to these of preserved material unless otherwise

stated, They were estimated to the nearest tenth of a millimetre with a Negretti

and Zambra dial caliper. Body length : distance between tip af snout and anus.

Ratio of the length of the tibia (measured from the convex surface uf the knee

tu the tibio-tarsal joint, with the leg in the fMexed position), to the snaut-vent

length (TL/S-V) is the reciprocal of that reecntly proposed and employed by

Muore {1964 ), but follows the method of Zweifel, whose pipers are extensively

referred to, Inter-orbital space : breadth of parietals at superior, medial borders

uf orbits. Unless otherwisc stated, the shape of the canthus rustralis and snout

is that seen when viewed from above. The ratio of the distance between eve

and naris to interngrial distance is abbreviated as E-N/IN.

In the original descriptions of several species the appearance of the tym-

panum has been used asa characteristic, and is described as either “distinet® or

“indistinct”. Use of the term “distinct” implies that the annulus surrounding the

tympaaurn ts prominent, so that the tympanal region is raised. As the tympanum

of specimens fixed in strong solutions of alcohol is often far more distinct than

in a sevies of the same species fixed in weak formalin, the descriptions af this

avea In the present paper are based on specimens fixed in both preservatives

wherever this has heen possible.

AMIHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM NEW GUINEA, 1 13

Although the collection was taken at the height of the breeding season,

sex determination of specimens lacking distinct secondary sexual characters

proved difficult, Sex ratios have therefore been omitted and the term “adult” is

used to describe individuals regarded to be within the size range at whieh

breeding occurs.

The existence of native names for amphibians and reptiles vceurring in

the Wahgi Valley has been reported previously (Tyler, 196la). The names

used in the vicinity of Nondugl are of the Middle Wahi Dialect and are quoted

when. they appear to be generally acecpted. The spelling of these names is

purely phonetical and they are recorded here for the benefit of future field

workers.

The abbreviations of the names of institutions where the collection has been

lodged are as follows:

B.M. = British Museum (Natural History)

A.M.N.H. = American Museum of Natural History

Austral. Mus, = Australian Museum.

SPECIES REPRESENTED

Subfamily AsreRoPHrviInar

Xenobatrachus rostratus (Méhcly)

Choanacantha rostrata Méhely, 1898, Termés, Fiizetek, 21, p. 175.

Material: Four specimens—Austral. Mus. B.16854; A.M.N.H. 67609; 1.M.

1961,877-878,

Description: Single vometine odontoid beneath posterior medial margin uf

each choana; snout obtusely pointed, distinctly prominent, twice as long as

diameter of eye, smooth on all surfaces; canthus rostralig slightly rounded;

loreal region oblique and concave; inter-orbital space less than three times as

wide as an upper eyelid. Tympanum distinct, larger than diameter of eye;

weuk supra-tyinpanic fold preseut. Fingers short, not dilated, second slivhtly

shorter than the fourth. Toes with very slightly dilated discs, third much

longer than fifth, inner metatarsal tubercle indistinct. Tibiotarsal articulation

reaching the shoulder when adpressed. Anterior to the clayicles and parallel

with them, are fwo pairs of thin dermal depressions. Skin of dorsal surface

slightly tuberculose.

Body length = 25-2-30-5 mm, (mean = 28-1 mm.).

Colour in life of dorsal and Jateral surfaces of three specimens uniform slate,

the fourth a dull orange. Tubereles black with light centres, forming distinct

lingitudinal rows upon dorso-lateral surtaces. Extremely taint mid-dorsal stripe

extends from the external nares to the anus, where it divides and continues

along the upper surfaces of the thighs and posterior surfaces of the tibiae to the

plantar surfaces which are grey in three specimens and black in B.M. 1961.877.

Side of head slate; supra-tympanic folds black, tympanal urea dull orange.

Ventral surface pale creamy-yellow marbled with slate, densely so upon

the throat. Thin mid-ventral line extends from mandibular symphysis to omo-

sternum and there divides, crosses approximately uver regiun of elavicles, and

continues along posterior surface of arms to palms, This linc is paler than

eeuund colour in B.M. 1961,877, but in others it is a narrow area upon whose

borders the slate pigments terminate ubruptly. Palmar surfaces orange with

Id M. J. TYLER

grey patches, triangular in one specimen, but of no definite shape in others,

Back of thighs and anal region black.

No appreciable change in colonration has occurred in alcohol,

Locality: All specimens were found beneath moss on 20.5.60 at the summit

of a pass north of Banz (16 road-miles west of Nondugl), at an altitude of

9,000-9,500 fect upon the Wahgi-Sepik Divide. The pass was covered by low

cloud, and the ground saturated with water.

CE, "Dy

, LL

‘®MINGENDE 4

eee aes,

EGE

oO lO MILES

Fig. 1. Wahgi Valley in Vicinity af Nonduyl,

Remarks: In the original description by Méhely (1898) and the redeserip-

tion by Parker (1934) the lightly pustulose nature of the skin was not mentioned,

but the state of preservation of their specimens could have diminished the ap-

parence of this feature. The yomerine odontoids are similar to their illustra-

tions but the toes, although described hy Méhely as “Fecbly dilated” are not as

dilated as in his plate, Parker mentions that the ventral surface of the snout is

pustiJose. and Bonlenger’s (1898) illustration of the type of Choanacantha

mehelyi (regarded to be conspecific with X. rosiralus by van Kampen (1923).

and Parker (loc. cit.) ) depicts prominent pustules upon the anterier surface of

the snout. Im the present series it is quite smooth vn all surfaces,

The mid-dorsal stripe has been recorded by Burt and Burt (1932), van

Kampen (loc. cit.) and Zweife) (1956a), to mention but a few authors and,

where illustrated, is showa to be distinctive feature. Such a line is present in

the serics under discussion, but so faint that it is hardly visible macrascopically,

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM NEW GUINEA, J 16

No mention has been made by any of the above authors of a mid-venteal

line, and Dr. Zweitel, who kindly compared B.M. 1961877 with the only other

specimen of X. rastratus then in the collection of the American Museum of

Natural History (No, 23584), informs me that it differs conspicuously in the

ventral pattern, L have examined the two specimens in the British Museum

(®.M. 1921.11.11.5 = 1938.6.5.80), and find that the ventral surfaces of both ure

white, densely marbled with pale brown—a difference that cannot be solely

alhiibuted to the length of time they have remained in preservative. Neither

of the specimens possesses 4 dark throat or a mid-ventral line. They would

appear to he similar in this respect ta the ventral pattern of specimens examined

by Vogt (1911), but Méhely mentions that there are more spots on the throat

at the type than en the remainder of its ventral surface.

Van Kampen states that the ventral surface is “flery red”, in life, and Parker

alsu states. “red in life’, The present series is markedly different in this respect,

and there is no appreciable change between colour in life and in preservutive.

Development: The vegs of X restratus have not been found in their natural

state, laut Path Parker and Méhely have reported that those within gravid

fornales they examined were rmucrolecithal, The ovarian size of eggs from a

47 mm, specimen were found by the former author to have a diameter of 3-5

mm. Other members of the Asterophryinae lay eggs of large yalk size away

from water and there is no free-swimming tadpole stage. Jt may be safely

assumed that X. rostreatus undergoes a similar form of development,

Distribution: Tt would appear from the literature that, although recorded

from many localities upon the mainland of New Guinea this species is. rela-

tively rare, for it has mevitubly heen recorded from single specimens, With the

possible exception of X. macrops (van Kampen), this applies to other members

of the genus, but the statement by Zweifel (19562) that X. bidens (van Kampen )

and X. ophiodon Peters and Doria are only known from single type specimens

is at variance with Parker (1934), The latter author examined two specimens ot

X. bidens and a specimen of X, ophiodon described as a cotype.

This is the first time that X. rostratuy has been found in the Central High-

lands und probably the highest allitide at which it has yet been recorded,

Asterophrys wilhelmana Loveridge

Asterophiys pansa 4ilhalmand Lovericlge, 1945, Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Hary,, 101 (2),

p. ATO,

Material; Forty-nine specimens—Austval. Mus, R.16522-16629; B.M, 1961.

438-875. Twenty-six eggs — Austral, Mus. B,17605; A.M.N.H. 67614; BM, L961.

BBL.

Desecriplion: This sevies agrees im all respects with the description of the

type series and, being symphygnathine, with the quulification of Zyveilel

(1956a ).

Body length ~ 17-1-58-5 mm.

The only description of the colour in life of this species is Loveridge's

note of “dark slate”, so the colour in life of the present series is recorded below.

Dorsally dirk slate with a tint of violet (32 specimens), slate with brown

patches (10), ue dark brown upon pale yellow (7). (The last mentioned form

was predominant at altitudes above 9,000 feet.) Side of head darker than

dorsal colour; behind the eye and travelling obliquely from the angle of the

jaws to the forearm is a streak, yellow in the smaller specimens and slowly

16 M. J, TYLER

deepening to a dull orange in these haviny a body length exceeding 45 mm.

This pearking is common to all but eight specimens, and im four of these it

has been replaced by small, spherical, white dots, most densely aggregated upon

the tvinpanum,

Ventral surface of body and limbs pale violet suffused with grey: palmar

and plantar surfaces pale yellow; digits barred with brown. In one specimen

the digits ure completely black,

Jn alcohol the only change is thut the yellow or orange streaks have faded,

Locality; The series was taken beneath rotting wood and in other damp

situations in moss-forest on the Wahgi-Sepik Divide near Nondugl between

6,300 ft and 10,500 ft. during the period 1.4.60 to 9.6.60,

Remarks: Fry (1916) erected the genus Aphantephryne for a series of six

froys vollected by Mr. A. Guilianetti at 12.200 ft. on Mt. Scratchley, Papua, in

1898, and named the genotype pansa, The name of this monotypic genus was

suppressed by Loveridge (1948) who demonstrated that, as the shape of the

patalal ridges and terminal phalanges had been incorrectly depicted, the gencric

characteristics were so slight that there were no longer grounds for maintaining

Aphantophryne as distinct from Asterophrys, ta which he allocated pansa.

Asterophiys wilhelmana was described as a sub-specics of A. pansa by

Loveridge (loc. cit.), but was elevated to specific status when Zweifel (1956a}

referted pansa to Cophixalus, Zwceifel pointed out that as pansa is eleutheroy-

nathine, it could not be retained in.a genus which is essentially symphygnathine,

The situation has therefore been reached where two representatives of

different genera closely resemble cach other in their superficial appearance. ‘The

present series compare favourably with a paratype ot twilhelmane in the Aus-

tralian Museum (M.C.Z. 25919) and two further paratypes in the British

Museum BM, 1947.1.3.90-91 },

Development; One 57 mm. female (Austral, Mus. R.16823) collected from

betieath rotting vegetation on the Wahgi-Sepik Divide on 6.4.60, laid 53 eges

in captivity on the same day, of which 26 were preserved.

The eggs are of an extremely large size, the ova measuving 5-8-6:3 mm.

in diameter and the albumen accounting tor no more than 0:2 mm. of these

figures, In life and in preservative the colour of the ova is white, but not

densely so—the appearance being like that of an wpaque glass.

There is no mucilaginous connection between the eggs, each being laid

separately. When freshly laid, the surface of the albuminous capsule is firm to

the touch and the eggs de not adhere te one another, Additional eggs believed

to be of the same species were found on several occasions, but rare y m aggre-

gations of more than six.

The smallest specimen knawn (M-C¥%. Paratype 25912 of 11 mm.) was

collected by Capt. P. J. Darlington in the month of October, W944, Freshly Jaid

eggs were observed by the writer in April, so this species is probably similar to

other closely allied species in haying a developmental period estimated to

range from eight to ten weeks,

Although the habitats in which eggs were found were always saturated

with water, it was discovered that total immersion of an encapsulated embrya

inevitably caused death within a few burs.

Eggs of Cophixalus pansus found by A. L. Rand in 1952. reported by Zweifel

(1956a), were connected together in a bead-like string.

Call: The call is very much like the grunt of a pig or, mure accurately, the

inhalation of a human trying to imitate this sound, The duration of the cull is

no mure than two seconds and it is repeated after long intervals.

AMPHIBIANS AND RETILES FROM NEW GUINEA, J 1T

Distribution: Asterophrys wilhelmana is apparently endemic to the Western

Tlighlands, having only been reported from the type locality and Mount Hagen,

The present material was therefore taken from an intermediate locality. Addi-

tional specimens were recorded, but not retained, on mountains within a thirty-

mile radius of Nondugl.

Notes: The natives refer to the slate form as “Dort”, and the extreme brown

forn as “Korga”. Specimens that are intermediate between these colour patterns

may be known by either name.

Metopostira ocellata Méhely

Metopostira ooctlata Méhely, 1901, Termes. Fiizetek, 24, p. 100,

Material; Ten specimens—Aushel. Mus. 2.16852, 17602, 17604; B.M, 1961,

831-837,

Description: ‘The morphologica) characteristics of this series aeree with

Parker's (1034) redeseription of the species,

Body fength: 21-5-26-7 mm.; mean: 24:3 mm.

The colour in life of dorsal and dorso-Jateral surfaces pale brown, Side of

head from external nates, below canthus rostralis and eye, dark brown to black.

Similarly coloured spot behind forclimb and above groin, connected hy dorsa-

lateral streak which is continuous in four specimens und juterrupted in remainder.

Throat grey, ventro-lateral body surfaces, thorax and upper abdomen pale

red, profsely spotted with minute white spats, Lawer abdumen and thighs a

pale olive green; back of thighs variegated with very dark brown in five

specimens.

Locality: All specimens were taken on the Wahgi-Sepik Divide at un alti-

tude of 6,300 Ih. near the native village of Bilikep, three miles north of Nuudugl,

One specimen wis found beneath uw flat stane near a stream on 4.4.60; six mare

were taken at the same locality on the following day, and a Airther three be

neuth rocks one hundred yards distant on 15,4.60,

Remarks; A coloured plate included with the type description ( Méhely,

1901), depicts a distiuctly greenish-brown dorsal surface, aud a red and black

ocellus above the groin. Van Kampen (1923) reports a red ocellus above the

willa oF a specimen he examined and a yellow ocellus in the lumbar region.

Parker (1934) also refers ta a red ocelhis, and this feature is still visible in a

series of specimens in the British Museum collection (B.M. 1938,6.5,51-71),

after over 20 years’ preservation. It was at first considered that this feature

might be restricted to adult specimens, for those described by the former authors

ave all in excess of 40 mm. body length The present series ave considered

seinally mature, and alteration of the colow pattern of lrogs alter sexual

maturity is unusual Brongersma (1953) reports an ovellis on a 24 mm, female

lie examined, hut the presence or absence of colour ix not stated (Leiden Mus,

9536).

Tt was noticed that the shape of the snout appeared cithér rounded or blunt

winless particular care was taken to ensute that the head of the specimen was on

a completely horizontal plane when viewed. When correctly positioned. the

sniut tallied with Parker's description in being obtusely pointed.

Denelopment: Van Kampen (10923) states, “the eggs in the avary are fow

and large”. In the present series, a gravid female (B.M. 1961.836) was found

to contain eg@s measuring approximately + mm. in diameter. The form of

laid eggs and details of developmeit are unknown.

is M. J. TYLER

Distribution: Zweilel (1956a) refers to locality records scattered through-

out the island of New Guinea. The present locality is at a slightly higher

altitude than those at which this species has been previously recorded and is

the first record in the Central Highlands.

Notes; The stomach af one specimen (B.M. 1961.834) with a body length

of 26+7 rn was found to contain wo earthworms measuring 55 mm, and 35 mm.

in length.

Subfamily SPHENOPHRYNINAE

Sphenophryne brevicrus (van Kampen)

Oxyelaciyla brevicrus van Kampen, 1913, Nova Cuinca, 9, p. 465.

Material: Nine adult specimens, two juveniles and one egg. Austral. Mus.

R.16855, T7601, 17603; A.M.N.H. 67615 (cee); B.M. 1961.1031-1039.

Desoription: Agree well with the diaguosis of Parker (1934). Tympanum

length/eye length = 0:601; TL,/S-¥ = 0-293,

Body length: Adults, 21-0-23-0 mm.; mean 22-7 mm. Juveniles, 6-9 mm.

and 7-0 mm, respectively.

Colour in life of dorsal surface of lead, body and limbs brown, with in-

distinet darker or lighter spots, Side of head yery dark brown, continuing as a

broad stripe along the lateral surfaces to the sacral region where it descends

wud beeomes much fainter, In three specimens the stripes are accompanied

superiorly by a scries of faint spots, and inferiorly hy a greyish-brown line.

Ventral surfaces generally grey, spotted with pale green on abdomen and

orange on throat. Thin, pale m‘d-ventral line visible in one specimen.

In aleohol the pattern is similar, but the colour of ventral surface much paler

than in life.

Locality: Collected at three localities on the Wahgi-Sepik Divide within

15 miles of Nondugl.at altitudes of 6,000-9,000 ft. during the period 4.4,60-20,5.60.

All taken on saturated ground beneath moss.

Remarks: The considerable differences in the relative tympanic size in three

small groups of $, Brevicrys examined by Zweite] (1956a) resulted in that

author's tentative suggestion that there might be a geographic trend. The ratio

of 0-601 for the present series conforms to this suggestion. A similar trend

was suggested for the (1L/S-¥V ratio with figures for Mt. Hagen and Mt. Wilhichn

specimens being 0-295 and 0-267 respectively. The ratio of 0-293 for the

present Wahgi-Sepik series is further evidence to support the theory of a trend

und indicates a greater alfinity to the Mount Hagen group.

The variation in colour has been discussed by Zweifel (luc. cit.) and Love-

ridge (1948). The pattern of markings exhibited by the present series follows

the illustration of van Kurnpen (1923).

Development; Two specimens (B.M, 1961.1031-1032) found in small hallows

beneath moss on the Wahgi-Sepik Divide at 9,500 It. on 21.35.60 were cach shelter-

ing six yellow eges. The adults were squatting at the ends of their burrows

eovermy the eggs with their bodies. The diameter uf each of the eggs was

approximately 5 mm., and the albumen 0-2 mm. thick. They had been laid in

the form of chains, cach egg being connected to its immediate neighbours

by single cords of colourless mucilage. The cords were approximitely one milli-

metre in diameter and five millimetres long.

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILGS TROM NEW GUINEA, t 1g

The eces were ut different stazes of development. Those of B.M, 1961,103)

lad not yet formed limbs ov a tail, whilst the latter chain contained distinet

piventten possessing fully-developed amd functional limbs and thin colourless

tails,

The adults were placed with the vygs in tins lined with moss until 27,5.60

when it was discovered that BM. 19617.1032 had eaten four eggs. The remam@der

of the eggs of this specimen completed metamorphosis, The froglets emerged

on 10.6.60 and, ufter preservation, were found to measure 6-9 mm. and 7-0 mm.

respectively, At the time of emergence they were u pale eream in colour

except for slight pigmentation on the head and anterior portion of the dorsal

surfiece and the upper surface of the limbs.

By 11.6.60 only one ex was found to be still alive and this wus preserved

as A.M.N.H. 67615.

Fourtcen eaus of this species were found on Mt, Wilhelm by Capt. P. |-

Darlington, and these were also accompanied hy an adult specimen.

Call: Loveridge (lo, cit.) records that a call heard by Darlington af alll-

tudes of up to 13,000 ft..on Mt. Wilhelm and described as “a woodeny crouking

call” was presumed to have been made by this species, The identity ol S.

brevicrus as the species making this call must be regarded as. tentative.

Distribution: This species has been recorded from many of the New Guinea

mountain ranges and previous records include Mt. Wilhelm and Mt. ITagen,

Notes: A specimen with a body length of 25 mm, was in the process of

ingesting an earthworm when captured. Although in a contracted state, the

earthworm was fuund to have a body Jength of 78 mm. when preserved.

Cophixalus ateles (Boulenger)

Sphenophrynd cteles Bowlenger, 1896, Ann. Mus. Star ual. Genova, 38, p. 708,

Material: Twelve specimens — Austral, Mus, 8.16837, 16856; B.M. 1961.

§S2-885, 945-946, 948: A.M.N.II, 6761()-67612.

Description: Agree well with Boulenger's (i §98) deseription of morphology,

but first finger less than one-half of the length of the second and finger dises

twice instead of three times the breadth of the penultimate phalanx. Skin

smooth but longitudinal dermal ridges extend along dorsal surface of all speci-

mens. TL/S-V = 0-122 mean,

Body Jength = 14:4-21:5 mm.; mean = 18-3 mm,

Colour in life of dorsal surface of body grey, head darker. Interocular bar

clearly present (two specimens ), faint (9), or absent (1); & narrow, cteam mid-

vertebral suipe present (3) or absent (9). Side of head as dark as dorsal

surface of head (3), or distinetly darker (9); tympanum masked by this dark

patch (11), or clearly visible and grey (1). Ventral surface pale grey, Throat

darker than thorax and abdomen (5), darkening Innited to lower jaws (6), or

entire ventral surface the same colour (1). Groin and lower surface of thighs

faint red in all specimens.

Thorax stippled with white. Digits barred with grey, Dark patch armel

anus. No appreciable change in colonration in preserved specimens,

Locality; Taken beneath moss on ground in moss-forest between 1.4.60 and

20,5.60 at various localities on the Wahgi-Sepik Divide within 15 miles of

Nondngl. Altitudinal range 6,300-9,500 ft.

Remarks; Although Boulenger (1898) stated that his description of

Cophixalus. (Sphenophryne) aleles was based on “several specimens” taken at

2n M. J. TYLER

Moroka in eau by Dr. L. Lovin in 1893, it is only the two paratypes (orivinall

cotypes) in the British Museum (b.M. 97,12.10.146-147 = 1947,2.19,6-7) whic

have been the subject of any discussion in subsequent papers (Parker, 1934,

Zweitel, 19568, 1956h), ‘Uhe latter anthar was in error when he stated (19562)

that the species is known from only two specimens, for there are five additional

specimens in the Museo Civico di Storia Nutorale at Genoa, which have becn

esignated 3 Ioctotype (M.CS.N, 29116 A) aud four lectoparatypes (29116 B).

hy Capucaceia (1957),

Boulenger's illustration of the hand of one of the cotypes does not xpree

favourably with the type specimens in the British Museum. As Parker (loc.

cit.) pninted out, the first finger is shorter in the BM, types than is depictect,

whilst the writer has found that the ratio of the width of the finger dises to the

width of the penultimate phalanx is exaguerated and that the finger dises are net

as abruptly truncate.

Van Kampen (1923) suggested that the specimens of ateles might in Fact

praye to be jnveniles of C. cerrueosns, tor he did not attach any particular im-

partance tu the relative size-of the first finger. There is, however, no evidence

to suggest that Me type specimens were immature, or thal growth of the digits is

disproportionate if they had been.

Zweitel (1956a) assigned a specimen of Cophixaluy from Mt. Hagen

(A.M.N,I. 58170) to ateles, but commented that the tympanum was rather

indistinct, wihvlst it was said to be distinct in ateles and that the finger dises were

hot large and truneate as Parker (1934) had described them to be, Differences

between two additional specimens collected hy the Rev. §, Shelly in the Wahi

Valley and Parker's description were snch that Zweifel (1956b) deseribed the

two specimens as shellyi and designated A.M.N.H, 58170 a paratype. Dr.

Zweifel kindly examined three of the present scrics and opined (in litt,) that

they agree well with the types of shellyi.

In his description of shelyi, Zweitel states that it differs from the descrip-

Hon. oF uteles in the following characteristics: “tympanum very indistinet: finer

dises relutively smaller: side of head black, sharply contrasting with dorsal and

lateral body surfaces”. The distinctness of the tympanum of the paratypes of

ateles is mainly due to the fact that all pigments have now disappeared and the

original pattern cannot he distinguished, A dark mask said to hs characteristic

Of shellyi is absent in the uteles paratypes; but drawings of three of the lecto-

paratypes supplied by Prof. EB. Tortonese reveal a dark streak running from the

posterior carer of the eve, anterior to the tympanum, to the axilla ia two speci-

mens, and scatterod dots on the side of the head of the third, The British

Muscum paratypes lave body lengths of 12:5 mm, and 12.8 mm. respectively,

and the TL/S-V mean is 0-415. The body lengths of the Genoa specimens are

13-)+ mm. (mean = 13-7 mm.), but their state of preservation is such that it is

uot possible to obtain accurate measurements of the limbs.

It does uppeur that shelly is even closer to ateles than originally suspected,

hut until additional topotypre material of the latter iy obtained, the specific

stutus of shellyi must remain suspect, and it seems prudent to assign the present

material to ateles,

Distribution: Cophivalus ateles is ouly known from the type locality of

Morokn and shellyé from the Wahgi Valley-

Notes: Foot items recoveredt from the present series include beetles, ants,

spiders and mites of the family Parasitidae (Acari ; Mesostigmata), which ate

predutiry npon small Arthropads and were presumably ingested with their

hosts,

AMPETWIANS ANT REPTILES PROM NEW GUINEA, T 21

Cophixalus darlingtont Loveridge

Cophixalus bint darlitgtont Loveridge, 1848, Bull. Mus. coup, Zool, Harv, 101 (2). p. 42d-

Material; Bight adults and three juveniles—Austral. Mus, B,17505-17595;

B.M. L96L.B86-892,

Description: Morphological characteristics agree completely with the de-

soription Of Loveridge and, as a comprehensive description has also been given

by Zweifel (195¢b). a further account here is unnecessary. The opportunity to

recurd colour in life has been denied the above authors, so descriptions uf two

individuals is given’ below to illustrate variation.

B.M. 1961.889 — Dorsal and dorso-lateral surfaces black, with a thin white

interocular bar and a faint trianyular patch on the back of the head. Single

white ocellus on either side of the sacrum, Ventral surface of body and limbs

immaculate cream, ventro-laterals with small faint red spots. Limbs black

uboye, red at sides. Cream patel on heel; plantar and palmar surfaces white.

Austral, Mus. R.17593 — Dorsal surface black with dark grey patches anc

uw fainl interocular bar, Bright green stripes on lateral bedy surfaces, ut side

of head (behind jind below eye), and on back of forearm. Ventral surface pale

grey mottled with dark brown, most noticeable on the lower jaw, Limbs black

abave spotted with grey, uniform grey below; a brilliant green stripe on the

posterior surface of the thighs.

Other specimens varied in colour from a dull green ground colour to pale

brown with darker markings,

Body length: Adults —14-4-25-6 mm, (mean; 20°38 mm.); juveniles —

4-4-5+] mm.

Remarks: Cophixolus darlingtoni was described by Loveridge (1948) as a

sub-species of C. birot (Mchely) from a series of fifty specimens collected by

Capt, Darlington at Toromanbanau jn the Bismarck Mountains, and was clevated

ty specific slatus by Zweifel (1956a). “weifel considered that as the third toe

was shorter than the fifth and therefore the converse of the condition in biror and

as the two forms were appareutly allopatric, specific status was warranted.

The only other species of Cuphixulis found in the same area as darlingtoni

wilh which it could possibly be confused is C, parkeri Loveridge, but they can

he readily distinguished when the TL/S-V ratios are compared, for that of

darlingtoni is considerably higher than parkeri.

The present series compare favourably with the British Museum paratypes

(B.M. 1947.1.3.92-93).

Locality; Taken beneath moss in deuse moss-forest xt several localities on

the Wahgi-Sepik Divide, between 1,4.60 ond 28.35.60. Altitude range: 6,500-

9.500 ft.

Development: On 13.4,60 eighteen eggs were found in a hollow beneath a

rothing Jog at Bamna in dense minss-forest at an altitude of 6,500 ft. Each of

the cggs had a diumeter of approximutely tive millimetres and they were con-

nected together in the form of a chain by single cords of colourless inucilage,

approximately three millimetres Jong, The embryos possessed functional, pig-

mented limbs and long colourless tails, but their bodies were still spherical and

unpigmented, The chain was placed between layers of saturated moss and daily

observations made upon. it-

It was noticed that the developing froglets lay passively upon their backs.

necasionally making spasmodic movements of their limbs, and frequently waving

23. M. . TYLER

their tails. which were entirely {ree and not adposed to the imer surface of the

egg capsule.

On 19.4.60 one of the eges was opened and the motile juvenile removed ind

preserved. Three days later the method of emergence from the eggs was

observed. As this is the first record of the procedure employed by a New

Guinea Microhylid, the following extract from field notes is quoted;

“22.4.60—Whilst examining the eggs of C, darlingfoni this morning, | noticed

that two of the froglets were very active. At short intervals both of them

extended their limbs, distending the capsules in which they were enclosed. The

movements were extremely violent and, within a few minutes, one of the

froglets penetrated the capsule with buth arms. Gaining a purchase against

the fhaer surtace of the capsule with both feet, it forced its bady through the

split, and emerged within ten minutes.

“The second froglet split the capsule with its hindlimbs, The process of

emergence in this case occupied more than an hour, for it appeared to find it

difficult to force its body backwards through the split.”

The specimens described above were preserved as B.M. 1961,891-892. ‘The

former died immediately it was exposed to bright sunlight. No further froglets

emerged and, on 304.60, eighteen days from the date of collection, the remainder

of the chain died when the albumen became covered with a growth of mould.

Distribution: This species is known from the type locality of Toroman-

banin, where fifty specimens were taken at 7,500 ft, and Kondiu in the Wahei

Valley where fifty-six specimens were eallected by Rev. Shelly (Zweite), 1956b),

approximately twenty-five miles west of the type locality. Kondiu is at an

altitude of 5,000 ft., but it is probable that the Rey. Shelly's specimens were

taken at an higher altitude in the nearby moss-forest,

The loeality at which the present series was taken is slightly turther from

the type locality than Kondiu. The fact that so few specimens were taken over

a len period of extensive collecting would suggest (hat this species is ris

tributed further to the east or normally exists in dense but localised communitivs.

Noles: The native name for this species is “Kiris”.

Cophixalus parkeri Loveridge

Cophiaalus veriegalus parkevi Loveridge, 1948, Bull. Mus. comp. Zool Harv., 101 (2). p, Aus,

Material, Sixty-five adult and juyenile specimens. Austral, Mus. B.169+4-

1685), 17596-17600; B.M. 1961.893, 899-944 and fourteen eges, Austral, Mus,

K.17606; A.M.N.H, 67613: B.M, [961.944,

Description; Canthus yrostvalis oniformly rounded (42° specirnens). or

avugular (24) but extremely obtuse: inter-orbital space as broad as (53) or

broader than (13) the breadth of an upper evelid; diameter of tympanum

between one-half und two-thirds of eye diameter; third toe as long as (50) or

slightly longer than (16) the fifth. “ Sub-articilar discs ure present and the

tibio-tarsal articulation of the hind limb reaches the eye (44) or nearer to the

eye than the tympanum (22).

Body Icngth: 10-0-36-2 mm.

The colour in life as seen in the present series reveals a cansiderahle amount

of variation between the gromd colouration of the dorsal surface and the

murkings upon it. Dorsal surface of body and limbs either v pale murky brown

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES PROM NW GULNILA, | 23

or green, Of bead paler, bounded by a transecular or interocular bar. Behind

this bar, on the scapular region, is a W-shaped marking, quite frequently raised

into « dermal fold, Other folds often projyet from the posterior termination of

the head above the distal termination of the transyerse processes of the thoracic

vertebrae to the lumbar region where they terminate abruptly. Remainder of

the clorsal surface of hody and limbs pale lime green, pale yellow or grey, either

so densely covered with intense brown spots that the ground colour is almost

entirely obscured or with a few areas lightly stippled with brown, Gular region

usually darker than thorax and abdomen,

Remarks: At the time of writing, the only published records of GC. perkert

are reports of three specimens taken singly (Loveridye, 1948; Zweifel, 1956a,

{956b), but Zweifel states (in litt.) that Jarge mumbers have since been taken

hy the Sixth Archbold Expedition,

Cophixalus tariegalus parkeri was elevated ta specific rank by Zweifel

(19664). Loveridge's material upon which the desoription of the new swh-

species was based consisted of a single gravid femme of 28 mm. aud his com-

parison with veriegatus was based ou a specimen of that species in the collec

tion of the Museum of Comparative Zoology (M,C.Z. 9385) which had beeu

received from the Berlin Museum as Hilophorbus boettgeri (Mébely). Parker,

whu had redescribed warievatus (1934), oxamined the proposed new tonn_ but

offered no opinion on the yalue of the chavacters which Loveridge selected tn

distinguish it from naniegatus.

Zweifel (1956a) found relutive legtength to snmout-vent length a useful

churacter for distinguishing the species of Cophixalus. Although considcration

must be paid to the fact that he had, at that (ime, only a single specimen of

perkeri_ and two of variegatus at his disposal, the differences in relative leg

length between these forms was found lo be less than that between any pair

of eight species he examined with the exception of ateles and cheesmanae which

are readily distinguished by other characters.

Development: Three chains of egys were collected fram beneath rotting

wood at Bamna. The first, on 6.4.60, consisted of cightecn eggs messuring

5-0 mm, in diameter, connected by mucilaginons cords in the same mayer as

C. darlingtoni. Yhe second and third chains, consisting of thirteen and twenty-

three eges respectively, were taken at the same lacality on the follawing day,

The appearance of the eggs of parkeri and darlingtoni was found ta be very

similar, hut jnveniles could he distinguished qnite readily by the ditference in

the relative legtenyths,

The vumber of mature ova dissected from seven gravid adults ranged from

nverity-one td twenty-seven, suggesting that more than one chain may be laid

hy each individual.

From the three chains collected only one specimen emerged, ‘The remainder

died in captivity as a result of mould forming upon the outer egg membrane.

Emergence wis elected in a manner similar to that ab the previous species,

Call: A short, low, moneotonal whistle:

Distribution: Gophixalus parkert is only known from the Wahel Valley

and the mountains at ils eastern and western erilrances.

Notes: Although normally terrestrial in habits, parkeri is vceasionally sean-

surial, Three specimens were foimd on a narrow, imoss-covered lodge, thirty

feet up Ihe face of a vertical cliff,

The natives zefer to specimens of parkert as either “Dem-boar-hoar’ ww

“Pippy-a’. Dem means “wood”, and “baor" votlen. Repetition of boar enpha-

24 M. J, TYLER

sises the condition of the wood and the name is therefore descriptive of the

habitat where this. species is frequently found.

_ Pippy-a probably means “quick-one”, but its derivation is rather obscure

fox the title is not descriptive of the creature’s habits.

A migrant kingfisher (Halcyon sancta Vigors and at be Sin was observed

te accept a specimen of this species of frog. ull details of this observation have

been published elsewhere (Tyler, 1961b).

Cophixalus riparius ‘4weifel

A large gravid female ineluded in the present collection (B.M. 1961.947)

was submitted to Dr. Zweifel for his opiuion. Te reported {in litt.) that he

cousidered it tu be a representative of an undescribed species of Cophixalus,

und stated that similar matcrial had heen collected by the Sixth Archbold Ex-

pendition to New Guinea. Dr, Zweifel subsequently named the new species

C. riparius, and permitted the writer to examine the manuscript of the paper in

which the description appeared.

Description: Cophixalus riparius is described to attain a maximum size of

upproximately 50 mm. snout-vent length and frequently reaches 45 mm.. whicti

is greater than in any other known species in this genus. TL/S-V — 0-383

(0+35-0-43); E-N/IN — 0-877 (0-79-0:97).

The present specimen, measuring 44-3 mm., agrees in most respects with

Zweifel’s description but, whereas riparius is said to lack teeth, BM. 1961.947

possesses vomerine leeth. They are situated in narrow, diagonal rows con-

siderably beneath and between the small, oblique, oval choanae. Also, the

tympanum is quite distinct as opposed to the type description of; “Only the

lower edge of the tympanum can be distinguished and that but faintly”.

The TL/S-V and E-N/IN ratios of 0-433 and 0-946 respectively are well

above the means of the type series, but within the defined ranges.

Locality: Taken beneath debris on bank of River Gar at Bamna (6,300 ft),

near Nondugl, on 24.4.60.

DISCUSSION

Metamorphosis

The available imtormation on the development of the Asieraphryinae and

Sphenophryninae is so limited that generalised statements about the entire

subfamilies must be regarded as tentative.

Ovarian eggs of thirty-six specics have been examined by various authors

and many are deseribed by Parker (1934). All are unpigmented and the

majority macrolecithal, the range of diameters being from 1-5 mm, (Oreophryne

annulata (Stejneger)) to 6-5 mm. (Asterophrys Fiaeten (Boulenger) ).

The majority of the members of the Microhylidae are smull creatures, so the

increase in the size uf Ova has naturally been accompanied by a reduction in

the numbers formed, The total of fifty-ive for Asterophrys wilhelmana reported

in the present paper is the highes| number recorded ta date,

The sites selected tor deposition by the ten species whose eggs have been

found in the field are moist, unexposed situations which, with the exception of

Cophixalus biroi, ave away from water. Chains of eggs of Oreophryne anthonyi

(Boulenger) were found by Mr, A. L. Rand (Zweilel, 1956a) attached to the

roof of cavities in the epiphyte Hydnophytum., AN other known eggs are quite

AMPUIBLANS AND TEPITILES FROM NEW CUINEA, J a5

free and unattached to either animate ur inanimate objects. The manocr of

fertilisation and oviposition is unknown, bul both presumably lake place at the

site of deposition.

The eggs are laid separately: connectéd directly together in a chain by the

walls of the egg capsules: in a chain with each individual separated from its

immediate neighbours by a mucilaginous cord, or ina chain witle some members

connected by their capsule walls and others by cords,

The eggs of O. anthonyi mentioned above were described as being in the

form of a “clump”. Dr. Zweilel hay re-examined the eggs for the writer and

describes them (in fitt.) as follows: “One group of five has cords separating some

eggs, and others joined envelope to envelope, Another clutch has ten still joined

in a string, again both with cards and direct contact, With the eges rather

squashed logelhier, they could be deseribed as being in a lamp, but can be

separated into a continnous string,”

The presence of a mucilaginous cord between eggs of species known at the

lime of Parker's (1934) monograph, led that author to state that this feature is

a vharacteristic of the New Guinea Mierohylidac. Although a similar cord has

not yet been recorded in other families, itis now apparent that jt iy net com-

mun to all New Guinea genera, Data ipon laid ova is sumitnarised in ‘Table 1.

Parker drew attention to similarities between the development. of New

Guinea Microhylids and the nectropical genus Meutherodaclylus of the fansily

Lepodactylidae (Ceratuphryidae). The eges of Eleutherodactylus: are macto-

Ieeithal, joined in the form of a chain by the walls ol the egg capsules and laid

away from, water,

Jn the absence of information on the embryology af the Asteraphryinae: and

Sphenophryninwe, comparisons betweer these subfamilies and Eleutherodactylus

must be lacgely based on superficial appearances.

Fleutheradaetylus spp. (ag. £. nasitus Lute (Lutz, 1946)) and C. biral

(Méhely, 1898) possess non-muscular, highly vascular tails which are mem-

branaceous and, being apposed to the inver surface of the ee capsule, serve as

respiratory organs. In C. arlingtoni, C. parkeri, Sphenophryne brevicrus wuel

Oreaphryne anthonyi the tail is cylindvical, muscular and free, und does not

appear equipped to serve a specialised respiratory function.

The mature embryos of Lleutherodaectylus possess an ectodermal ege-tooth,

consisting of a cornified carnnele situated upon the tip of the snout, above the

symphysis of the premaxillae (Noble, 1926). This structure, which aids the

liberation of the juvenile from the capsule, lias not been recorded in the Mivra-

liylidae. The extent to which the ege-tooth is utilised during liberation varies

between individuals and the description of the emergence of one of a series

of KL paresus Girard observed by Lutz (1944) is very similar to that of CO, dar-

lingtoni recorded in the present paper.

The duration of metamorphosis of RK nesutus is approximately four weeks

and EF, guenthert slightly longer (Lutz, 1946), Although the complete period

of development of any New Guinea Microhylid has yet to be established, the

opinion drawn by the writer fran the present investigation is that metamorphosis

extends over a period execeding cight weeks. The increase could be associated

with the colder climate experienced in the Central Highlands.

The environmental conditions necessury for the survival wl eos are critfeal,

lt would appear that the medium upon which the eggs are laid must be saturated

with water, and the development of muuld upon some of the eges may have

resulted fram a reduction in the moisture content of their media,

26 M. J. TYLER

parkeri

om =

Cc ra

— oO

o a.

X. rostratus

A.wilhelmana

M. ocellata

S. brevicrus

C.ateles

Fig. 2, Comparison of the distribution of Central Highlands Microhylidae at various altitudes.

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM NEW GUINEA, 37

Adamson ef al. (1960) injected chorionic gonadotrophin into the dorsal

lymph sue of eaptive specimens of E. martinicensis (Duméril and Bibron), but

were unable to induce ovulation. If the Microhylids respond. similarly, it is

likely that details of their development will remain unknown until eggs collected

in the field can be reared tmder laboratory conditions.

The presence of an adult male or female frog at the site of a group of

developing eggs has been recorded in Sphenophryne brevierus, Oreophryne

anthonyi, O, flava Parker, Cophixalus pansus, C. darlinytoni and C. parkeri,

Tt is not inconceivable that the adults guard the developing eggs from predators

to compensate for the reduction in the number laid, and the recorded observa-

tion of an adult S. brevicrns devouring four eggs may haye been induced by the

deprivation of alternative fued. Parental care is uot a common phenomenon

amongst frogs, and the majority of cases involve the transportation of develop-

ing spawn by an adult. Protection of deposited spawau is of far rarer occurrence,

but Fernandez and Fernandez (1921) record the female Leptodactylus ocellatus

of Argentine guarding immature tadpoles.

TABLE, 1

Deseripion of the cgus of New Guinea Microby lids,

Max, eug No, Byg diam in mm. | Form

Asterophriicae ,

Avterophrys robuste ? “large” cord

4, wilhelneanrs An) 5.5-6.3 Independent

Anienophry nice

Sphenophryne breciyrua § 5 eord

Orcophr igen fev LOO i) cord

), bara? ? 4 y

1) nnthanyt 31 45-79 direst or Got)

Cophiralus hirot 7 2 cond

Ch penens 20 3.1-3.6 cheecl or cord

(', davdingtont 18 ’ A | card

7", gurberi 23 . a crert, or cord

It was observed that the tremendous force of the torrential rains which fell

on the lower mountain slopes pulped aay expdsed clumps of spawn of the

ylid genera Myla and Nyctimystes. At altitudes above 9,000 ft., where the

moss-forests are replaced by montene grassland, there is no canopy to protect

the frogs or their spawn from the rains, and the selection of an almost subter-

ranean habitat by the Microhylids is their only means of survival.

Feeding Unabits

The cryplozaic Micrahylids have heen regarded as myrmecophagus feeders,

but it is becoming apparent that their dict consists of a variety ar food items, of

which some ure of substantial size. ZAweifel (1960) recorded the recovery of

large earthworms from the stomachs of Asterophrys oxycephala (Schlegel) and

Xenobatrachus obesus Zweifel. In the present paper similar prey were found

to have been ingested hy Mefopostira ocellata and Sphenophryne brevicrns.

Developmental Data us a Guide to Phylogenctic Affinities

The diversity of the form of deposited ova within the genera Asteraphrys

and Caphixalus suggests that phylogeny supplemented by developmental data

could result in a complete systematic reorganisation. Information is so limited,

however, that the extent of specific variation has yet to be established. Tf

18 al. J. TYLER

specili’ variation proves to be as diverse as that fund on the generic level, it

is unlikely that this form of data will prove of much value in determining

pliylngenctic affinities,

Distribution.

The distribution of most of the species described in this paper is restricted,

at least in the Wali Valley region, to the saturated moss-turests whose lower

limits are slowly being raised as a result of deforestation by natives, At several

situations secondary grasslands now reach altitudes exceeding eight thousand

fect, and it may be sufely assumed that at least a few of the Microhylids were

ouce distributed at lower altitudes than those at which they are found today.

Associated with the changing environment, a reduction in the varicty and density

of the populations of other vertebrates has heen reported by Mayr and Gilliard

(1954). but it is unlikely that the uature of tle terrain will permit much further

deforestation, aud an additional modification of altitudinal distribution as far

as the amphibia are concerned, is unlikely to oecur.

The present range of distribution npan the Wahyi-Sepik Divide (Fig. 2)

reveals au almost constant pattern for the Sphenophryniuue, but considerable

variation within the Asterophepinan:

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

L wish to express my deep yratitnde ta Sir Kdward Hallstrom who made it

possible for me to visit Non aa and to His Honour the Administrator of the

Territory of Papua and New Gninea, Sir Donald Cleland, who graciously yave

his approval to my programme of field studies.

My thanks are especially duc to Miss A. G, C. Grandison of the British

Museuni (Natural History), and Dr. BR. G, Zweifel (American Musenm of

Natnra] History) who were closely connected with the field studies, and offered

much valuable advice and encouragement during the preparation of this paper.

Dr. “weitel also gave priority over other work to the description of Caphixalus

riparius to minituise the delay im the publication of the present paper.

Equipment was lent by the British Muscum (Natural History) and Aus-

tralian Museum, und I am further indcbted to the trustees of these institutions

und the Kingston Technical College. Kingston-upon-Thames, England, for the

laboratory facilities extended to me.

1 also wish to thank Mr. and Mrs. I’. Pemble-Smith (Tallstvom Livestock

and Fauna Station, Noncdugl) for their generous hospitality; Mr. 7. M. Shaw

Mayer, whose expert advicc proved invaluable in the planning of field trips,

Rev. J. Dunn who translated many of the native names of frogs; Capt. Wilding

of the M.¥. Bulolo and Mr, J. 8. Womeusley (Division of Botany, Department

ot Forests), who arranged the transportation of equipment from Sydney to

Nondugl, and the safe transit of the collection on the return journey; Prof. E.

Tartonese for information on specimens of Caphixalus ateles in the Museo Civica

di Staria Naturale. Genoa, and Dr. O. Evans (British Musenm, Natural History )

for the identification of mites,

REFERENCES

Apanson, L., Hannison, R, G,, and Bayeey, I, 1960. The Development of the Whistling

Prog, Eleutheroductylus martinicensis of Burbados, Proe. z00l, Soc. Lond, 138 (3),

pp, 453-469.

Bourrnorr, G. A,, 1897. An Account af the Reptiles and Batrachians Collected by Dr, L,

Loria im British New Guinea. Ann. Mus. Stor. nat., Genova, (2), 18, pp. 694-710,

AMPINBIANS AND REPTILES PROM NEW GUINEA, I ay

Buoncensma, L, D,, 1953, Notes on New Guinea Reptiles and Aniphibians, 11, Koninkl,

Neder!, Akud. Wetenschapp., Proc. €., 56 (4), pp. 472-587.

Burr, C. E., and Burt, M. D,, 1932. Herpetological Restts of the Whitney Expendition

VI. Bill. Amer, Mus. nat. Hist., 113, pp. 461-597.

Cavocaccta, L., 1957. Catalago dei tipi anfibi del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale ili

Genova. Ann. Mus. Stor, nat., Gettova, LXEX, pp. 208-222.

VFonsvannes, K.. und Vernanvez, M. 1921. Sobre la biologia ¥ reproduccion de algunos

balracios argentinos, I, Cystignathidae, Arm, Soc. Cient, Argentina, 91, pp. 97-193.

Pry, D. B., 1917. Description of Apheantophriine, a New Batrachian Genus froui New Guinen;

With Notes on the Pectoral Museulature, Prog. Linn, Soc, N.S,\W. XLT (4), pp. 770-785,

Kampen, van. P. N., 1923. The Amplibions of the Indo-Australian Archipelege. Leiden,

E. J. Brill Ltd, 304 pp.

Lovinmper, A., 1948, New Guinea Reptiles and Amphibians in the Muscum of Comparative

Zoology and United States National Museum, Bull, Mus. comp. Zool. Harv., 101 (2),

pp. 304-430.

Lutz, B. 1944, Observations om Frogs Without Aquatic Larvae. The Hatching of

Bleutheradactylus parous Girird. Bol. Mus. Nav. Zoologia, 15, pp. 1-6.

Luvs, B., 1947. ‘Lrends ‘Towards Non-Aquatic avid Direct Development in Fregs. Copeia, 4,

pp. 242-252,

Laurz, B., and Lyxsn, W. G., 1946. The Development of Eleutherodactylus naswéus Lutz.

Bol, Mus. Nac. Zoologia, 79, pp. 1-30,

Maya, E,, and Gituranp, F. T., 1954, Birds of the Central Highlands of New Gninea. Bull.

Amer, Mus. nat. Hist., 103 (4), pp. 315-374.

Mituieny, von, L., 1898. An Account of the Reptiles and Battachiang Collected by Mr. Lewis

Bira in New Guinea. Termeés. Pugetek, 21, pp. 1-14.

Mitasiy, von, L., 1901. Beitrage zur kenntnis der Engystomatiden yon Neu-Guinca, Terns.

Fuzetek, 24, pp, 169-271,

Maure, J. A,, 1961 The Frogs. of Eastern New South Wales. Bull, Amer, Mus, nat, Hist.,

191 (3), pp. 153-385.

Nosxe, G, K., 1926. Fhe Hatching Process in Alytes, Eleutherodactylus and Other Amphi-

hians. Amer, Mus. Novit.. 229, pp, 1-7.

Nouce, G. K,, 1927. The Value of Life History Data in the Study of the Tivalution of the

Amphibia, Ann, New York Arad. Sct, 30, 99, pp. 31-126.

Parker, LH. W., 1934. A Monograph of the Frogs of the Family Microhylidac. British

Museuin Trustees, pp, 208,

Parker, TI. W., 1936. A Collection of Reptiles and Amphibians from the Mountains of

British New Guinea. Ann. Mag. nat, Hist, 10 (17), pp. 66-93,

Tytrr, M. f., 1961a. A Preliminary Note on Herpetological Duta Obtained from Nutives

in the Central Highlands of New Guinea. Brit. J, Herpet,, 2 (12), pp, 219-220-

Tyner, M, J. 1961b, Food of Maleyon saneta in New Gninen. Ibis, 1034, p. 265.

‘Tyrer, M, J. Cin press). On the Preservation of Aturau Tadpoles. Aast. J. Sci,

Varwer, BB. und Jameson, D. L., 1961. he Embryology of Fleutherodaetylus mipustl

letrans. CGopeia, 1, pp. 1035109.

Vowr, ven, T., 1911, Reptilicon und Amphibien aus Neu-Guinea. Sonder Abd_ Sitz. Gesell.

naturt. Frennde Berlin, 9, pp. 410-420.

Ywriren, WR. OG, 1956a. Mierohylid Frogs from New Guinea with Deseriptions of New

Species. Results of the Archbold Expeditions, Na, 72, Amer, Mus, Novit,, 1766, pp. 1-15,

Zweirer, Tt. G., 1956b. Notes on Microhylid Frogs, Genus Copliixalus, from New Guinea.

Amer. Mus. Novit., 1785, pp. 1-8.

Zwaurue, B. G., 1958. Frogs of the Papuan Hylid Genus Nyetimystes Amer, Mus, Novil,

1896, pp. 1-51.

Yaweser., KR. G. 1960. A New Microhylid Frog from the Adelbert Mountains of New Guinea.

Amer. Mus. Novat., 2012. pp. 1-7.

Zwioren. BR. G., 1962. Frogs of the Mierchylid Genus Cophixalis from the Mountams of

New Guinea, Results of the Archbold Expeditions, Ne. 83, Amer, Mus, Novit,, 2087,

pp. 1-26,

THE RELIC NATURE OF SOME CENTRAL AUSTRALIAN PLANTS

BY G. M. CHIPPENDALE

Summary

THE RELIC NATURE OF SOME CENTRAI. AUSTRALIAN PLANTS

by G. Mi. ChitermnpaLn®

[Read 9 November 1961]

When planning his trip into Central Australia with the florn Expedition,

R. Tate hud visions of finding a mountain chain with “remnants of that pristine

flora which existed on this continent in Paleocene tines— probably a beech,

possibly an oak, clm, or sycamore” (Tate, 1896). However, Tate found the

MacDonnells to be comparatively barren, with some “novelties” in the ravines.

Crocker and Wood (1947) listed the MacDonnell-James. Bite system as

one of the principal refuges of the arid period which insight be placed as about

4.000-6,000 years ago, Tt is agreed that this arid period largely destroyed the

flora which had existed in a wetter Pleistocene period, and that survival foci

such as the MacDounell Ranges have preserved some remnants of the Pleistocene

Hora. Yet, Burbidge (1960) considers that the Pleistocene Hora was not deci-

mated to the extent postulated by Crocker and Wood. The suggestion of

recolomising elements persisting “eveu during the most arid stages hy occupying

suitable habitats in the vicinity of scattered and temporary waters” does secm

to be more realistic, So, here w relic area can he regarded as a place where

plants of a former higher rainfall period have miei The ranges ot Central

Australia which are concerned would include the MacDonnell, James, Krichaudf,

George Gill, and possibly the Stuart Bluff range systems. Plants wineh fall Wuly

into the relic category are very few, but discussion can be made on the status

ot a number of species.

In considering the Central Australian range system as a rechisinm, a most

important point must be that the topography has: been Virtually umehanged for

a very great period. Therefore, the plants to be considered as trne relies nf a

past flora must only represent the flora which existed in the ranges in the past.

This, perhaps, is a specific application of the Crocker and Wood suggestions.

Whether these species have, in fact, been able to expand their area and for

possible speciation to take place is highly problematical.

Considering the unreliable, and often extremely lew muntall in mast. ot

the Australian uric zones, it seems clear that Hie venus Triocdia which inhabits

much of this area was able to resist the ages of uridity which are postulated

by most authors. Burbidge (1953) postulated that Triodia must have existed

dting the Pleistocene pluvial cycle, probably in a restricted arid zone, assuming

same zonation in rainfall ay at present. The genus has since expanded its area,

atid now shows a peripheral grouping of species with T. purngens as a Locus,

T, hubbardii Burbidge (1960) is a recently described specics with a distribution

in stony or rocky slopes in the central range system, extending to Vaughan

Springs. T. clelandii Burbidge (1960) bas a similar distribution. Could these

two species be remnants of the nucleus of the genns which is presumed to have

existed in a dry central area during the plavial cycle?

It can be agreed, however, that a species such as Macrozanmiia macdonnellii

which is now found in comparatively few localities was probably more wide-

spread in the ranges of the past. This species, together with some other true

relic species, has little, if any, variation, and appears nuble to expand its area,

This may indicate that it is really in the process of becoming extinct, and present-

? Animal Industry Branch, Territories Department, Alive Springs.

Trans. Roy. Soc, Aust, (1963), Vol. 86,

32 G, M. CHIPPENDALE

day ketivities are nut aiding its preservation. It mainly occupies tourist areas

where the large, egg-sized seed is somewhat of a curiosity, an! is collected by

muiny tourists. Also, nurserymen and others are constantly enquiring to offieral,

cummercial and private sources for supplies of this seed.

In the ease uf Livistona mariae, another true relic, there is some evidence

that it has very slightly expanded its area, as sone young individuals are auw

found at Running, Waters, which is about twenty-five miles [rom Palm Valley.

This accurrence was not mentioned by Giles, Kempe, or Tate and this must

be significant at least in the case of Tate whe recorded several other species,

viz, Naias major and a species of Polamezetun at Palm Creck and Running

Watees. Both of these are aquatic and are consequently restricled in area in

the arid Central Australia, but it is problematical whether this occurrence.

Which is so discontinuons with other occurrences of the species, is biolugical or

historical.

The ferns of Central Australia contain only two endemi¢ specics, Gysing-

gramme reynoldsii and Cheilanthes vellea and these are restricted to ranges

such us the MacDonnells, and also occur in the Flinders, Kverard, Birkseate

and Musgrave Ranges of South Australia, These are yery hairy species and are

rare In Qcecurrence, and have resisted desiccation by this adaption und by thetr

lizhitat such as in gorges or on sheltered hillsides, Certain other ferns, ie.

Cyclosorus gongylodes, Histiopteris incisa, Lindsaca ensifolia, Nephrolepis cordi-

fulia, Adiantum hispidulum., and Pteris tremula, are contined, in Central Australia,

te extremely small points of the ventral range system, and these habitats are

widely separated from other vecurrences of these species. With the exception

af Pteris tremula, which vecurs in southern and eastern Australia and New Zea+

lund, these species are pantropie in distribution, In Malesia they are found in

oper places but under i comparatively high rainfall, Existence in the arid Centre

has hwen reliant on their protection from the sun and hy being in a small micro-

climate around more or less permanent rockpools or springs. For instanee, at

Tallaputta Gorge, several of these ferns ave Common in a vrotte which is over-

shadowed by high rock walls on three sides and overhting by rocks. A spring

feeds down the walls to a pool in the grotta which ouly covers abnut 150 square

fect The sun may anly shine directly into this grotto for an haur or so aily,

Other occurrences of some of these ferns are on the southern side of the George

Gill Range. At several of the rock holes in these ranges, in the drought since

1956, during several visits two years wpurt, an impression was gained of marked

diminution of the amount of Adiantum felspidulum at Reedy Creek, and likewise

bt Cyclosorus gongylodes at Kathleen Creek rockhole, However, are these ferns

relic in Central Australia? Tt would seem impossible for thera to expand their

area in the arid centre wider present day conditions, and it is perhaps a matter

of comparatively shot time during a continuation of the present drought, or in

a future one, that these occurrences may be completely desiccated.

Psilotum nudum was recorded at Reedy Creek by Tate in “rocky clefts

averhanging rock paul”. Typha angustifolia ig common in pools at Pah Valley

and in gorges of the George Gill Ranues, Diplachne fusca, a grass, is only found

near water in Palm Valley, and Oftelia ovalifolia, an aquatic of reedbeds on the

Australian mainland, is recorded from the Reedy Creek rackpool, Lomandra

patens A. Lee is found only in several narrow, tocky ravines in the Krichaulf

Range area,

Trema aspera could be regarded as the “elm” sought by Tate, ‘This species

has a diftuse disjonct distribution and in the separate areas where it is found the

forms are identical, Also the plants are very tew in number, mainly at Standley

Chasm, Emily Gap and Simpsons Gap. This wonld indicate that the specivs

RELIC PLANTS. OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA 33

has not yet had time to change its form and therefore its discontinuity is not

of extreme antiquity,

Hakea multilineaty var. grammatophylla is found only at high altitudes at

Standley Chasm, Mt. Sonder, Central Mt. Stuart, and perhaps other tike habitats,

Burbidge (1960) suggests that this is the possible result of northward migration

during an earlier pluvial period,

Certain plants, viz. Polygonum altenuatum, Polyzonum lapathifoliam,

Polygonum minus, Drosera burmannii, Drosera indica, and Myriophyllum verru-

cosumn, are found only near or in water such as seasonal river pools or rockpools,

and all but the latter species have a wide distribution in and out of Australis,

always in similar hubitats. So, although these speeivs ace cure, with apparent

diseontinuons distribution, this seems to be of biological causes.

Burtonia polysyga has been found at only two localities, 50 far, both in the

Haast Bluff area and is quite likely a true relic species, Daviesia arthropodda

hes heen recorded only from Wild Eagle Plain and Mt, Olga and it seems clearly

a relic; hoth of these are of endemic genera,

Several Acaeit spp, via, A. strongylophylla and A. validinervia, occur in

the MacDonnells, and also in similar areas tm northern South Austcalia. There,

Acacia basedowit var. viridis is only found at Standley Chasm. Another unde-

seribed Acacia sp. which has been eelated to A, dordtoxylow is fairly widespread

in the central range system. Considering the wide distribution of Acacia, hinww-

ever, it seems probable that these species arc adapted to the conditions due to

hialogical reasons, such as edaphi¢ factors, True facts about such cases can only

he revealed from a general study of the genus Acucia,

Rriostemon argyreus has been found ouly at Mt. Sonder, and is related to

Western Australian species. No other species of the family Rutaceac is fonnd

in Central Australia, so that this Eriostemon ig quite isolated; it musyl he a

relie species,

Comesperma sylvestre and C. visetdulum: are of rare occurrence in the

MiteDonnells but the former species is also found in Queensland and the latter

al Victoria Springs.

Diplopeltis stuartit is found in the ranges and also as far north as Wauchope

(Northern Territory) and north-west to Tanamt and east to near Ooratippra.

It is a rare species, with no wide collections to Link up its distribution, Other

species of the genus are in Western Australia so that this species is at the edge

of the genus distribution. Tas the stress of the: arid period prevented this genus

from expanding? Was this species more common and is it now being gradually

eliminated by droughts?

Dodonaea viscosa var. spathulatum is confined to gorges in the MacDonnells.

Spyridivm spathulatien occurs in the Krichauff Ranges and at Mt. Lofty and

Kangaroo Ishind. Side eryphiopetata was described From a specinien from

Brinkley'’s Bluft, aud its distribution ig only in gorges of the MacDonnells, at

Mt. Olga and in the Flinders and Everard Ranges. Rulingia magniflora was

dexeribed fromm Mt. Olga, hut his a similar distribution to the previous species.

Hibbertia glaberrima, also, has a similar distribution. Bueckea polystemona

was described from Brinkley’s Bluff und has only been found in the central

range svstem,

fucalyptus sessilis is only found on slopes in the ranges, but yet is very

closely related to LE. pachyphyfla which grows on sandplains and extends to the

southern part of the Barkly Taldeland, Is the restricted species moce primitive

than its relatbon? Was it a form which separated from E, pachynfylla and has

become a relic?

Actinotus schwarzil is restricted to a tew protected localities in the Muc-

*l &. M. CQUEPPRNDALE

Donnells, and its nearest relative is A, helianthi which spows mainly on the

Central Coast of New South Wales. Trachymene gillenae occurs only in the

MuacNonnells,

A few isolated plants of Plumbaga seylanica ure found in the MacDonnells

with the nearest occurrence of this pantropical species being near Wave Hill,

about five hundred miles north-west. Likewise, Jasminum calcarium is rave in

the Ranges, und is found at Limbunya, a similar distance north-west.

Plectranthys sp. all. parviflorus appears to be a restricted endemic species

with u near relative extending to some Pacife Islands. Prostanthera sctult=it is

found, so far, only on Mt. Sonder. Ruellia corynotheca and A. primulavea occur

in the MacDonnells and at Burdekin im Queensland. Related ypecies, Goudenia

grandiflora and G. horniana, are tound in similar localities in gorges of the

central range system,

Bidens bipinnatus, whieh is common in both hemispheres and occurs com-

monly on the custern coast of Australia, is also found in protected arcas of the

MacDonnells, Brachycame blackii from the MacDonnelis is of obscure origin

according to Davis (1948) who disenssed the relationship within the genus.

Helichrysum kempei is isolated from closely related species, and Burbidge

ere) states that this “emphasises the refagial nature ol sume of the flora of

the MacDonnell Ranges”, Olearia Jerrestt is in the central ranges and in the

Everards and Musgraves. Senecio Jacerutus and Wedelia stirlingti are limited

to the central ranges,

While there are, then, some tne relic species in the Central Australian

Hora, there are other possibly confusing elements such as those with a distri-

bation which is entirely connected with the occurrence of natural waters, These

cannot be relies, and there is no suggestion that they have ever uccurred in anv

but their present type of habitat. This limited range of habitut dues not neres-

sarily make the occurrences: discontinuous, but certainly leaves the species in a

precanous position,

There ix a group of species which aré confined to the presnmed refuge

mountains in Sonth and Central Australia; these include Callitris huyelti, Sida

eryphiapetala, Wibhertla glaberrima. Rulingia magniflora, Jasininum lincare,

Heliotropium asperrimum, Pandorea doratoxylon, Olearia fervestt and some

others, However, there is no evidence to suggest that these ure relic species.

They are endemic species; undoubtedly representative of a Hora which is adapted

to the mountain environment of the arid zone.

Monographie studies of a number of genera such as Ptilotus, Bassia, Kochiv,

inidiaofor, Cassia, Acacia, Eremephila and Goodenia are necessary to throw

more light on discussions af the development of the Central Australian flora.

The future of much of this fora is in doubt because of the present continued

drought, even though this is of small time sequence historically. Stocking of

new areas is proceeding and the forces of wind-drift are most marked in some

eT, irs erat ata

pa REFERENCES

Bususupen, N, L, 1953, “The Genus Triodia” Anst J, Rat, lL. pp. L2L-1h4.

Bunnmar, N. T., 1958, “A Monographie Study of the Helichrysum snbgenns Ozothanmnus

and of ‘Uwe Related Genera Formerly Included Wherein’. Aust, J. Bot, 8, pp, 224-281.

Burin, N. TL, 19608. “The Phytoeography ol the Australian Region Aust. f. Bot. 8,

py. 75-211. ; - 7

Burwipan, No TL, 1960b. “Further Notes on Vriedia R.Br.” Anst, J, Bat, 4 pp, 38t-oud,

Crocker. RK. L., and Woon, J. CG. 1997, “Some Wistoviewl Intiences au the Development

af the South Australian Vegetatinn Cunntunities”. Trams Rov. Sac. 8. Aust. 71, pp.

OL -SH,

Davis, G. L., 48. “Revision of the Genus: Brachyweonie Cass. Part L, Australian Species”.

Proe. Linn. See, N-8.W,, 73, pp, 142-241,

Tare, B, 1896. Report of the Horn Expedition to Central Austrolia, Bolany, 8, pp. 117-204,

GEOLOGY AND PETROLEUM PROSPECTS OF THE SIMPSON DESERT

BY R. C. SPRIGG

Summary

The Simpson Desert of Central Australia until recently has been considered as one of the more

formidable deserts in the world. With the advent of aircraft, soft-tyred and multi-wheeled vehicles

and air-driven drilling equipment this attitude is changing. Because of their general lack of physical

impediments other than problems of sand and spinifex mounds, alluvial deserts are not unattractive

places to search for oil. They are by nature frequently the geomorphically “negative” parts of the

earth's crust, and, in that the seas readily invade such low-lying areas, they are consequently also

preferred habitats of petroleum. Until recently little was known geologically of the Simpson Desert

area proper, except that it obscured part of the Great Artesian Basin, and that a complex of

Palaeozoic basins projected into and beneath it from the west, north and south. The drilling of water

wells on cattle stations in marginal portions of the desert has provided some new leads to geological

understanding of the desert areas, but it is the geological and geophysical operations of Geosurveys

of Australia Ltd., Delhi Australian Petroleum Ltd. and Santos Ltd. that have provided much of the

new basic understanding. Flamingo Petroleum N.L. and the South Australian Mines Department

have also entered the desert area in basic geophysical exploration. The Bureau of Mineral

Resources are systematically attacking the geology from the north.

GEOLOGY AND PETROLEUM PROSPECTS OF THE SIMPSON DESERT

By BR. C. Spricc, M.Sc.

[Read 9 November 1961]

INTRODUCTION

The Simpson Desert of Central Anstralia uutil recently has been considered

as one uf the more formidable deserts in the world. With the advent of air-

cruft, softtyred and multi-wheeled vehicles and air-driven drilling equipment

this attitude is changing.

Because of their general lack of physical inypediments other than problems

of sand and spinifex mounds, alluvial deserts ure not unattractive places io

search for oil, They are by nature frequently the geomorphically “negative” parts

of the earth’s crust, and, in that the seas readily invade such low-lying areas,

they ure vonsequently also preferred habitats of petroleum,

Until recently little was known geologicully of the Simpson Desert area

proper, except that it obscured part of the Creat Artesian Basin, and that a

complex of Palacozoic basins projected into and beseath it from the west, north

and south.

The drilling of water wells on cattle stations in marginal portions of the

desert has provided some new leads to geological understanding of the desert

areas, but it is the geological and geophysical operations of Geosuryeys of

Australia Ltd., Delhi Australian Petrolerm Ltd, and Santos Ltd. that have pro-

vided mnehi of the new basic understanding. Plaminga Petroleum N.L. and

the Suuth Australian Mines Department have also entered the desert area in

basie geophysical exploration. The Bureau of Mineral Resources are system-

matically attacking the geology from the. north,

PREVIOUS INVESTIGATIONS

Few investigations other than of geographical nature and which principally

considered the mechanics of desert formation, had been carried cut im the main

Simpson Desert area prior to about 1958.

©. T. Madigan, D, Mawson and A. Voisey had carried out the principal

earlier yeologival investigations about the nurthera perimeter and these were of

a broad reconnaissance nature. R. L. Jack of the South Australian Mines

Department had earlier atterapted correlation of Artesian Basin Mesozoic sirali-

graphy across the desert in its southern extensions, and T. W. E. David and W.

Howchin had earlier visited und deseribed presumed Permian glacigene deposits

near Finke, N.T.

The first serious effort to map the desert geologically was made by Geo-

surveys of Australia Limited in 1959 under the supervision of the writer. In this

work, principal ficld mapping was carried out by J. Johnson and M, Audley-

Charles. Previously R. Brunuschweiler and H. Woptner of Geasuryeys on

behalf of Santos Ltd. had gealogically mapped considerable areas about Oodna-

daitta on the westeru margin of the desert.

Tn 1958-1959 the writer carried ont aerial geological mapping and air photo

interprétation of about a third of one million square miles of the Great Artesian

Trans. Roy. Soc, Aust. (1963), Vol, 56,

3b KR. C. SPRIGG

Basin, and this included the whole of the Simpson Desert enviroument of ap-

proximately 80,000 square miles. This project, along with very extensive

low-level aerial reconnaissance carried out collectively by R. C. Sprigg, B-

Brinpschweiler and Ti, Wopfner, on behalf of Santos Limited, greatly expanded

the svuctural understanding of the Simpson Desert, and its immediate environ-

ments,

In 1958 the writer published in the American Association of Petroleum

Geologists a summary report of the petroleum prospects of the Great Artesian

Basin. This was the first publication to hint al oil prospects in and about the

Simpson Desert area itsell. Duriug and since that time. campany explorations

have been expanded into the area principally by: Santas Limited; Delhi Aus-

tsilian Petroleum Co. Ltd.; Frame Broken Hill Co. Pty. Ltd.; Phillips-Sunray

Petvolenm Companies: Three States Petwleum Ltd,; Associated Frency Oil-

fickls N.L.; Flamingo Petroleum Co. N.L.; and Magellan Petroleum Corporation.

Ta the Jute 1950's the Northern Territory Mines Department’s geological

section extended bydralogical investigations into the northern and western desert

margins to ussist local pastoralists in the search for stock water. By this time

the Bureau of Mineral Resources had become interested in the area. and com-

menced detailed geological mapping of 4-mile map sheet areas im about 1059,

Their explorations have since been extended across the northern margins af the

desert. Preliminary results (unpublished) of these surveys have been made

ivailuble. The geologists in charge of these field operations were K, G. Smith,

J, W. Smith, D. BR. G, Woolley, R. R. Vine and E. N. Milligan, under the super-

vision of N. Fisher and A, Condon.

The desert is practically completely lacking in outerops older than Recent

alluyials over most of its arca,. Consequently, geophysics must continue to pro-

vide most of the advance information relating to the probable depth, nature and

structure of deep sedimentation prior to deep stratigraphic drilling. A summary

we geophysical activities: is given later in this repart.

ACCESSIBILITY

Andado cattle station, the outermost desert outpost, occupies a series of low

tists (Cretaceous shales) that form a “bridge” into the Simpsan Desert from

the fiarth-west, Tracks have been extended from the homestead to the east,

south and north, and it is possible to loop north-east to the eastern MacDonnell

Ranges via Camel Plat, or the Hale River via Madigau’s Lookout.

The advent of multi-wheecled vehicles and of hag-type and other low pres-

site tyres, is making it possible to traverse desert areas more readily. Deserts

are no longer serious obstacles, but in fact have much to commend them in

expluration. Reconnaissance aircraft, inchiding helicopters, greatly facilitate

operations,

Andado has its own airstrip and (here arc numerous available sites where

airstrips could he readily constructed. Gravity surveys iu progress by Ger-

surveys of Australia Ltd. on behalf of Beach’ Petroleum N.L. arc currently

establishing tracks completely across the desert from Finke to Birdsville.

The Adelaide-Alice Springs vaihway traverses the desert margin on the

west and provides a mumber of passenger and goods trains services per weck.

The nearest regular airline service on the west operates through Oodnadatta

en route between Adelaide, Alice Springs and Darwin. A weekly service

operates through Birdsville on the east. The reygiun is served by the Flying

Doctor network, and by regular wireless telegraph services at intervals through-

aut the day,

GEOLOGY OF THE SIMPSON DESERT

PHYSIOCRAPHY

The Simpson Desert is one of Australia’s largest desert areas (c. 80,000

squate iniles). It oceupies a general topographically depressed bell descending

helow sea-level in the south where playa lakes attain quite large dimensions

(Lake Eyre about 10,000 square miles}, Madigan (1936, 1937a, 19387b, 1939,

1945, 1946), Crocker (1946), and Bonython (1956) and King (1956, 1960) have

been foremost investigators of these phenomena.

The desert is characterised by remarkably parallel Jongitudinal or “seie”

sand dunes tor which the desert is famous. The trend of the main body uf the

dunes is N.NLW. in the direction of the existing and “sub-fossil” prevailing wind

directions. These correspoud with the demunaling winter anticyclonic wind

pattern, which brings the most persistent high-ipypact winds (20 m.p.h. or

greater) from the south-southeast. The dunes are consequently the caster

are of at sub-cirenlar pattern of atmospheric cireulation ventred a considerable

distance west of Lake Eyre. The dominating regional traction of sand in

Central Australia is thtts anticlockwise. :

Not much translation of sand is ovenrring at present except in the environs

af Lake Eyre, or where aborigines have burned extensively tor game, ov where

the white man has overgrazed with stock, Mostly the dunes are “fixed” by bushy

vegetation, and sand movement is restricted tu the unstable dune crests, The

Simpson Desert consequently is largely “fossil” and its climatic development is

now considered to relate to the glacial phases vf the Pleistucene (Sprig, 1961b ).

The source of the sediment is practically entirely alluvial, the desert floor con-

sisting of the relatively fine owtwash products from surrounding ranges ind

plateaus. The dried-out interdune floors are deflated by high velocity winds.

and also in more revent geological times under increasing arid conditions. The

finer material winnows out as dust which may be transported enormons distances

(Anstrulian dust has heen recorded causing haze in New Zealand duping the

more violent duststorms in the 1930s). 'Vhe corventrated residual sand (with

sub-rounded yeains averaging about 060 Tam.) is swept. into dunes. Tn this

manner the interdune corridors are zones of shallow aeolian erosion (wind-

rifts) with the result that there is.a tendency in some areas for the more stable

dimes in slower alluviated areas to become isolated on “pedestals” one ta several

feet in height, as interdune top soils continue to be deflated. Crocker (1946)

has shown that the sands of the interdune corridor floars are relatively immobile.

Two sizes of sand grains dominate that bear an approximate 10:1 diameter

ratio, and this brings stability by the resullant more efficient packiny and sand

grain interlocking:

Clay-pans ure a prominent feature of the desert in that they are “sealds”

representing the exposed surface of the soil “B", or cluy, horizon. This gives 4

invasure of the normal depth of ervsion (6 to 12 inches) from which the material

te build the dunes to 30 to 150 fect high has been derived and concentratad,

No deep erosion by wind is required to account for the dune accumulations, for

the dunes are mostly only several himdred feet across ut the base but are usually

separated by intervals of one-eighth to a quarter of a mile or more. Where

alluvial deposition is in progress near debouchments of large “rivers”, far more

massive sand accumulations develop but these: lack the characteristically open

“sand-tree” corridors uf the desert proper. A suggestion of barchan development

may also be @bserved in these zoues.

Clay-pans occur more frequently to the south, culminating im the Take

Eyre salina (saliferous deposits of sult and eypsum) occupying the lowest

partion of the depressian.

38 k. G. SPRIGG

GEOLOGY

The Simpson Desert is a tupoeraplicully depressed alluvial area that

obscures the junction of several intea-cratuic Palaeozoic basins emerging from

the West Australian Pre-Cambrian shield, [t also envelopes the most north-

westerly developments of the Mesozoic Creat Artesian Basin (Fig. 1),

Basement rocks are Archacan metasediments and acid to basic igneous

intrusives. “They are uverlain, aud/or separated. by thick sedimentary develap-

ments of Cambrian, Ordovician, (2)Devonian, (?)Carboniferous, Permian aud

Cretaceous ages. Trias-Jura may be present bencath the more ventral desert

areas, (7) Triassic sediments have recently been recognised neur Tarlton Downs

immediately north of the desert, These are overlain by Quaternary alluvial

deqosits, incliding the extensive dune systems.

Proterozoic, Cambrian, Ordovician and Cretaceons sediments were exten-

sively marine. Upper Palacozoic sediments us they appear in outcrop marginal

to the desert were dominantly continental. There is, however, reason to antici-

pale more marine-ness in the structurally “negative” areas uow beneath the

Simpson Desert. Permian sediments intersected in bores put down in marginal

provinces to the desert to the south-west, for example, have recently (Ludbrook,

1161) been recognised to have penetrated such mariue intercalations.

The basement compleacs are intensively folded, faulted and igneous-

intruded. These were decply peneplaned and isolated by an enormous time

break from [ater preservec sediments (the “ep-Archacan” interval and pene-

planc). Several distinct cyeles of post-Archaean sedimentation can be recog-

nised, accompanied or separated by orogenic and epeirogenic episodes of

movement. A number of interconnected and semi-permanent sedimentary

basins have evolved. Structural deformation within the Upper Proterozoie to

Cambrian and Ordovician has accompanied gliding and décalloment formation.

Jura-type anticlines, with near vertical limbs and separated by Hat-lying strata,

developed,

A feature of the tectonics of the northern Simpson Desert arca was the de-

velopment of Palaeozoic folding across duminantly east-west axes, over which

have been superimposed gentle cross-warps of Mesozoic-Tertiary ave with more

nearly north-south trending axes, These latter probably developed in relation

to oe or NNE-SSW trending fault linewments and/or lincamental fault

ucks.

A, STRATIGRAPHY

Marginal to the Simpson Desert, sedimentary successions have preserved

much of the geological record since Middle Proterozoic times. Evidence vf

vulcanism is almost entirely absent, and with few execptions conglomerates are

pourly developed. Tillites feature in the Upper Proterozoic; Permian glacio-

Huvial boulder heds haye been “interpreted” in several widespread localities

around the vorthern and western perimeters of the desert. Seme af these are

possibly: outwash remanié eroded from the Proterozoic giaciofuviuls,

1, Archkawan

Three provinces of Archacan igneous and metamorphic rocks converge

on the desert from the north and west. The northernmost form a low barrier in

this direction cutting off the desert from the Georgina Basin.

a. The Arunta Complex which shelves beneath the desert in the north is

vorposed of gneisses, schists and intrusive racks. Metasedimentary fold gxes

are confused in direction in this zone, but become more Latitudinal in the west.

GEOLOGY OF 'THE SIMPSON DESERT 38

b. The Musgrave Mountain Belt trends eastwards iuto the Simpson Desert

at about its centre, and represents the deeply exposed easterly extension of the

Westralian Pre-Cumbriin shield, In this area it is oumpesed principally of deeply

Srapitised metasediments, intrusive graniles, charnockites, ind ultrahasi¢ cor-

plexes, Major cust-west, crustal shear faults traverse the ranges, and in the

ratreme west have Facilitated voluminous basic and ullrasbasic intrusive and

extrusive activity. .

This metamorphic complex has provided a major source of sediment supply

ta the extensive basin areas about Centyal Australia sinee Proterozoic times. It

is a geanticlinal area of great antiguity, (ce, the Arunta block which is con-

siderably younger, and is of the nature of an uplifted and sediment-stripped

plattorm. )

Metasedimentary fold structure is gencrally remarkably subdued, and an

east-west grain dominates mosi of the ranges, In the more easterly extensions,

hinvever, Jsoclinal folds with pronounced north-south axes (near Ernabella and

Mt. Tieyon) ure developed; they incline to NE-SW about Umbearra. near the

north-western edge of the desert.

c. The Peake and Denison Ranges are inliers of gneisses and igneous rocks

that protrude through Proterozoic, (?)Permian, and Mesozoic cover formations

on the south-western margins of the Desert. A depressed und primarily sub-

surface platform of these racks extends towards the south-west coast af Lake

Kye,

The foregoing basement exposures margin the desert as low ranges and

inselbergs descending eventually beneath plains level. Doubtlessly the Musgrave

Mountain Belt has been the most persistent “positive” geomorphic feature in

Central Australia since Pre-Cambrian times. Tle presence of anajer crustal

shear lineaments extending east-west in this zone (through Mt. Davies and seuth

uf the Musgrave Ranges) imay have had much to do with this transesnding uplift

factor, In Australia these and other major crustal zones of shearing have exerted

w taajor influence and control on sedimentation since Middle Praterozaic times

and earlier,

All Archaean rocks are metamorphosed to a degree thal is in. strong contrast

ta the practically unaltered Upper Proterozoic und later sediments which ciuver

them. ‘The Upper Proterozoic and Archaean are separated from each other by

the near perfect ep-Archaean buried “peneplane”.

2 Proterogole

As with the Archaean complexes, three principal outcrop areas of Pratera-

zoie rocks arc recognised which impinge on the Simpson Desert, These are

the MacDonnell Ranges-Ferguson Kanges and their extensively pedimented

extensions continuing eastward intn Queensland, north of the desert; the pied

mont and pedimented areas which skirt the Musgrave Ranges in N.T,: na the

Peake and Denison Ranges in S.A. There is practically no evidence of igueuus

aclivity or metamorphism. An interbedded basalt How occurs west of Granite

Downs near Indulkina.

a. The Ferguson Ranges and lastward, This is a belt of thick Upper

Proterozoie deposition extending up into the Cambrian, and which laps onte

Archaean core rocks to the north. The basal Heavitree Quartzite is overlain by

a succession of shales, saudstones, limestones and dolormites passing above into

tillite developments, then into reddish shales and sandstones with included

dolomiles, to the base of the Cambrian, The Upper Proterozoic-Combrian

succession approximates 11,000 feet in thickness. Of this the hasal Heavitree

Quartzite and the Bitter Springs Limestones attain about 2,000 feet opposite the

" KR. C SPRIBG

north end of the desert. The latter Jimestanes are frequently hivhly organic

The overlying, Pertatataka Group, approximately 3,000 feet Uhick. consists of

iiterhedded sandstones, limestones and shale, with 2 disconformity and sume

evidence of glacial detritus low in the snecessian, ;

b, Musgrave Range “Poothills". Upper Proterozoic sediments prinedpalfy

sandstones, glaciofuvials, erey and red shales and inter-hedded Vepestiness

nose around the plunging Musgrave Rauge promontory at the desert edve,

Although the basal equivalent of the Heavitree Quartaite figures prominently

along the northern course af this 400-mile long mountain belt in the west, there

is evidence of its crosion trom the castern piedmont areas, and its replacement

by the Jater “basal” etary) tillites,

The most easterly outerop of Proterozoic sediments form the Mt. Kingston

Ranges, aboat 25 miles north of Kulgara. These sediments strike E.N.E. zo

Tlorseshone Bend, where they plunge beneath the desert in a flatapitching yuti-

cline. The formations dip steeply surthward (50-7) degrees), but lolding finally

drags thein inte a low anticlinal structure pitching eastward, Principally these

ure sandstones, flagey and ripple-marked in part, aso glanconitic and micaceous,

and purplish to whitish in colonr. Tillitic beds ure present. They are sliullaw-

water products, and presumubly correlate with the Grants Klull Formation across

the desert to the north-east (Smith ef al,, 1960, LUG),

Near Granite Downs, a thick succession of purple shales with yellaw doto-

mites overlie well-developed basal tillites.

ce The Peake and Denison Ranges. A typical cross-section of Adelaide

System sediments of great thiekness occurs in these ranges which margin cores

of basement rocks, They include a thick shale and dolomite sequence, averlain

by tillites and glaciofluvials, and finally by shales and dolomites. The Cambrian,

however, does not outcrop in the area (Reyner, 1955 ).

3, Palaeozoic

Avery extensive succession Of Palaeozoic sediments outcrop in the marginal

areas af the Simpson Desert. Gaps in the sedimentary record relate to the

Silurian, and possibly the Carboniferous. There is no known igneous activity

or evidence of regional metamorphism in the area, Areas of practivally eon-

tinuous Palaeozoic sedimentation may well be preserved bencath the more

(leetonically) negitive zoues of the Simpson Desert,

Lower Palueozoie sedimentation, principally marine, dorninates the Known

sedimentary record, Considerable thicknesses of Cumbrian und Ordovician sedi-

ments exposed ut the surface occupy elongate cast-west basins or “troughs”

burdering the Musgrave Mountain belt on its north and south sides, and which

Irend mto the province of the Desert. (2) Devoniun and Permian, coutivental

and lacustrine sections, preserved in outcrop in the broader synelines, thicken

towards the desert area, and are indicated to be more extensively preserved in

this. direction, There is ample scope for marine facies to develop into this

downwarped zone,

a, Lower Palavozole

Severul Lower Palueozoic troughs converge on the Simpson Desert. These

are the Amadeus and Officer Basins from the north-west and central-west respec-

tively, and the Adelktide Geosyneline from the south, The Amadeus and

Georgina Basins provide the most complete Cambro-Ordovician successions,

whercas the Cambrian is completely missing in outcrop in the poorly outcropping

Officer Basin. An enormously thick Cambrian snceession is present in the

Adelaide Geosyncline (16,500 feet thick) but Ordovician is absent in its northern

areas, although it ts deyeloped in the Moatwingee area ueross the N.8,W, border,

GEOLOGY OF THE SIMPSON DESERT Al

(i) Cambrian; Cambrian sediments in outcrop about the Simpson Desert

are restricted to the Amadeus and Georgina zones, respectively to the north-

west and north. They also appear in the extreme south at the northern extremity

of is Torrens. There is ample scope for their devclopment below the desert

itself,

. 5 3

: % 2 s 3

z 3 ef Et 5

£o% FS 3 eo RE 3

s = g = ae ge :

= : &® Sa 5

= bt = & p =D Ky

eo 2 $ wd == 7

= = & 26 Se s

r= 5 z =2 BS : z

= 5 3 .

= & . : n s iad = 5

£ = = U = > rm

3 = 5 a = x

a = g % = o68 = =

ts is 33 . £ rz 2 .

= 4 : a E iy ~<— cy i

2 re i = z

ee = pa F & oe ay = i

= s et . =e im 2 =

ned “ 3 ¥ &z = Fa =

~ 9 > at Fs rs at = Pw

3 = re 2 = . = $s .

: 5 . 5 Pe _ = =

: g £ S as 8 et 4

& 2 S = . 4 cos > yoy

= > ae . a = N a]

5 ss = a ~~ 3

: 2 = s a2 = ge £

= s = a ae = s

£ B & S x Syne = a = = >

z= S ‘ 4 = 3s = & im 5 2

5 = o¥- as = 2 ad a& = a

‘3 : 25 pe 8 -é Pe 4 fF =

m+ 5 os cars “ = e = 3 s

an ba ea a & pid we ok a 3 z

= © = Ss 7% rh e n

tt = rs 3 ae : : Ee “ z

- at 3 ~ = x £ = £

é ~ g a & TE = 25 aba = = *

2 22 = 4 . Es - ee aed =

A eS == Ee: if > ou FEE < 2 *

™ S = ag == wr = BEES .¥ > 3

ios «2 RS nae & Sag a x =

. 4 = i a8 Zs : sires 2% 2

: na 6 08 z= L5 tSEe 73 & »

8 = 28 ¥ = 4 SEER PB ° =

: ! as &e te ae Se ges os = FS

<r deg

= Ww :

= If EESag) eid Tae Ra le ale ety aretbualty Dy bracsacy\ DdjaveStesewtls her

5 fe > om

— xr =~! NL tad NE urgua 9 ggu0erlugu

a 2 a raddin, OVP. pt : saddn

Oo — =

oO rs 2 NY | ETAWS AeiBBWYo = Od _ TIO2OYILON NuaWwHoey

Ou Tas

7 m

1 ead a 5

<M A

eR ou

5 Ww = pe 2 &

be a

mars 3 § t = ?

= ft iF 3 = 8 aa: = :

+ om ae ] 2 % = e = < =

22 te § ‘ee 3 rH 7 q

mom S=>ose : SF ‘ : : :

~ o* > & 3: } =e § Re 3 :

a ve) 7 = = e > 8 = 2 z ue

uo ‘ $ > ob FE : Sz 8 : ay &

x ¢ : 2s £ ESE s £ ge § S aye

a 2 3 = p58 4 3

2 ‘ Es 5 ge 7 S “}

2 L 2 = > & rT

e ® ; £ 5 4 2 “

i : : . S ee

5 ‘ a E 3

£ & 2

> a ’ S ‘4 5

es ; : E . é

yw . = _ all @

a ¢ Fe é tg 8

48 es Li se

38 he fa rr rs |

TN a a " =|

i " s

fis matte - ae Tinting

ane i a am CR ‘ bat

Diptvyeay ie ' Mma t ye ) i in a

SNM Typ yatta CURR Mi Hehe! hia Ht |

seat coal RY A ie SAANYLOUI I ni i Hl f

UE AA! = ho EE

fairy Fawn: forks wytdieg may F8GAID ReoNs dary UOOH

i ; '

| | sales, aNiatlavurt (SDTH2S, MWLHNOOWLHad

. | ame] o jadi arn «

ainapar ir Iwona :

Madan : ' 49 UB ASLED | NVIMH Ne

Fig,

12 R, C. SPRIGG

Cumbrian successions everywhere appear to overlie the Upper Proterozoic

conformably, ov very nearly so, There is little indication of any sedimentational

break, and it is more a mutter of definition or convenience as to where the

boundary is drawn.

North of the Simpson Desert the Cambrian succession attains about 6,000

feet fh thickness, consisting in ascending urder of the Aroambera Creywacke, thie

llugh River Shales, the Santa Teresa Lirnestone and the Pulya Pulya Sandstone

(Smyth et al., 1960, 1961).

The Arumbera Greywacke is believed to attain about 2,000 feet thick, and

is predominantly a whitish or reddish brown felspathic sandstone. The Hugh

River shales together with the Santa Teresa Limestones also attain almost 2,000

feet in. thickness, They are cssentially part of a single shale-limestone assucia-

tion, The brachiopods Kutorgina and Nisusia in the lower Hugh River shales

indicate a lower Cambrian age for the unit (Bureau of Mincral Reswurces,

generul information ).

The uppermost Pulya Pulya sandstone is generally a dense white clayey

sandstone of uniform lithology. Fragmentary brachiopods and trilobites indi.

cate un Upper Cambrian or Lower Ordovician Age.

Higher members of Ordovician age may be obscured beneath the desert

levels to the south in which direction the general succession phimges.

Tn the Amadeus zone, Cambrian successions. may attain several thousand

furt in maximum thickness (Pig. 2) Archaeocyatha bioherms are developed in

the lower limestones, principally east of the N.-S, railway,

Trilobitie limestones (Redlichia) are conspicuons in the Middle Cambrian.

These latter are mostly darker-coloured and may he bituminous; they are set

iu thicknesses of shales. Sandstones are also present in the section, and one

that is more conspicuous marks the basc. Red beds are also well-developed at

some levels.

The Georgina Basin Cambrian may attum 5,000 feet or more in thickness,

and is made up extensively of limestones (Fig. 3), the middle und upper sections

of which may be prolifically fossiliferous, Sandstone developments increase in

the upper section and there are some shales,

Tn the wpproaches to the Musgrave mountain belt (southern Amadeus and

northemn Officer Basins) the Cambrian may be thin or entirely missing. These

levels are occupied by an internal unconformity that reveals extensive contem-

porary erosion prior to depasition of the Ordovician, Late, or epi-Cumbrian,

diastrophism is indicated by stronger folding in the carlier beds, At Deep

Well (on the railway south of Alice Springs), for example. Lower and Middle

Cambrian beds were extensively and contemporily croded and further to the

couth they were entirely removed. This situation intensifies also along the

northern margin of the Officer Trough, where the broadly folded (?) Ordovician

sandstones overlic relatively tightly folded uppermost Proterozoic in the imme-

diate Musgrave piedmont zone,

Cambrian formations almost certainly occur widely beneath the Simpson

Desert. for they form the cores of spectacular Jura-type folds which crop up at

the desert’s immediate northern margin. Seismic surveys indicate deep sedi-

mentary sections in the coextensive desert areas,

(ii) Ordovteian; Sedimentation during this interval in the Amadeus was

dominantly arenaceous, but thin, highly fossiliterous shaley limestemes are inter-

bedded. Three to four thousand feet ar more of cross-bedded and reddish sands

dominate De section, Across in the Georgina Basin, limey sediments assume

GEOLOGY OF ‘THE SIMPSON DESERT 43

greater eae an and the section appears to be best developed against (on

the north side of ) the MacDonnell-Winnecke basement “ridge” (Fig. 3).

Fossil assemblages of the Amadeus basin appear to be dominated by the

ubiquitous (? )Scolithes * ‘worm burrow” or “pipe-rock” (Upper Cambrian to

Ordovician) in the great sandstone formations, and by the Horn Valley fauna in

the narrow shaley limestone interbeds, This latter fauna includes Orthoceros,

Raphistoma, Orthis and Dalmanites in super abundance.

r _ J <——. a ——

COMPOSITE LOG OF STRATA

Formation outcropping on Winnecke divide

( Offer KG Smith , RR Vine, EN Milligan. — Bur Min Res 1961/65.)

ea “if

x AAW Waning

: -_ ; ‘ pny 3

Nora ‘sy |= as Sitstone , sandsiona , shoie eave sronstone ane

Form ferruginoes somastare .

inlerbecded linvestore’. aandsfone and sition

(eassiliverous }:

Fossiliferous fire grained sucuceaus Sandstene sori

pige rock")

haley ond sandy Jimestoqes anch dotornley,

Sardsione . while, cateersous in part

Aussi! fish bees . placedernrs,

Duicie Sandst,

| Tomahawk

Beds |

Sandstone darn,

Hyolithes

Alga firesiores .

Arrinthrunga Form.

Lark tue grey tinestone , cdolomple ond oafitic

himesfane

CAMBRIAN

Flaggy dotomite

Soidy oblamite

Dotoniite auth cher’

Doboamte arth trifabsles.

Velliae Brow henestorie, dolomile Archaeocyatha' af fap.

DAstone, Ceeey and nvieaceous

| I

| Arthur Ck s

| — Dolenile in part aofitie.

& Beds §

Mt, Baldwin->

Form. §

)

Field Rive === Sitistonas and shales |

Bed

PROTEROZOIC

Titite batpas.

= GEO. 81

WwW R. C, SPRIGG

In the Toko syneline (southern Georgina Basin) rich fossil assemblates

inchide tnlabites, niuutiloids, pelecypods, gastropods, sponges and bryozoa.

South of the Musgrave Ranges in the Offcer Basin massive sandstones

characterised by “pipe rack” are coarsely cross-bedded and slump-bedded; they

appear ta be broken wnly by thin red and grey limestones and grey shales near

the base. This formation overlies the uppermost Proterozoic red shales section

with strong angular unconformity; its Cambro-Ordovician age requires verifi-

cation,

Fast of the Musgrave Ranges, Ordovician sandstones with rich mollusean

fauna have heen found in the Mt. Kingston Range north-east of Kulgera. These

appear to be coextensive with the “pipe rock” sandstones recorded by Opik

and Sullivan (1951) at Rumbalara. These Ordovician stritu, Hatdying, appear

lo dip gently beneath the Simpson Desert from this direction. in the Jast out-

crop at the edge of the alluvial pliting near Cranite Downs, to the south, they

are Glled to 45 degrees to the north, Much of the deeper seismic reflections

below Andado in the desert area may be from these beds. None of the local

water bores in this Andada avca have penctruted below the fat-lying Permian,

bh. Upper Palaeozaic

Detailed regional mapping by the Bureau of Mineral Resourees (Smith

ef (i. 1959, 1960 and L9GL) and geological recounaissance by Frome Broken

Hill Company and by Geosurvevs, hive disclosed the presence of considerable

developments of Upper Palaeozoic sediments about the margins of the Simpson

Desert These give the strong impression that Upper Palaeozoic sections,

(?) Upper Carboniferous to (?)Permian, bencuth the desert muy be not ineon-

sequential,

Whereas (?)Permian scclions in these marginal outcrop areas are all con-

thientul, revent checking of bore cores by the South Australian Mines Depart-

ment (Ludbrook, 1961) demonstrate that Permian sections buried beneath

Mesnroie cover, south of the Peake wod Denison Ranges, include also marine

developments. [t is not unreasonable, therefore, to suspect an increasing marine

clement in any or all Upper Palaeozoie successions as they pass into the struc-

hurally more “negative” yones of the Simpson Desert area that had developed st

that time. Dullingari Well ncar Innamiricka (Delhi-Santos) has disclosed

several thousand feet of conUnental to marine Permian tn a sub-basin immedi-

ately east of the desert.

Prioy to World War ID, presumed (?)Permian “rillites” aud eomelumerates

had been recognised in the Missionary Plain (west «if Alice Springs, Madigan,

1932), and at Crown Point (near Finke; David anc) Howehin, Toor , but other.

wise the Upper Palaeozoic was considered to be represented by an extensive

geological hiatus,

Devonian fish heds have recently been reported from a deep synclinal

“basin” on the immediate northern margin of the desert, and possibly alsy

(?)Carboniferous leaf beds, These appear to be cormparable with similar de-

velopments in the Dulcie Ranges of the southern Georgina. Within the Simpson

Desert, in Maleulms Bore (30 miles N.-E. of Andado) Tower Permian (Artin-

skian) shales rich in pollen were encountered below about 600 fect to the bottam

at the hole at approximately 1,800 fect.

TYhere is now reason to suspect that a reasonably complete Palaeozic

snevession may indeed be present beneath some parts of the Simpson Desert.

(i) (?)Siurian to Devontan: Fish beds of undoubted Devonian age (Tills,

1959) are reported (Smith, L860 and 1961) in the south-western Georgina Busin.

GEGLOGY OF TILE SIMPSON DESERT We

They oveur in thick sandstones deposited in fresh water .as the thick Dulcie

Sandstone,

In the Amadeus Basin the Mereenie Sandstone, 900-2,000 feet thick ane

wvoilyng the Ordovician seotian in Ellery Creck west of Alice Springs, may

passibly be uf this age (Quinlan, 1962). Wells et af. (1961) recognise a discon-

foxmity separating the Merecnie Sandstone from the underlying (Ordoviciun)

upper portion of the Larapinting Group. The Mercenie Sandstone is overlain

unconformiubly by massive “Aysch” conglomerates (8,000-21,500 feet thick

aceording to various estimates) of the Missionary Plains syncline. Early writers

(David and Brown, 1950) referred these “Post-Ordovician” Pertujara conglomer-

utes to possible Permian. Quinlan (1962) places them in the Upper Palaeozoie.

The Pertnjara are the accumnlutions of w tectonic enviroment (Sprigg, eb al,

1860; Quinlan, 1962: Wells, ef al, 1962). ‘Che houlders are of unsorted imixed

types that were rapidly accumulated. Metamorphic and igneous rocks from

Archacan basement predomimate in the uppermost conglomerates, whereas

successively younger (Proterozoic to Ordovician) rock fragments predominate

in the lower horizous. The rapid erosional stripping of an actively uplifting

lawer Palaeozoic landscape suggests itself, No fossils have yel been found in

these sediments. Vhe beds are described by Madigan (1932), Chewings (1935)

and Pritchard and Quinlan (1960), Quinlan (1962), Wells et al. (1961),

The large diapirie Mt. Goss structure (two to three miles in diameter) of

the Missionary Plains syoeline bas presumably penetrated a geeat thickness of

Perinjara beds, but its vertical walls. and also the horizontal cap strata, are of

Ordovician sediments. The origin of the structure is undetermined but is pre-

sumed to be a sult; ¢vypsum, or mobile clay plug from the deeply buried Cambrian

or Upper Proterozoic, both of which are known to include red beds of saliferous

affinities.

It is possible that similar incampetent strato lave permitted extensive

slippage (décollement formation) in the northern Simpson Desert area, the

cores of the folds of which may alse he diapivie, (See under subsequent dis-

cussion of structure.)

In the extreme south-eastern Georgina Basin. and immediately across the

haseiment divide from the Simpson Desert, the Dulcie Sandstone (1.690 | feet)

is oF Upper Devonian age. Smith ef al. (1961) report that “fragments of fossil

fish were obtaincd fram a bed 1,640 feet aboye the hase. The fossiliferous

haxizon, about 60 feet thick, is a unit of white calcareous sandstone which sso

underlies the horizon where Upper Devonian placoderms were obtained in

1958, They were deseribed by Hills (1950)." Diseuntormable relations with

the underlying Ordovician are apparent, Ub is possible that comparable syn-

clinal infillings Iving immediately north of the Simpson Desert, are of this

Devonian age and ussuciition,

(ii) Permian: Presnmed eoutinental und glaciofuvial secirments referred to

this age have been recorded ocewring widely about the northern and western

perimeters of the Simpson Desert. These have been described from the Peake

and Denison Banges (Chewings, 1928: Reyner, 1955; Parkin, 1956}, from Finke

(David and Heweohin, 1924: Ward, 1925; Sprige and Brunnschweiler, 1958,

Sprigg. Johnson and Audley-Charles, 1960), and fom the Hay and Wield River

Headwaters (Condon and Smith, 1959; Smith et al, 1960),

Undoubted (fossiliferous) Lower Permian Jiave been recorded from the

worth eental Simpson Desert in Maleolms Bore (on Andado Station) beluvy

44 R. C. 5FRIGG

ubout 600 feet of Cretaceous shales (Sprigg, Johnson and Audley-Charles, 1960;

Balme, 1960). More recently (Ludbrouk, 1961) has shown the Permian to he

in part marine in the adjoining Stuart Range Area.

Ludbrook (1961) has provided the following stratigraphic sequence for

these beds (principally from J.. Phillipsan Bore):

(2) Lower Artinskian to Upper Sakmarian fresh water mudstones

with coal and fine sandstones —. __ . ae 264 fest

(b) Sakmarian fresh water carbonaceous siltstones and mudstones

with some sandstone ._,, a te nr . 1,830feet

(¢) Lower Sakmarian marine mudstone and siltstones 7” 280 fect

(¢l) Glacigene boulder clays of presumed lowermost Sakmurian age —- 766 Feet

Total . 3,140 feet

Much confusion bas surrounded the assessment of Permian glacigenes in

Central Australia, Tectonic (piedmont) breccia-conglomerates of the Missian-

avy Plains have been tentatively included in this category, and there is high

probability that many of the “tillilic” sands in marginal desert areas are rewashed

(remanie) concentrations from earlier (Upper Proterozoic) fuvioglacial boulder

beds, The confusion carries into the Cretaceous where “glacioHnvial” tillites

have been described widely to occur about the south-western Artesian Basin.

Here the pebbles could be re-eroded from neighbouring Proterozoic tillites, or

Pennian glaciofluvial deposits. ;

Near Tarlton Downs Hornestead on the northern margin of the desert, thin

prestimed ground moraines, considered to be Permian (Condon and Smith,

1959), have since been found to carry a Hora (Linguifolinm denmeadi, ete.),

indicating a Triassic or Lower Jurassic age (Smith e/ al,, 1961),

Tt is not unlikely that 2 number of so-called Permian glacigenes in the peri-

phery area will be of these or other ages, and that the glacial impression has

been misinterpreted or exaggerated.

The beds are generally conglomeratic sandstones, often with ohvious cut-

and-fill structures and slump- and cross-hedding attesting to fluviatile depasition.

Doubt as to the “tillitic” interpretation has long existed in many localities because

of the local outerop of Upper Proterozoic tillites and glaciofluvial deposits. (rom

which some of the striated and facctted boulders conta equally well have been

derived hy erosion, There is also good evidence (Sprigg et al., 1960) that many

of the boulders at best are likely fo be products of periglacial activity beyond

mountain glaciers, us could huve developed in the higher and more distunt

ancestral Musgrave Ranges. Mostly the matrix of the “conglomerates” is sandy

and nat comparable with the “rock flour” or normal tillites. In the Finke-Crown

Point localities the boulders are principally locally-derived quartzites; occasiouul

granite and felspar porphyry pebbles indicate more distant origins, or they may

be remanie from locally outcropping Upper Proterozoic. Pebbles of red Jime-

stones similar to beds within the (?)Ordovician near Granite Downs verify the

post-(?) Ordovician age of these Finke occurrences.

(iii) General Observutions: Uncertainty continues to surround the under-

standing of the stratigraphy of a number of sandstone formations descending

gently below the desert from the vicinity of Finke and Qodnadatta (Glaessner

CEGLOGY OF THE SIMPSON DESTRT 47

and Parkin, 1958). About Finke, at Horseshoe Bend, the incomplete succession

measures several hundred feet in thickness. Lt is as follows:

Sandstone, current bedded and micuccous; some interbedded red shale.

Conglomerate, intrafurmational, with cut-and-fill structure,

Disconformeity

Shales, red or chocolate; mivaceous.

Sandstones, current bedded, pebbly and gritty in part; locally argillacoous;

severe local slurping,

Basal conglomerates.

Unconformity (on U. Proterozoic )

To the east of Pollys Corner, near Horseshoe Bend on Finke River, con-

glumerates occurring at higher levels appear to pass below the De Souza Sand-

stone (Opik, 1954) of Rumbalara. Fossil leaves reported to have been discoy-

ered in this vicinity by Frome Broken Hill Co. seologists are believed to have

indicated a Lower Permian or Carboniferous age. Further to the east in the

Simpson Desert, sands encountered in the Yardhole Bore (100 miles distant)

beneath 600 feet of Mesozoic sediments are typically gurmctiferous and ligniti-

ferous Artinskian developments (Ludbrook, 1960). Grey shales were also well

developed, and the formation was not penetrated at the cessation of drilling at

1,800 fect,

Beds possibly of the Finke sequence are also exposed about Mt. Ticyon and

Umbearra, and eastwards to the Finke River between Lilla and Goyder Crecks.

Where these overlup granites, bonlder conglomerates are developed, They are

capped by Cretaceous shales with siliceous and/or lateritic cappings.

A single sub-circular outerop of hard siliceous conglomerate forming Mt.

Alive and dipping outwardly occurs 50 miles NNW. of Oodundatta, "The out-

crop is surrounded by low, ontwardly-dipping Lower Cretaceous shales, and the

sediments are dubiously related to the Permian, Brunnschweiler (1937), in a

Santos Tid. company report, has suggested correlation with the Algebuckina

Sandstone bordering the Peake Ranges on their north.

Of particular interest was the encountering in the base of the Santos Oodna-

datta Bore No. 1 of steeply dipping porous sandstones of unknown age. A

single core taken at 1,292 feet revealed a steeply dipping (55 degrees) clean,

very white saridstone, notable for its high mica content. The sediment was only

lightly lithibed, but otherwise there was no cluc to its age which could he

anywhere in the range from uppermost Palacozoie down to Upper Proterozoic.

Lifhologically, similar sandstoncs occur locally in the Finke sequence and also

in the (2) Ordovician, and in the Upper Proterozoic (the latter along the narthern

margin of the Indulkina Ranges).

e, Trias-Jura

Until recently sediments of Ubese ages had not been recognised in the

desert environs. Previously-presumed “Permian placials” occurring immediately

south of Tarlton Downs Homestead (at the north end of the desert), have now

been found to contain a probable Triassic or Lower Jurassic fora (Smith e¢ al.,

1961). A collection of plants examined by Mary White (1961) notes the ypre-

sence of Linguifolium denmeadi, Dicroidium odontopieroides and Elatacladus

sp...etc. The preservation of the impressions is not good, but the weight of the

evidence fayours the foregoing early-middle Mesozoic ages.

48 KC. SPRIGG

d. Cretaceous

The Simpson Desert depression forms part of the Great Artesian Basin or

epcirogenic duwnwarp. Westward tilting of the basin during Mesozoic times

led fo progressive westerly overlap onto the Pre-Cambrian shield, with the

result that carly Mesozoic sediments do not appear to underlie the Cretacerius

shales iv extreme westerly areas to any significant extent,

Roma-Tambo (Aptian-Albian) marine shales blanket all earlier deposits in

the desert area, Vhey lap onta the “Permian heds” about Finke and Algebuckina,

either disconformably, or with gentle: non-conformity.

(i) Blythesdale Sandstone; Unconsolidated and highly permeable sands are

present in bores about Oodnudatta where they agyregate 310 feet in thickness

in Santos Ltd. Oodnadutta No. | well, and rest on steeply dipping micaceaus

sundstones of probable Pulacozoic age (see above), A chert band was en-

eguntered at the uncoutonnity, The aquifer sands presumably thicken ta the

cast in the direction of the Simpson Desert. but the available bore information

in this direction is linited and unreliable,

_ _ (it) Rema-Tambo Formations: Typically monotonous shale sections of these

beds are relieved only by thin limestones, and sandy glauconitiec silty develnp-

ments. They are highly fossiliferous in the Oodnadatta region. Sand stringers

and gravels have developed only in basal overlap, in contact with granites in

the extreme west, In outerap the shales bleach white, or are mottled white,

yellow, mauye, reddish or brownish by laterization. At Rumbalara, near Finke.

the shales are yellow with ochre developments.

About Mt. Dare and Dalhousle the shale section has been deeply eroded

at the top of a broad fold-arch. Nodular limestones in grey shales and gypscous

beds are exposed,

The deepest well to penetrate the Roma-Tambo is at Mt. Dare just inside

South Australia, A thickness of about 1,000 feet of shales was cut, beeuming

sandy and glauconitic towards the base. They rested on porous sands of inde-

terminate age.

At the Rumbalara ochre mine the shales averlie the De Souza Sandstone

of Opik and Sullivan (1954) which is variously reported as of Mesozoic or

Palaeozoic age. Twelve miles south of the ochre mine a bore hole penetrated

several hundred feet of shale, presumed to be Cretaceous, before cntering a

sandstone aquifer,

Shallow water sandy and glauconitic shales have been intersected in

drilling for water on New Crown Station from where the Cretaceous shale

boundary swings west to about LO miles north of tilla Greck. Presumed Creta-

cevus shales oyerlie the Finke River sandstones immediately north of Bloodwood

bore. The shale boundary continnes souih-cast past Tievon to Mt. Irwin and

disappears beneath the edge of the desert, and is last see trending south

towards and just east of Mt. Joha. These shales curry occasional Maccoyella

valves as shells or casts. They can be traced at intervals in outuop north abont

the margins of the Simpson Desert into Queensland,

The Santos Lid, Oodnudatta No. 1 stratigraphic bore put down three miles

NNE. of Oodnadatia township cored a fairly complete section of the Roma-

Tambo. Ammonite fanna (R, O, Brunnschweiler in a Santos Ltd. company

report) indicated the Aptian-Albian boundary at 100 feet, and the (?)Aptian-

Neocomian at 960 feet, The well entered the artesian aquifer at 1,292 feet.

Ludbrook (1958) confirmed these findings in the microfauna.

GEOLOGY OF THE SIMPSON DESERT 49

The succession proved to be lithologically rather uniform throughout the

Aptian and Albian, with highly carbonaceous mudstones dominating the section.

The sediments are typically marine shallow water, in which a rich foraminiferal

fauna existed. Mollusea, brachiopods (particularly in the sandier bands),

echinoids, ostracods, and fish teeth were all very abundant. Inaceramus and

Log of Strata

santos cto OODNADATTA No! STRATIGRAPHIC BORE

Located lOmiles N.W. of Oodnadatta | Dritied (957 , continuously cored,

Shale with muner sanostones and yyrsur-

Swstona usih froceranns.

fing grammed sandstone ; verbecded muds

{ Tambo marine )

Dark grey mumisfene ; /ugtily dessiteraus, peecypods ;

belenimmres -

Sandstane ° fassiitenaus - with tmestune dards

Noles fated ffearescense at #bts feet

Dark gray shole - fossiiiferaus.

Limesione denies

Dark yreay shale - occastanas fossils

Note > of showing and #lorescanve. at Fier,

APTIAN

( Roma marine)

Glauconiiic Sendslutre.

Derk grey shole ; feu ftasstls

Note : week of showing af 932 Fees.

oote sand > pooriy sarfed ; Hiucacenss,

Sanoly sity arudstere

toose , gritty Sand > poorly sorted > eecasronot

NEOCOMIAN

> Biythesdale songs)

MuUestore Berns,

herdy fayer’-

thneartorrt ty

Hine grained sly sandstone » (? Aoleeozer: }

Scegle

200 400.

—j feet,

? PALAEOZOIC

Logged by R.O. Brunnschweiler ,

Geosurveys Aust. Ltd-

50) R. C, SPRIGG

ammontes were common. Brunnschweiler’s lag of the Santos Ltd. Oodnadatta

No. 1 well is as follows:

0- 182 feet Siltstones, silty sandstones and argillaccous limestones.

182- 422 feet Duark grey mudstones,

422- 450 feet Dark grey sandstone with limestone bands.

450- 981 feet Dark grey mudstone with siltstone then limestone and sandy

mudstane.

981-1,007 feet Interbedded tight limestones, shale and sand.

1,007-1,292 feet Principally unconsolidated water sands with some shaley

partings and silty section (ave uncertain; (2) Blythes-

dale),

1,292-1,330 feet Pre-Mesozvic micaceons, soft white, sandstones dipping at 55

degrees ((?)Palacogoie . . . B.C.S.).

The Yardhole bore on Andadu Station drilled in 1959 indicated a middle

Albian fauna at 660 to 680 feet equivalent to that at 260-300 feet in Oodnadatta

bore (Ludbrook, 1960). This suggests a total Cretaccous shale depth of the

order of 1,300 fect in this vicinity (sce later).

An outcrop of bleached sandy shale beneath a “duricrust” (silerete) capping

90 miles dne cast of Andado, and named “Geasurveys Hill”, appears to be of

Lower Cretaceous affinities, It is the only known outerop in the central desert

aren.

e. Tertiary

Pebble conglomerates, claystone beds and sandstones as veneers are distri-

buted widely about the margins of the Simpson Desert in Northern Territory.

The pebbles are small (up to 1 inch), well-rounded and polished. Cementing

material is usually siliccous or lateritic. These are commonly “duricrusted” by

advent of silica, and form protective cappings to mesas. About Mt. Tieyon on

the $.A,-N.T. border these beds may attain 30 to 40 fect in thickness. They

include clay lenses interbedded with sands, and cul-and-fill conglomerates.

The sediments are presumed to be Lower Tertiary in age, but the evidence is

inconclnsive. Denudation has stranded many of the deposits high on mesa

pedestals.

Thicker Tertiary accumulations ure expected to be present im the lower-

lving desert areas, Jn this connection recent drilling carried out by the South

Australian Department of Mines in the Lake Evre region (Johns, 1962) is of

interest; an early Tertiary sequence of Carbunaceous sands and silts is overlain

disconformably by (?)Miocene dulomites, dolomitic mudstone and clays

(Ftadunna Formation ).

{. Quaternary

Alluvial “drift” forms the floor of nnuch of the desert area. Sand coneen-

trated from the shallow soil layers in the process of wind deflation has formed

the striking parallel dune system for which this desert is famous, and the finer

silty products have been winnowed out and removed as dust.

Crocodilian teeth ((?)Pallimnarchus) were found in deep alluvial clays of

this assyciation in Mothers Well south of Mt. Tievon.

CEOLOGY OF THR SIMPSON DESERT 34

B, STRUCTURE

The Shopson Desert is a continuing structurally and geomorphically “nega-

tive” section of the Australian continent of great antiquity, UL coincides with

the intersection, or meeting. of several ancient basin and geosynclinal trends.

Several prominent crustal shear lin¢aments trericl ilo the desert area from

boarder regions, and these have exercised a decided influence in structural de-

formation from time te time thronghont geological history. Crustal readjust-

ments were fucilitated by movement along the weaknesses,

lL. Archaean Struclure Bordering the Simpson Desert

The Westralian Shield attuins the northern and western edge of the desert

in the gcomorphically depressed easterly extensions of the Musgrave and the

MacDonnell Range mountain belts; In both cases the Archaean geunticlinal

cares pitch gently eastwards with the result that Proterozoic, Cambrian and/or

Ordovician sediments tend to nose around them.

The Musgrave mountain belt is one of greatest antiquity, It has provided

a@ major source of sediments supplying surrounding relatively depressed areas

during and since Upper Proterozoic times. Fold structures within this hase-

ment complex range from E.-W. to N.-S., but it is evident that the principal

scomorphic control has been maintained by movements (vertical and/or hovi-

zontal) along major fault shear lineaments which confront. the Mann_ and

Musgrave Ranges along thei southern margins for at least 300 miles. Near

the W.A. border they are loci of ultrabasie intrusion and extrusion of the magni-

tude of a “Buschveldt Complex” (Sprige and Wilson, 1959).

Despite the dominating east-west expression of the Musgrave mountain

belt aad parallelism of Proterozoie-Palaeozole intra-cratemia hasins, the fold»

axial trends within the gneissic complexes lic in marked contrast in castern

outerop area, At Mt. Tieyon, the folds preserve N-S. trends, whereas near

Umbearra the trend is N.E.-S.W. Further to the west, near Ernabella, isoclines

ure stil aligned north-south.

The Arunta Complex near Alice Springs is, by contrast, a latitudinally

aligned “raft” of ancient igneous-infhuded metasediments that has only sub-

sequently been extensively stripped of its Proterozoic and early Palavozoic

cover, (By compurison much of the Musgrave helt is a far more ancient geant-

clinal zone, and has heen the dominating source of sediments feedings wio

Central Australian basins), A major K-W. cristal Jineament confronts the

MacDonnell Ranges in the south. This is a complicated fault and monvctinal

fold zone, and a Jocus of a steep gravity weadient (Sprigg, L96la).

As in the Musgrave Ranges, fold axes in more westerly arcas trend cast-

westerly, but become irregular in the extreme east to the north of the Simpson

Desert, (A comparable change is noticeable also in the Amadeus Palaeozoic

fold pattern: sce later.) The Arunta complex shelves gradually belenw the

Simpson Desert.

South of Oodnadattu, Archaean complexes form intlers within the Great

Artesian Basin principally as the Peake and Denison Ranges. Their positive

geomorphic expression is againia consequence of uplift movement along a fall

lineament (Sprigy, 1961la) or geosuture, Archaean structural trends in this area

run broadly eust-west, At one lime the Upper Proterozoic sediments cornpletely

enveloped the presently exposed “raft” of basement rocks in this zone.

oe KC. SURIGC

2. Proterozoic to Palaeozoic Structure

Elongate basinal belts that Hank the Musgrave geanticline accumulated

many thouswnds of feet of Upper Proterozoic, Cambrian, Ordovician and later

stliments prior to extensive structural deformation. Cambrian sediments that

could have been present in the southern or Officer Basin were extensively eroded

and cemoved prior to Ordovician deposition, To the north, in the Amadeus

Busin, by cemparison the succession is practically complete, and. still yormger

Palueozale sediments are extensively infolded with them.

The Upper Proterozoic to Ordovician section of the Amadeus Basin in the

extreme north lacks marked internal nneemformities, although geutle breaks

ave recognised near the top of the Cambrian. These became acceutiated in the

south in the approaches to the active Musgrave geanticlinal zone, (?)Devonian

sandstones (Mereenie Sandstone) follow with little more than a disconfortmity

break. The overlying Pertnjara tormation, hawever, includes flysch-type sedi-

mentary conglomerates that evideuce murked instability at this time, principally

in the newly developing MacDonnell geanticline along the northern side of the

MacDonnell lineament, This was the first major Palaeozoic orogeny in this

zone und developed across (E.W.) the trend of the main depasitional belt, The

lurge Missionary Plains syncline sagged to perhaps 20,000 feet or more In the

MucDonnell frontal zone, further to adorratellate the latest piedmont-like

deposits. Possibly due to these superencumbent loadings the diapiric Mt. Gosse

structure developed by salt, gypsum or mobile shale intrusion, Considered

broudly, the older Palaeozoic structures in the Amadens zone, west of the Alice

Springs railway, display strongly east-west alignment, the mdividual fold axes

trending N.N.W, in an en echelon arrangement, ‘Yo the east, folding avrosy

N.-S, and E.-W. axes has introduced 2 centripetal tendency (basins and domes),

This is the zane which lies north-west of the Simpson Desert, but the suueture

refurns to more decidedly “cast-west” in the low ranges immediately abutting

the vorthern desert margins.

‘The latter folds are mostly of the “Jura-type”, but sharp pinch-folding and

tendencies to thrusting against the Arunta block, point alsa to block faulting

and shear faulting in the basement. The nature vf folding in the Amadeus

Basin is still.a matter for conjecture. Although the basin is relatively deeply

sedimented, its sediments are well sorted, and arc of platform type.

Rapid aceumniation has occurred only in restricted zones that ace related

ito localised uplift wud erosional stripping, There is no evidence of yoleanicity,

folds tend ta be symmetries] and broad in many areas, but elsewhere the

anticlines in particular appear to he sharp and separated by broad Hat syaclines,

A meusure of diapirism seerns indicated in these latter instances. Fold axes

may pass into faults along the erests. This is nowhere better illustrated

than about the northern Simpson Desert (Fig. 5), Jt would appear that

in these areas a measure of wliding along preferred layers has taken place by

déeallement formation, The energy for this. gliding presumably would be gravi-

tational and caused by uplift in zones of the north and/or south, The gliding

undoubtedly has taken place low in the sedimentary section, possibly at about

the level of the Bitler Springs limestone where interbedded saliferous formations

are suspected. In typical cases the anticlines which have 60 to 90 degree Jimb-

dips are separated by broad flat synclines. The anticlinal fold planes pass

into high-angle thrusts,

‘e SI

ze 025

aay |__| vicas [DDI psaA

coo'si oodol coos 2

58 —— BIETH | | DFUOZIICY

c) ¢ z 2

atv3s

“AyMWIO,UGIUL)

{ Uo Dwi) muojsmui) sBulds seeiig ¢& UTubm)

guns Buipy® pun 4jnoy yaniys a EN ‘se4z0mAeiS enc smpoug aeary YON 79

ecUenbes auojmau!

“yuauesng piydimuDpau pun snowUs) 1S BYE} 7 WS

"38165, OXD{DIOJe4 puD —

evosewit ssuluds Jeiig tel rion esliacey ng buayspuDs voligiiog weddn iQ

"4 30t0ia;s0ig 4addn ) euolsew!; sOulids saijig sy} ,f& uoTSEYy

“ nae

LoBOYI Ig

OO KO

59S WPUUidbiby puo

Ryd COD)JAY ~4pIdisODUN FIQMOD GS

avojspunS eluBelaN

eur

sees, papluyieg dzq ¥, «2

H en

assoine r [a

i snopo0 819 oy

Buolspues osneS ag

sayoys 9Ulsou

gqn3a937

ul pasingso sapedio Burpijs —JLON

LON

INAWdO1SASG LNAWST10040

LY¥3Ssaa NOSdWIS

NYAHLYON

H+ K. ©. SPRIGG

in the southern portions of the Amadeus Basin, repetition of the basal

Proterozoic sandstones about the Western Australian border (Juklik, 1959) has

heen referred to as thrusting against the Musgrave mountain helt. They con-

fmm to a pattern of probable imbricate faulting, Comparzhle movements

appear to have taken place in the Deep Well zane bordering the Simpson Desert,

and in which case an uppet- or epi-Cambrian age may be assigned to these

TuWwements.

iu the immediate Simpson Desert border regions between Deep Well and

Finke, the Cambrian is more strongly folded than the Ordovician, and has

been extensively removed by pene-contempurancous erusion before Ordovician

leposition. Lxtensive uncontormities, as a consequence, were developed on

the Upper Proterozaie and Cambrian in this situation. ‘This state of affuirs

extends into the eastern Officer Traugh. In both regions the Proterozoic

sequences (“Sturtian” to “Marinuan”) were relatively stceply folded (40 to 80

degrees) in the Musgrave piedmont zou, prior ta deposition of the thick Ordo-

vietan sands across well-develuped crosion surfaces, The Ordovician also was

subsequently folded, but the fold patterns appear to depart considerably from

Hw caurlier imprints in the region south of the Indulkina Ranges and Granite

Downs, The Mt. John syncline in Ordovician sediments, tor example, is 20

miles weruss, whereas the loeal Proterozaic exposed on eithee dank is tightly

folded, exhibiting a number of fold axex in comparable widths. 1

The mast easterly evidence of folding of the Proterozoic at the desert margin

is abserved in the Mt. Kingston Ranyes (west of Finke). Here a resistant

sandstone formation forms the north limb of a regional anticline. Dips of 60-70

degrees in the west flatten to 20 degrees in the cast as the formation occupies

the nose of a Hat-pitching (5 degrees) anticline lunging beneath the desert

at forseshoe Bend. his rather sharp fald may Fe a décollement expression.

Overlving Permian beds ure unaflected by the folding,

Proterozoic sediments north-east of the desert are influenced strangly by

hasement faulting (principally striking N.W.-8.f. or N.N.W-E.S,L.). Feld axes

which are gentle approximate these directions,

hy the Peake and Dension Ranges the rather broad folding of the exposed

Upper Proterozoic sediments display N.N.W. trending axes, aligned sympathetic

ully with and in genetic relation to the N.N.W. lineament on the eastern margin

of the Ranges.

The pattern of Palacozoic fulding beneath the desert is known indirectly

in the north-west. Jost over 100 line miles of discontinuous seismic reflection

traversing has been completed in the Mt. Dare-Andado-Came! Flat area in

Northern ‘Territory, and un ineomplete traverse has been curried acrpss the

northern end ot Like Fyre where the sediments are probably shallower. Re-

connaissance gravity surveys have been completed in these same arcas, and

airborne magnetometer surveys have suhsequently covered most of the desert

area in S.A. and N.T. The results of these surveys remain the property of private

oil perceuy compunies for the present, hat some general inforrution has been

relensed_

Airborne magnetometer surveys curried out on behalf of Delhi Australian

Petroleum Company suggest decp magnetic basement in the south-eastern

portion of the desert (ten to fiftecn thousand feet), and the trend 1s continuing

inta Northern Territory east of the Finke.

In the Andado area (N.T,) gravity surveys (Denton and Sprige, 1962)

indicate medium Jow gradients for much of the acea (0'3 ty 1 milligal per mile

or less) except in the New Crown and Malecolms Bore yicinities, wheré steeper

GROLOGY OF THE SIMPSON DESERT 3a

gradients and more complex patterns reflect shallowing bedrock. Reconnais-

sance selsmi¢ taverses in thiy region confirm the indication of deeper base

ment underlying Andada and extending tu the 8.A-N.T. border, A shyllowing

of bedrock towards Maleolms bore (region of Jat, 25°00" and long. 123°3{¥ )

is also evident. Eight to twelve thousand feet of sediments are indicated im the

Andado zone, but depths appear to be less near Malcolms bore. This uppre-

ciation of rather fut-lying and muderately deep section (5,000-10,000 feet plus)

carries into the more northern limits of the desert (by courtesy of Flamingo Petro-

leum Co. Ltd.) where broader sections of only gently undulating sedimentary

succession occupy the fats between the sharp anticlines that protrude alwaptly

along the general desert urea in the region of Camel Flat,

The impression, now fortified, is that the Prateraznic-Palacozoie section

shelves gently semthwardly off the Arunta divide (dips af only a few degrees

near the Tale headwaters), but that gliding of the main mass of the section

lias resulted in development af Jura-type (andlok diapivic) anticlines at intervals

where the succession passes beneath the desert. A series‘of re-opened N.W.-S.E.

faults haye complicated the pattern somewhat but may have also initiated or

assisted décallement development.

Ta recapitulate: the Palacozoic era witnessed several somewhat Jocalised

episudes uf gragenic deformation, Erosional truncation of detormed pre-Ordo-

vieian strata in the eastern foothill regions of the Musgrave mountain helt indi-

cates diasttophism associated with uplift in thase regions, The Ordavician

appears to have been an interval of broader stability with the evolytion of

great sandy platforms. Late in Ordovician times diastrophistn developed the

MacDonnell Ranges as a segional plattonm uplifted in the north, and which was

accompanied locally by piedmont (ivsch-type) sedimentation into deepeniny

synelines to the south. A measure of décollement formation nay have oceurred

at this time or subsequently by gravitationally induced gliding, The principal

deformation uf the Amadeus geosyncline appears not to haye occurred before

Middle Palaeozaic times, Dating of this episode remains uncertain, but may

be epi-Devonian. Post-Ordovician orogeny in the Officcr Trough lying south

of the Musgraves superimpused a new degree of folding over the (?)epi-

Cambrian developments also in this region, Folding in the two deep secli-

mentary basins developed on either side of the Mnsgraves was not necessarily

contemporancous, nor was that of the northern and southern portions of the

Amadeus Basin.

3. Permian-Mesozoie Structure:

Permian and Cretaceous sediments outcropping in and about the Simpson

Desert, everywhere are flatlying, or they dip at low angles. Permian strata

mxlend beyond the Cretaceous cover principally to tle north nd north-west,

Dips are predominantly regional and gently desert or basin-ward.

Cretaceous strata outcrop practically continuously along the Simpson Desert

margin. Dips are gently basin-ward for the most part and define a sub-basin

(200 wide by 400 miles long) within the Great Artesian Basin as a whole,

Stratal dips in outcrop west of the Georgina are directed gently westward so

thal the Cretaceous shales disappear bencath alluvial cover, not to re-appear

until beyond the desert segment af the Finke River almost 300 miles to the west.

Warping and folding within the Cretaceaus is apparent principally from

hore data (Jack, 1930) and from the deposition of Tertiary “duricrusted” (sil-

erete or fossil soil) surfaces upon them (Sprieg, 1855), These ancient surfaces

clearly have heen deformed, and have developed gentle, but uridoubted fold

patterns along zones of pre-existing folding and/or along lines of reactivated

AB R. C. SPRIGG

emustx! lincamental faulting, The silicified surfaces are not stratigraphic tn a

depositional sense, hut aré mappable surfaecs of flat unconformity. East of

the Simpson the surface is developed on Winton shales; to the west if passes

froin Tasmbo down onto Roma, and eventually onto the Permian and older beds.

The distwwibution of the surface indicates that basining, cvincident with the

Simpsan Desert depresstan, has continued during the late Tertiary. Uplift and

concomitant erosion has ocenrred about the margins, particularly on the west.

Deposition af the erosional products has transterred centrally into the desert

regian..

Structural deformation climaxed during the early mid-Tertiary period, when

gentle arching and folding developed groups of low, arch-like anticlinus along

either murgin of the principal desert depression, The western group represents

in part the northern extension of the Peake and Denison Ranges in the direction

uF the circular Mt, Alice. These strictures appear lo be in the nature af buried

untivlines that ave “baldheaded” at the Palaeozoic or older interface. At Oodna-

duttu. core-rocks of steeply dipping (?)Palacozvic sandstones were encountered

at L300 teet, nomediately below the Mesazoic. This Jines up generally with

the projected Denison Range fault lincament.

A secondary structural trend diverges more or less duc northerly [rom the

nor-nor-westerly Dennison line, This meorporates the M¢. John and Dalhavtsie

structures. Limb dips at the surface average 1 tu 3 or 4 degrees; numercus

artesian water miaund springs cscape at the culmination of the Dalhousie domal

structure, This latter road “arch” also diverts the Finke River into. the mar-

giniung Simpson Desert, and is responsible for the sharp elhow in the course

of the Finke at the N,T.-8.A. border. To the north and cast the “sileretc” surface

developed on the Cretaccous plunges gently below the desert level.

To the north, repetitive upwarping, in Cretaceous shales bas developed the

low-lying Andado “ridge”, from which the silerete layer has been extensively

stripped. To the south-east of this ridge the duricrust dips gently basin-ward

in a qurving line of low cuestas. Remnant mesas preserved by silcrete form a

secondary line of hills still further to the west (Rumbalara). To the east the

silerete is last seen in the desert at Geosurveys Till 90 miles due west of Andado

where it is gently south dipping,

Thirty miles north of Andado the full Cretaecous section is only 600 fret

thick ( Maleolms Bore). At Yardhole Bore, 12 miles west of Andado, the Creta-

ceous shales are probably thicker than 1,000 feet, whereas on the Rumbalara

ridge still further to the west the shales are preserved merely as cappinys on

meyas. A broad syncline may be present between Andado and Rumbalara, but

seismic evidence indicates a general regional dip south-easterly beneath the

desert (Denton and Sprigg, 1962).

oor

The Peake and Denison Ranges possess marked fault escarpments along

their east borders, and these faults have been re-opened during Mesozoic and

Tertiary times. This is evidenced by stratal drag and cscarpment formulion,

Tlorizontal and/or vertical movements, along such fanlts buried beneath the

Mashesiic cover would readily develop én echelon and/or monoclinal folds in

the latter.

Along the latter projected strike the Mt. Alice structure appears te be

plug-like in that Cretaceous dips radially away from a (?)Permian core. Other-

wise the nature of the structure is not known.

GEOLOGY OF THE SIMPSON DESERT Sv

It is not improbable that gentle fold warping in the Andado urea trends to

centripetal development as this overlies the intersection of two older folding

tendencies (viz. post-Cretaceous superimposed un Palaeuzvic).

Dast of the southern Simpson Desert the silerete again displays. upwarping

aver the Kopperamanna-Gason Arch. Dips in the sector wee ill Jow (1 fo 3

clegrees ),

4. Late Cainosoie Warping,

Crustal sagving in the zone of the elongated Simpson Desert continued inte

late Cainozoic vnc modem times. in the extreme south (Lake Eyre) zone,

tilting has brought the desert to below sea-level with the development of preat

playa lakes lucking drainage outlets, Hivers entermg these depressed areas

form part of a highly asymmetriv drainage net. Take Eyre extends 40 feet

below sea-level, and is itself still citing to the south where flaod waters now

cmeentrate,

Tweally intensified sinking near Poeppels Corner ($.E. Northern Territory )

is suspected. Anomalous ereck patterns are obvious in this zone. The Diamen-

ting and deserted seyments deflect strongly N.W, towards this depression before

deflecting back finally into Lake Eyre,

HMYDRODYNAMICS

Investigation of the lrydrodynamics of the principal reservoir formations

within the Simpson Desert sub-basin of the Great Artesian Basin will undoubt-

edly have increasingly important bearing on the search for commercial oil.

R. L. Jack (1930) and F. W. Whitehouse (1954) and others have pre-

viously demonstrated the south-westerly and westerly flow of artesian waters

within the principal Mesozoic aqnifers of the Great Artesian Basin, Juck wats

also able to show that the two principal generations of these waters, namely,

the carbonate waters {rom the intake areas in Queensland and New South Wales,

and the sulphate waters from the western basin margin, in central South Aus-

tralia and Northern Territory actually mixed somewhere in the Lake Eyre line

of depression,

Jack and others also summarised data concerning the highly saline waters

(at times brines) in the Cretaceons marine shale sections, These were believed

tu be extensively “connate” waters, but concentrations of the order of brines

presumably indicate a large degree of stagnation within the sands concerned ar

the retention and filtering by semi-permeable formation “membranes”. Many

of the sands are thin and lenticular.

Jack and Whitehouse both noted escape outlets in the Form of motnd

springs about the southern and western basin margins, The outlets idwiys

aeenr in low-lying areas, and mostly within 200 feet or so of sealevel, and

extend to 40 or more feet belaw sea-level on Lake Eyre, Attention was drawn

by Jack to the fact that many of the outlets are now extinct, and that the

alder mounds are generally considerably more elevated thaw those now tune-

tions,

The whole problem of investigation of artesian waters is now complicated

by the development of more than 5,000 Howing or snbartesian bores principally

within Queensland and northern N.S.W. These have greatly lowered and modi-

fied the principal hydraulic surface and reduced artesian flows. Pressure head

data in new drilling situations, consequently is hard to relate to the earlier

defined and/or predicted hydraulic surfaces. In the Simpson Desert area af

58 fi. C. SPRTIGG

present interest, few beres are availahle for reference, and a central area of

abont 40,000 square miles is devoid of bores of any description.

In that the Simpson Desert is a zone of continuing sinking, it is not imprub-

able that a pressure “sink” has developed in this zone, and as such js a potential

trap far hydrocarbons, even though the area is presnmed to be broadly synclinal.

do this vespect the observation of minor amounts of hydrocarbon guses

emitted along with artesian water flows in many of the bores along the Maree-

Budsville track, ancl east into Queensland, becomes significant when it is recug-

nised that no such escaping gases ave observed at the mound spring outlets in the

ilirection of dominating westerly How. The most probable explanation seems

to be that hydrocarbons are being retained and concentrated in presumed luw

pressure and synelinal arcas coincident with the central Lake Eyre-Simpson

Desert depression. Investigation of this phenomena can be pursned anly if

all possible water-bearing horizons in new bore holes are accurately gauged for

fluid pressures and salinity.

Recent investigations, particularly in the United States, demonstrate that

single bore holes, if accurately gauged at all reservoir fMluid-bearing levels, can

provide invaluable leads for the prediction of hydracarbon concentrations.

“Subgradient” pressure-differences in depth, and in particular pressore-reversils,

have great significance where fluids are traversing semi-permeable barriers.

These aids must be applied increasingly to the investigation of the Great Artesian

Basin, iid particularly in relation to deeper Formations, and in the search for

hydrodynamic and combination traps.

In the Simpson Desert. the non-escape of detectable hydrocarbons via

marginal mound springs lying in the direction of flow provides valuable Jeucls

ta possible hydrocarbon accumulation in the central desert depression that must

be pursued seriously.

CEOPITYSICAL WVIDENCE

Gravity and scismic surveys of the Andado area carried out by Geosurveys

of Australia Limited in 1960-1961 were the first serious geophysical exploration

carried cut in the Simpsun Desert. Associated Freney Oilfields NL. undertook

helicopter gravity surveys in early 1961 in the extrerne south-east corner of

Northern Territory. and scismic suryeys by Flamingo Petroleum Co, Ltd. were

completed to the north of Andado Jate in 1861. In northern South Australia the

Mines Department has partially completed a reconnaissance seismic line from

Ovdnadatta across the north of Lake Evre to Cuwarie to link with previous

recunnaissance surveys alone the Bedeura>Birdsville-Maree Track. Delhi Arts-

tralian Petroleum Co. Ltd, have completed several phases of a comprehensive

airborne magnetometer survey of the central Great Artesian Basin across tt

Lake Eyre in South Anstralia, extending into Queensland. This work is being

extended westward via South Australia almost to the foot of the Musgrave

Ranges. The private company surveys have all beey swhsidised by the Com-

menwealth Government.

At the present time little of the basic geophysical data ts yet availuble in

reduced form. Gravity Bouger anomaly plans ly Ceuseismic (Australia) Lad.

have been prepared for the Andado aves and alsy rellection seismic sections. The

gravity data indicates sedimentary depths of the order af 10,000 or more fect

and this is also borne out by the results of the seismic reflection surveys.

North-east of Andadu station a well-developed “positive” gravity Bouver

anomuly hus been defined, suggesting a shallowiug bedrock in this viecnity.

Preliminary seismic investigations indicate that this is the case, and that sedi-

ments plunge steeply to the south and to the south-east,

GEOLOGY OF ‘THE SIMPSON DESERT ag

du the direction of New Crown Homestead (viz. south-west) increasing

Bouger gravity values and narrower anomalies confirm shallowing (rising)

hedrock in this direction.

OIL AND GAS PROSPECTS

Several alleged oil seepages have been reported within the Simpson Desert.

One was reported downstream along the Finke River from Finke siding, an-

other in the Hay or Mulligan River near the Quceensland-Northern Territory

border, and a third in the canegrass “Micki” country wear the north-west corner

ot Lake Eyre. All were brought to the attention of whife men by nomadic

aborigines. carlier in the century, None have been positively identified as the

localities are all relatively ini#tecessible and difficult to pin-pomt-

If any credence can be given lo these reports, principal interest is in that

the locations all are about the edac of the Great Artesian Basin where cseape

of Huids under pressure could be reasonably expected.

A, POTENTIAL PE'TROLEUM SOURCE-BEDS AND RESENVOIR

STORAGE POTENTIAL

Sonree-beds for petrolenm in the Simpson Desert enyiraiment are pre-

dicted to vecur in the Cambro-Ordoyician and Cretaceous and possibly also in

Devonian and Permian. “The Upper Proterozoic Bitter Springs Limestones are

potentially petroliferous and the possibility will only be mentioned here, ‘The

zone of ancient crostal sug that now constitutes the Simpson Vesert is expected

to have been more prone to marine invasion than may appear from marginal

sedimentary vuterops, Such tendencies to marineness within the Permian in

Central Austvalia have only recently been recorded fram drill cores cxumined

by the Mines Department in South Anstralia from the Lake Phillipson—Anna

Cieek area, and more recently i the Delli-Santos Dullingari No, 1 Well on the

S.A-N.S.W, border,

lL. Cambrian

Cambrisn sediments, gently to moderately strongly folded, but quite un-

metamorphosed, aré widely distributed throughout the Amudeus Basin extend-

iug throngh to the Simpson Desert margin. In the nearby Georgina Basin they

are flatter-lying, possibly thicker, and containing rather’ more marine organic

matter.

Cambrian seas in Anstralia enveloped the continent more extensively than

during any other interval in geological history, The seas were shallow, epeivic,

warm and fayourable to rich organie life. Extensive thicknesses of sediments

were deposited in some arcas (e.g. 15,000 + feet near Wirrcalpa in the Flinders

Ranges of South Australia; Mawson, 1939). Farly Cambrian seas followed still

carlier Upper Proterazoie marine ireucly in many areas that liad developed great

sand platforms (the “Pouud” formation and its equivalents), Cambrian bia-

hiermal limestone accumulations of the primitive sponge-like Archacovyatha

simulated coral reefs and meadows, and south of the Simpson Desert (in the

Flinders Ranges} limestones of this association attained 3,000 feet in thickness

over areas of several thousand square miles. North-west of the desert Arclicen-

cyatha limestone aceumulations were considerably thinner (Pritchard and

Quindan, 1959).

Limestones that developed higher in the Cambrian sequences were tastly

still richer in organic matter. Black foetid limestones which provide bitu-

mingus chemical reactions are particularly prevalent in Middle and Upper

i) Ki. CG. SPrmice

Cambrian of the Amadeus and Georgina Basins. Limestone facies generally

incerease to the east.

Both the Lower and Middle Cambrian in the central longitudinal belt

extending through South Australia ine! Northern Territory have produced show-

ings of ail and/or petroliferqus gas in the few deeper bures that have been

drilled into them. At Wilkatarma (Luke Torrens Basin, South Australia) ozeker-

ites and paraffinic oils were encountered by Santos Ltd. in drilling dolomitised

and porous Lower Cambrian Archacocyatha limestone (Sprigg, 1959), At

Minlaton (Yorke Peninsula, S,A,) the Mines Department drilled the comparable

horizons with the discovery of oil and gas traces (Johnson, 1960). At Wirreulpa

(Mawson and Dalwitz, 1939) acidised frev oil from Redlichia (Middle Carn-

brian) limestones. Tn a water bore on Ammaroo Station in the south-western

Georgina Basin, Middle Cambrian limestones produced small amounts of petro-

liferous gus (MacKay and Jones, 1956), and, allegedly, also traces of free vil

From Middle Cambrian limestones.

Cambrian sediments are undoubtedly rich in organic proto-bitrminons

organic mutter in Central Australia, In view of their widespread development

abuut the Simpson Desert. and the consideruble thicknesses kuown te le

present, these sediments must rank prominently for petroleum potential.

Reservol’ developments within the Cumbrian are likely to take the form of

dalonntised zones within limestones; porons clear white sands are extensively

developed at some higher horizons,

3, Ordovician

Ordovician sedimonts are widely distributed heyond the north-western

margin of the Simpson Desert and partiowarly in the sonthern Georgina Basin

to the north and north-east across the upwarped basement divide, They are also

well developed north and south uf the Musgrave Ranges striking into the desert.

They are nat known in outcrop in Central Australia south af about the latitude

of Ocodnadatta,

Ordovician sediments in the Amadeus Basin tend to be finer-grained and

toure calcareuus ta the east, but westward grade into extremely thick and wide-

spread sands. Sane development also dominate the known section in the Officer

Basin and the upper section of Georgina sequence in the more south-easterly

areas,

Finer-grained Ordovician sediments are mostly durk coloured, vrganic lime-

stones, dolomitic limestones and shuley limestones, The beds are fossiliforous

and they are frequently rich in organic materials as such they constitute: pronsis-

ing source-beds for hydrocarbons. Thicknesses of several thousands of feet

of these sediments ure developed in the Georgina and eastern Amadeus Basins,

and if present beneath the Simpson Desert would constitute excellent source

material for the generation of petroleum,

In the Queensland area (Boulia) investigations by the Bureau of Mincral

Resources haye revealed Ordovician limestones to be bituminous through con-

siderable thicknesses and these strata plunge beneath the Great Artesian Basin

dlomg the eastern margins of the Simpson Desert.

The great platform sands that make up most of the sedimentary section in

the central Amadeus Basin and also in the outcropping portion of the Officer

Husin appear to offer ideal storage potential for hydrocarbons. The (?)Scolithes

(pipe rock) sandstones of the Wuterhouse Ranges (south-east of Alice Springs,

N.T.) and also aubont Mt, John (near Granite Downs, S.A.) similarly tend to

be lucally highly permeable, Sandstone developments in the Upper Ordovician

GEOLOGY OF THE SIMPSON DESERT OL

of the Toko Rauges likewise offer promising reservoir stofage potential. Super-

positicn of these more easterly sands over thick and richly organic Cambro-

Ordovician limestones and shale developments would appear ideal for the

aeeumulution of petroleum if and where these beds ure suitably capped. This

my be the case heucath the Great Artesian Basin in the zone of the Simpson

Desert.

3. [yiper Palacosoic

No Upper Palaeozoic marine deposits have been located in the immexliate

Simpson Desert environment. Considerable thicknesses of Devonian fresh water

beds have recently heen mapped immediately north-west of the desert, ancl ulso

in the southern Georgina. Permian fresh water beds about the northern desert

margin are also lnown to be widespread (Smith et al,, 1960, 1961).

Following the discovery of traces of foraminifera iu the Lake Phillipson Bore

by Mr. J. Harrison of Delhi Australian Petroleum Ltd., systematic work hy Lud-

brook (1861) on this and several other bores has established the presener of

marine Permian in the arew west and south of the Peake and Denison Rauges.

This is the first record of marine Permian in Central Australia.

It is now reasunuble to predict that marine Permian may be present in some

zunes beneath the the central Simpson Desert. The reported occurrerice Of a

thick grey shale section helow pollen-bearing, fresh-water sands of Lower

Permian (Artinskian) age in Maleohis Bare, 30 miles north-east of Andado

humestead, is promising in these regards. Thore is good reasun to believe that

these will pass below into Sakmarian marine developments.

Similar predictions of facics changes from coutinental intu open marine

conditions are equally permissible in relation to Devonian deposition that ger-

tuinly has extension into the northern Simpson Desert.

With the possible exception of the above-mentioned shules in Maleulms

Bore, sediments of Upper Palacozuic age outcropping about the Simpson Desert

margins are predominaally siliceous, purous sands, They appear te be excellent

reservoir media for accumulation of hydrocarbons migrating across underlying

unconformities, or up-dip fror marine souree beds which accur in lateral con-

timiity beneath the desert.

4. Lower Mesozoic

Trias-Jura sediments may well extend beneath much of the Simpson Desert

below the murine Cretaceous (Roma-Tambo) shale formation. Nowhere lave

they yet been intersected in drilling for artesian water, for practically all sutoess-

ful’ water bores ure completed within the highly permeable (?)Blythesdale

(Lower Cretaceous) water sands. Triaus-Jura sands do not appear to extend

far heyoud the Cretaceous limits as occurs in eastern Australia. There lias been

prouressive westerly tilting af the basin during deposition. Younger sediments

tend to overlap more extensively lo the west. Trigs-Jura sands do, however,

extend onto bedrock to the north near Tarlton Downs and possihly also Rum-

halari (nurth-west),

5, Cretaceous

Cretaceous seas oeeupled most af the Simpsoti Desert area, Roma-Tambo

(Aptian-Albian) shales and minor limestones in the better known westerly arews

were Completely marine and/or estuarine, Locally they are highly fossiliferous

(Oodnadatia Bore; Ladbrook, 1959). They are fine-grained deposits of shallow

epeirie seas, There is scope for considerable thicknesses of these sediments

beneath the central sag of the desert, and, as this sub-basin may have been

62 R. C. SPRIGC

var‘ously cut off from time to time duving the Cretaceous, a variety of marine

depositional environments can be postulated. Where shaley and organic marine

sectiments are buried deeper than ahout 2,000 feet they must constitute potential

suuree beds for petroleum. ‘

Sands within the Roma-Tambo are usually thin and Jentionlar and as such

are not particularly attractive as reservoirs for commercial oil or gas, ‘These

sands cammonly carry strong brine concentrations suggesting restricted ciren-

lation or osmotic filtering via semi-permeable barriers, a condition presumed to

be favourable to oil acenmulation in hydrodynamic traps. In the Oodnadatta

region the sediments have produced showings of oil (fluorescence in cores).

Sand beds are more prevalent towards the base of the Roma Formation,

and eventually dominate in the underlying Blvthesdale Formation. These latter

cunstitute the major artesian aquifer over much of the Great Artesian Basin.

Oi} and gas showings are not infrequently encountered within the upper-

most transition members of the Blythesdale Formation. ‘Traces of petroliferdus

gs accompany fowing bore witter tapped on the Mt, Gasom and other stritetures

long the castern margin vf the desert (north-east of Lake Myre).

A geologist of Delhi Australian Petroleom Ltd, has drawn attention to the

prominent “fish scale” horizon near the Aptian-Albian boundary in Oodnadatta

well (sce also Ludbrook, 1939), which in the Mornington Vsland drill holes

(1961) far to the north-east reyealed traces of hydrocarbons and may be worth

investiguting in this regivn,

6B. THE POTENTIAL FOR STRUCTURAL AND STRATIGRAPHIC TRAPS

Cambro-Ordovician sediments outcropping about the north-western Simpsan

Desert margins are moderately to strongly folded along Tocalised zones and are

also faulted. These tendencies almost certainly continue beneath the desert.

(?) Devonian sediments at the north-west edge of the desert evidence com-

purahly deformation, being infolded with the Cambro-Ordovician,

Permian sediments appear to post-date the principal fold eycles that have

defoymed earlier strata. The sediments lic flatly but dip desertward. Princi-

pally, they will have been affected by the gentle fold-varp movements that have

also defermed the Cretaceous, Geutly-\ rarped, deep, sediments that also enclose

internal unconformities are indicated seismically ta be present below Andadu.

They provide seope for Permian developments suitably deformed to produc

structural traps tor oil.

Cretaceous sediments are gently deformed along certain well-defined zones

abont either descri margin. The fold structures appear to be quite atbactive

to oil exploration and the thick shale developments form ideal “eup rock” to

deeper reservoirs. On the west, the Mt. John and Dalhousie anticlinal upwarps

appeir to be “closed” domally in vuterop, although the former is breached by

mound springs. The Mt, Gason anticlinal wary along the south-east desert

margin is punctared by several water bores (3,500-4,000 feet deep) which also

bleed small amounts of petroliferous gas from the Lower Cretiecous artesian

water-hearing sands.

The Andado region is viewed favourably in the structural sense as aecupy-

ing the zone of intersection of the older Palaeozoic 1-W. fold trends with the

foyegoing younger Cretaceous-Terliury N.-S, trends.

GEOLOGY OF THE SIMPSON DESERT 63

The western Artesian Basin is a region of Cretaceous overlap from the

east. Cretaceous shales consequently blanket earlier (?)Mesozoic and Palaeo-

vole development progressively and there is marked tendency to stratigraphic

wedging and/ur erosional truncation io westward.

CONCLUSIONS

The Simpson Desert is an ancient “negative” geomorphic structural element

of the Australian continent. It isa continuing repasitery of sediments and an

urea where deep sedimentary sections are postulated, much of them likely to

be more marine than in areas marginal to the Basin.

Petrolenm source-bed potential is predicted particularly within the marine

Cambrian, Ordovician and Cretaceous, but may well held for Devonian and

Permian developments in the structurally more “negative” reaches of the desert

basin which are likely also to be more “marine”,

_ Potential reservoir beds are expected ta be widespread in depth. Structural

deformation and stratigraphic variation is likely to provide a wide range of

traps for hydrocarbon accumulations.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Warm appreciation is expressed to geologists R, O. Brunnschweiler, M.

Audley-Charles, J. Jobuson and H. Wopfner of Geosurveys of Australia Limited

who carried out much of the more detailed geological exploration on behalf

of Ceosurveys of Australia Limited and Santos Ltd, in the western Simpson

Desert maryinal areas. Geophysicists, E, R. Denton, R, G. Dennison and F. de

Custillejo of Geoscisrnic (Australia) Limited, supervised seismic and gravity

geophysical operations and interpreted data.

The Northern Territory Department of Mines staff have assisted whole-

heurtedly in supplying watér-bore drilling data, and Mr. C. Pritchard has been

particularly helpful in discussing Amadeus Basin stratigraphy.

The Bureau of Mineral Resourecs have at all times made the results of

their extensive “4-mile” mapping programme freely available, and the prelimin-

ary reports of Mr, K. G. Smith's parties have heen an invaluable assistance to

regional investigations. The work of C. E. Pritchard and T, Quinlan in the

Amadeus urea have heen particularly helpful.

The Commonwealth Government, in supplying generous aid by way of

subsidy for geophysical operations carried ont by Geosurveys of Australia Limited

in the Andado vicinity, and by Flamingo Petroleum Co. Ltd. to the north, are

ewrently greatly aiding the preliminary investigations of the Simpson Desert

potential for oil.

The results of geological mapping published by the South Australian De-

partment of Mines in the Peake and Denison Ranges has been of great assistance,

as have also been the preliminary reports of the Bureau of Mincral Resources

describing the geolagy of the Hay River and other 4-mile areas in the extreme

north,

K. E. Balme, Palaeohotanist of the University of Western Australia, and

N. H. Ludbrook, Palaeontulogist of the South Anstralian Mines Department,

have assisted hy examining bore sumples collected from Andado Station,

Assistance in editing of the text was provided by B. P. Webb and J. B.

Woolley.

a4 Rk. €. SPRIGG

REFERENCES

Batam, B. E., 1957. Upper Palaeozoic Mioryforas in Sediments from ithe Lake Phillipson

Bore, South Australi, Aust, Journ. Sci., 20.

BonrtHoy, C, W., 1956. The Salt of Lake Eyre—Its Occurrence in Madigan Culf and its

Possible Origin. ‘lrans, Roy. Sac. §. Aust, 79,

Brown, H. Y. L.. 1805, Report on Geological Explorations in the West and North-West of

South Australia, Parl. Pap. S. Aust, No, 71, LY05.

Brunnscuweiter, R, B,, Spruce, R. C., and Wrason, R, B., 1959. The Great Artesian Basin

Tn South Australia. Santos Ltd., Gornpany Report (unpublished).

Casey, J. M., and Ginsent-Tomuimson, J., 1956. Cambrian Geology of the Huckilta-Marqua

Region, Northern Territory. Rep. Internat. Gvol. Congr, 20th, Mexica, 1956; El Sistema

Cambrico, Sn Paleogeovratia Y él Problema de su Buse, 2.

Crrwings, €.. 1928. Further Notes on ific Stratigriphiy of Centrat Australia. Trans, Ray,

Sov. S, Aust, 52.

Cuewines, C., 1935. ‘The Portatataka Series in Central Australia with Notes on ihe Amadeus

Sunklind. Trans. Roy, Sac, §, Aust., 59,

Coxpon, M. A,, and Syartiz, K, G., 1959, Permian Glacials in Central Australia. Bur, Min.

Resour, Aust. Rec, 1959/29 (unpublished).

Crocker. K, L., 1946. The Simpson Desert Expedition, 1939. Seientific Reports: No, &

The Soils and Vegetation mf the Simpson Desert and its Borders, Trans. Roy. Sac,

S. Aust, 70, p.2,

Dunrvon, E, f,, and Seno, WH. C., 1962, Gravity Survey in the Andado Ares, Simpson

Desert. Geornrveys of Australia Ltd., Company Report ( unpublished).

Davin, T. W, E., ancl Howey, W., 1933: Report of Glacial Research Committee. Aust,

Assov, Ady. Sei), 16, yp. 74-94.

Davin, T. W. E., and Browne, W. ht, 1950. The Geology of the Commoiiwealth of Aus-

fralia: Arnold, London.

Granssnen, M. W., and Pankous, L, W. (Md,), 1958. Geology of South Australia. J. Geol.

Soc. Aust, 5, p. 2.

Hus, E. $., 1959. Record of Batherolapis aud Phyllolepis from the Northern Territory of

Australia, Trans. Ray. Sac. N.S,W., 92,

Hossrierm, P., 1954. Stratigraphy and Structure of the Northern Territory of Australia,

Trans, Roy. Sac. 8, Aust. 77.

Jack, ROL, 1930. Geological Structure and Other Factors im Relation to Underground

Water Supply in Portions of South Australia, Geol, Surv. S. Aust., Bull, 14,

Jonns, BR. K, 1962. Lake Eyre Inveslipation, Geol. Surv. S$. Aust. Quart, Geal. Notes, 3.

Jounson, 'W., 1960. Future Oil Exploration—Galf St. Vincent Region, §. Aust. Dep. Min,

Min. Rey., 110.

Jornm., CG. P., 1952. Geological Reconnaissance of the South-Western Portion of the

Northern Verritory. Bur. Min. Resour. Aust., Rep, 10.

Joxic, ©. F,, 1955. The Geolagy and Mies-fields of the Hharts Range, Oentral Australia,

Bur, Min. Resour. Aust., Bull, 26.

Kune, D., 1956, ‘The Quaternary Stratigraphic Reeord al Lake Eyre North and the Eyalition

of Existing Topographia Forms. ‘Trans. Thay. Soc. S. Aust... 79.

Kine, D., 1860, The Sand Ridge Deserts of S.A. and Related Acalian Lindforins of the

Quaternary Arid Cycles, Trans, Roy. Suc. §. Anst., 8%.

Lrosroos, N. IT. 1959, Santos Oodnadatta No. 1 Well, Micro-palaeontolagical Examination,

Geol, Sury. 5. Aust. Pal. Report, No. 3/39 (umpublished).

Lupsroox, N. H., 1960. Palaeantological Examination Collected frum Yardhole Bore at

660-680 Feet. Special Rept. 2078/57. Dept. al Mines, S. Aust. (unpublished ).

Luprrook, N. H., 1961. Permian to Cretacenis Subsurface Stratigraphy Between Lake

Phillipson und Peake and Denison Rianyzes. South Australia, Trans. Roy. Sac. S$. Aust. 85.

Mavican, C. 'T., 1932. "The Geology of the Westem MacDonnull Ranges, Central Australia.

Quart. J. Geol. Sac, Lond., 88.

CEOLOGY OF TITHE SIMPSON DESERT 65

Mamcaan, G.'E., 1932b, The Geology of the Eastern MacDounell Ranges. Trans, Roy, Soe.

S. Aust., 56.

Manreax, ©. T., 1937a, Additions ta the Geology of Central Ausiralia, Rep. Aust. Ass.

Adv. Sci., 23.

Manican, C, T., 1937h. Simpson Desert and its Borders, Prou, Ruy. Suc, N.S.W., TL

Manican, ©. 'T., 1939. ‘Lhe Siinpson Desert Expedition. Aust. J. Sei. 2, p. 2,

Mavican, C. 'T., 1945, The Simpson Desert Expedition, 19399—Scientific Reports. Introdiue-

tion Narrative, Physiography and Metcorolugy. Trans, Roy. Sec. S. Aust, 6Y,

Manican, ©. T., 1946. The Simpson Desert Expedition, 1939. Scientific Reports; No. 6,

Coology—the Sand Formations. ‘Trans, Roy. Soe. 8. Aust, 70, p. 1.

MacKay, N, J., and Jonrs, N. O., 1956, Report on a Gas Ovcurrence: in a Bore on Animaroa

Station, N.T. Bur, Min, Resour, Aust, Ree. 1956/7 (Canpublished ),

Mawson, D., 1939. The Cambrian Sequence in tie Wirrealpa Basin. Trans. Roy, Soc, 8.

Aust., 63,

Op, A. A., und Scieran, C. P., 1951. Ovlire Deposits: at Timbalara, Northern Territory.

Bur. Min, Resour, Aust. Bull, 4.

Pamon, L. W., 1956. Notes on the Younger Glacial Remmants of Northern Sonth Australia,

Trans. Hoy, Soe. S. Aust, 79, pp. 146 LSI.

Purrenary, C, F., and Ovrscan. T., 1960, Lhe Geology of the Southern Part of the Her-

mannshurg 4-Mile Sheet, Bur, Min. Resour. Aust, Rec. 1960/ 104 (unpublished),

Revarn, M. L.. 1955. ‘he Geology of the Peake and Denison Region, $.A. Geol, Surv.

Rept. Invest., Na. 6.

Susirn, K. G., ev an, 1960. Second Progress Report pn Geology of the Huckitta Area, N.T.

Bar. Min, Resour, Aust., Ree. 1960/66 (unpublished ),

Sau, K. G., 1960. Summary of the Geology of the Hay River 4-Mile Sheet, N/T. Bur.

Min. Resour. Aust, Ree, 1960/73 (unpublished).

Saara, K. C,, Vosn, BR. TL, andl Mincigax, &. N., 1961. Revisions to Stritigraphy of Flay

River. Huckitta and Tobermory 4-Mile Shects.. Bur. Min. Resour, Aust., Ree. 1961/65

(ampiiblished ).

Sani, K. G., Sarr. |. W., Woorrey, D. B., and Pununy, J. M., 1960, Pragress Report on

the Geology of the Marshall River Area, N.T. Bur, Min. Resour. Aust., Ree. 1960/34

{aopublished }.

Spa, R. C., 1958. Petroleum Prospects of Western Parts of the Great Artesian Basin,

Bull. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. 42 (10).

Smmace, B.C. 1961a. On the Structural Evolution of the Great Artesian. Basin, 1961 Con-

ference (m the Geul. of South ane Fastern Aust., Aust, Pet, Expl. Assoc.: Melbourne.

Spnice, BR. -G.. 1961b. The Pleistocene Subfussil Deserts of Australia, Arid Zone News-

letter, C.S.ELO., Canberra.

Spire, BR. C.. Jounsox, J., and Acneey-Cranues, M,, 1960, Petroleum Possibilities af the

Simpson Desert Area, Central Australia. Geosurveys of Aust, Ltd., Company Report to

Department of Mines, X.T. (March, 1960).

Succ, RB. C.. and Winsos, BR, B,, 1950. ‘he Musgrave Mountain Belt in South Australia.

Geol. Rundschau, 47.

Tave, Band Wary, J. A. 1896. Tere Expedition to Ceniral Australia Geology and Botany:

Londen and Melbourne.

Vouey, A. H,, 1939. A Contribution to the Geolazy of the Dustern MacDonnell Ranges

(Central Aust.). J, Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 72.

Wetts, A. T., Fouwax, D. J, and Ranneorn, L, C., 1961. Geological Series, Sheet SP 52-15,

Mt. Rennie.

Wire, Mary E., 1961. Mesozoic Phint Hossils from the Tarlton Range, Northern Territory,

Bur. Min. Resour, Aust. Ree. 1961/32 (unpublished ).

Wurrerousr, F. W., 1936. The Cambrian Vaunas of North-easter Anstrala. Parts | and 2;

Qd, Mus., Vol, 11.

Warn, L. K., 1925. Geological Steneture of Central Australia, Trans. Roy. Soc. 5. Aust,

49. p. 61.

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA, WITH SPECIAL

REFERENCE TO OBSERVATIONS AT GELTWOOD BEACH,

SOUTH-EAST SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY R. C, SPRIGG AND J. B. WOGLLEY

Summary

"Coastal bitumen" is stranded annually at a number of well-known centres along the southern

Australian coast. This mostly accompanies and follows winter storm activity, but lesser standing

may continue at intervals throughout the year. These natural biiumens mosily originate in shallow

ocean coastal waters within reach of storm wave turbulence and/or near shore rip-current activity.

The weathered crudes which constitute coastal bitumen, upon stranding appear to include both

naphthene and paraffin-based oils of low A.P.I. gravity and moderately high sulphur. They are

inspissated and varyingly weathered. They include ozokerites. Associated light chocolate-brown

coloured and highly oxidised crudes also come ashore from time to time in these localities. It is

thought to be eroding from flat-lying sea floor fossil scepage deposits that way have been

subacrially exposed during the Jow sea-level periods of the Pleistocene, Care must be exercised to

separate these crudes from tanker spillage which is a more recent complication. The crudes of

interest are locally derived. Evidence is cited to demonstrate that the oils. which strand during

storms, are not far-travelled, nor are they the products of occan-going tankers. The crudes have

certainly not originated in the vicinity of Antarctica or South America as has previously been

widely claimed. Association with localised storms which stir up the immediate subcoastal shallow

sea-bottom, and alternatively, with recorded earthquakes epicentred in the sea near Beachport. is

considered to demonstrate local origin quite conclusively. Although superficially, the stranded

crudes look almost identical, spectrographic investigation of the minor element constitution of a

series of samples has indicated that the crudes from the Geliwood area are distinctively different

from those from Sleaford Bay (Eyre Peninsula) or from Cape Northumberland, More data, however,

is required. Geltwood Beach, approximately 20 miles south of Beachport. South Australia, has long

been recognised by local residents as a favoured site for the stranding of coastal bitumen. The

locality is now being closely investigated and seepage activity was extensively investigated and

documented during much of 1961. The crude oil is believed to seep via deep-seated faults from

marine Tertiary and Cretaceous sediments wedging m from the Continental Shelf. Evidence

indicates that the more pronounced scepage occurs following the actiye erosion of submarine

outcrops of bituminous material which seals fault fissures, or by superficial breaching of diapiric

bituminous plugs and/or other seafloor deposits. Temporarily greatly increased stranding of bitumen

after the recorded Beachport submarine carthquakes of 1898, 1915 and 1948, accords with the

theory of invasion of the crude oi] along fault planes, or via fractured anticlinal structures. A major

fault or monoclinal (Beachport-Kalangadoo) hingeline trending W.N.W. trends out to sea beyond

Beachport in the direction of the earthquake epicentres of 1898 and 1948. which were estimated to

lie 10 miles N.W. of that town. Several other related fault lines cut the coast in this vicinity. The

Gambier sub-basin which is co-extensive with the continental shelf in this region, is one of deep

Tertiary and Mesozoic sedimentary deposition.

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA, WITH SPECIAL

REFERENCE TO OBSERVATIONS AT GELTWOOD BEACH,

SOUTH-EAST SOUTH AUSTRALIA

hy Ri. GC, Spice ano J. B. Wootnry

[Read 9 November 1962]

SUMMARY

“Coastal bitumen” is stranded annually at a number of well-known centres.

along the southern Australian coast, This mostly accompanies and follows

winter storm activity, but lessor standing may continue at intervals throwhont

the year. These natural bitumens mostly originate in shallow ocean coastal

waters within reach of slarm wave turhulence and/or vear shore rip-current

notivity.

The weathered eruces which constitute coastal bitumen, upon stranding

appear to inchide both naphthene and paraffin-based oils of low APT. gravity

and moderately high sulphur. They are inspissated and varyingly wenthered,

hoy include ozokerites, Associated light chocolate-brown coloured and highly

oxidised erndes alscy come ashore from time ta tine in these lovalities;, Lb is

thought to be eroding froni Mat-lying seu floor fossil seepage deposits that may

have been subserially exposed during the low sea-level periuds af the Pleis-

lovent. Care must be exercised to separate these crudes from tanker spillage

which is a more recent complication.

‘Vhe crudes of interest are locally derived. Evidence is cited to demonstrate

that. the oils, which strand during storms, are not far-travelled, nor are they the

pracets of ocerm-voing tankers. The erndes have certainly not originated in

the vicinity of Antarctica or South America as has previously been widely

vlained, Association with localised storms which stir wp the immediate siub-

coastal shallow sea-bottom, and allermutively, with recorded earthquakes epi-

centrecl in the sca near Beachport, is considered to demonstrate focal origin

quite. conclnsively.

Although superficially, the stranded ernmdes look ylaiost identical, spectro-

graphic investigation of the minor element constitution of a series of samples

has indivated that the crudes from the Celtwood area are distinctively different

from those from Sleaford Bay (Myre Peninsula) or from Cape Northumberland,

More clata, however, is required,

Geltwood Beach, approximately 20 miles south of Beachport, South Aus-

tralia, has long been recognised by local residents as a fuyoured site for the

strandhg of coustal bitennen. The locality is now being closely investigated and

seepage activity was extensively investigated and docnmented during much. of

LOGL.

The exude oil is believed to seep via deep-seated faults from amarine Tertiary

and Cretaeeous sediments wedging m from the Continental Shelf. Eviderice

indicates that the move pronwunced seepage oecurs following the active erosion

uf subinarine onterops of bitwuninous material which seals fankt Assrires, or

by superficial breaching of diupiric bituminons “plugs” and/ov other seatoor

deposits,

Temporarily greally increased stranding of bitumen after the recorded

Reachport submarine earthquakes of 1898, 1915 and 1948, aceords with the

theary of invasion of the eviide oil along fault planes, or via fractured anti-

elinal structures, A major fault or wonoclinal (Beachport-Kalangadoo) Ihinge-

ling Wending W.N.W. trends ont to sua beyond Beachport in the ditection of

the earthquake epicentres of 1898 and 1948, which were estimated to lie 10

milous N.W, of that town, Several other relwted fault lines cuf the coast jn

this vicinity.

The Gambier snb-basin which is coextensive with the continental shelf

in this region, is one of deep Tertiary ancl Mesovoig sedimentary deposition.

Trans, Roy. Soc. Aust, (1965), Vol. 86.

6% kK. C. SPRIGG anv J. B. WOOLLEY

Much of the scdimentation is marine. Petroliferqus. (gis) neeumulations have

recently been demonstrated in more eastetly extensions of the basin. Sinilar

sediments probably imake up much of the wide continental shelves of the

southern Australian coast. It is concluded that these Muity constitute one of the

imeat “Tarbelts” of (he world.

INTRODUCTION

The frequent stranding of crude bitumen and ozokerite along the southern

coasts of Australia from Southwest Cape in ‘lasmania and Lorne in Victoria iy

ihe cast, across to Fremantle in the extreme west has raised and maintained

a long-standing controversy amongst Australian geologists,

Bitumen in lumps, blocks and sheets, mostly sticky with heavy erude oil,

has been reported from high tide level on open sandy beaches and from rocky

headlands, almost since the white man first arrived in southern Australia, The

first published record was in 1869 in Victoria.

Fishermen, farmers and other local residents have frequently reported

iliscoverics af Iresh coastal bitumen anil forwarded samples ta Government

agencies for determination, Surprisingly little serious sciontifie investigation

uf these phenomena has resulted,

From time to time local interest has been excited to the extent that locations

for drilling have been proposed: in a tew instances shallow diilling has been

camvied out.

Most of these local observers became convinced that there was an. oil

seepage nearby, and not infreqnently fishermen have declared positively that

they had seen oil “erupting” a short distance off-shore; while others asserted

that they had seen it “ozing” from the base of sea cliffs.

For instance. Mr, T, W. V. Bates, of Penneshaw, Kangaroo Island, wrote in

the Adelaide “Advertiser” (March, 1961) as follows:

“It is a well kiown fact, that in the vady days of Kangaroo Island, a fantily by

the name of Thouas, und several other old pioneers, who lived at Antechumber Bay,

made yeadly pilgrimage by bort to a small beach at the month of what is now known

us Hog Bay River. Here they would collect hanps of bitumen that were strewn slime

the beach. This was uelted clown, and the bouts given several coats. of this tarry

substance, which made thent quite watertight, | remember Mrs, Seymour, wha was ia

daughter of Mr, Nut Thomas, telling yne that the thiek, oily substance ised to bubble wp

from the sea bed from a depth of several feel, On calm days, this substance: used to

form lamps on top af the water: and when the weather beeame rmgh these wrrulel

browk away, aud be cast up on the beach,”

Where official investigators subsequently visited various of the alleged seep-

ages lnrther reliable evidence was rarely forthcoming; the discoverer expressed

the view that the seepages were temporarily inactive, and the visitors were left

to ponder the situation, to theorise, and generally to caution against drilling

without further evidence. No effort was mude systematically to observe these

areax continously and over a period uf time, and te document the phenomena

scientifically, Too often visits were made during fine weather, and for reasons

which will be appreciated later, much compelling evidence was never gathered,

A, Coastal Bitumen Localities

Coastal bitumen has been reported very widely along the southern Austra-

lian coast (Fig. 1). Some of the earliest reports came from near Nelson (Vie-

ioria): from the west coast of Tasmania and King Island; from Cape Leenwin

(Western Australia), from Neptune Island: and from Hog Bay on Kangaroa

Island (South Australia),

GOASTAL KITUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 69

The known examples are listed as fallaws:

Tasmania:

West Coast: From Cape Sorell to Point Hibbs prolific stranding was

observed in 1913; also New River to S.E, Cape.

Fast Coast: King Island; officially recorded near Pass River mouth (1929);

frequent strandings are believed to continue to the present day.

Victoria:

Otway Peninsula; Lorne and Cape Otway, various reportings.

Portland Vicinity: Cape Nelson aud Cape Bridgewater: frequent strand-

ing of bitumen on the headlands, Reported seaward “eruptions” 1o-

gether with big artesian water flows approximately two miles $.S.E.

of Cupe Nelson.

Nelson Vicinity: Mt. Richmond, Swan Lake, ete. (E. of Nelson); Glenelg

River (upstream from Nelson), Tr 1908 a spectacular “eruption” was

reported in this river.

South Australia:

Extreme South-east Province; Maines Landing seepage (on Glenelg

River, 4 miles upstream from Nelson) considered probably authentic

by F. Reeves, and 2 miles upstream from that reported in 1908 at

Nelson, Cape Banks and Cape Douglas (near Pt. MacDonnell) fre-

quent reportings, including 1960 and 1961, Carpenters Rocks and

Pelican Point; almost annual occurreuce reported by ald identities;

certainly operative in 1961. Principal activity reported to have stopped

following the 1898 Beachport earthquake, resumed again after that

af 1915, und greatly increased temporarily after that of 1946.

Beachport Vicinity: Devils Gap (south-west of Millicent) northwards via

Geltwood Beach to South End, semi-continuous activity throughout the

year, with principal activity during sturms. Greatly heightened strand-

ing al crude immediately following the Reachport carthquakes of 1898,

1915 and 1945,

Encounter Bay, Port Elliot (1920, 1962) and Victor Hurbor (1920),

Kangaroo Island: Hox Bay, 14 miles to west of Hog Bay River mouth: in

earlier days local fishermen made annual visits to waterproof their boats,

infrequent strandings still recorded, Also Penneshaw, Nobby Island:

West Bay; Middle River.

Yorke Peninsula: Stenhouse Bay (recently sampled by Mines Depart-

ment; Pi. Vincent (2 miles north of). Cape Spencer (1961),

Eyre Peninsula and Adjacent Islands: Neptune Island several reportings

this century; Mt. Greenley (1873, 1926, 1961). Coffin Bay and Slea-

ford Bay (1961, and probably annually since earlicst occupation).

Western Australia:

Cape Leeuwin: Mandurah (Fremantle): Bunbury. Cheyenne Beach

(1929, 1941).

B, The Nature of the Material Investigated

The material is most commonly a brown-black bitumen, varying, in con-

sistency from a sofl, viscous or pasty semi-solid, to a brittle solid with con-

choical fracture. The S.G. of different samples has been recorded (L. K,

Ward, 1913, Bulletin No. 2, Geological Survey of Sonth Anstralia) as ranging

from 10041 for the softer, pasty specimens, to values between 1-075 for the

Fu RK. 0. SPRIGG ayy J. BO WOOLLEY

harder specimens. The softer specimens may give off a valatile substance, smell-

ing like gasoliue. A piece of medium density was distilled and yielded 0-6

per cent. of a kerosene product wud 11-7 per cent. of an oil of the consistency

of kerosene. The analyses suggests that the material was a mixture of bitumen

aud heavy oil that had been extensively weathered.

As seen by the writers on Celtwood Beach (south of Beachport, South

Australia) the fresh material strands in seycral forms. ‘The most spectacular is

brownish-black himpy crude bitumen usually rolled and somewhat incorporated

with beach sand on the outer surfice. This wasy hitmen when broken open

contains “pockets” of liquid oil and may ooze seu water. When dried ont it

may develop an impertect conchoidal ‘fracture. Blocks of 30 Ibs. or mure

have heen reported and some have pedicular barnacles attached. Almost hall

a ton of this material was collected hy the writcrs and friends following a single

sturm during LO6L. The lumpy mruterial all appears to be weathered and exten-

sively inspissated with the loss of lighter Hydeucastvon fractions. By far ihe

greater proportion of the “lumpy” crude is thrown on to the local beaches during

winter storms, or during periods of high rip-current activity.

Semi-liquid (tacky) black bitumen has been noted ( 196L) to deposit news

Devils Gap and along Geltwood Beach (and also at Qape Northumberland.

although less is known of this) during periods of somewhat more moderate seus

folluwing storms. This muterial collapses and Mows under its own weight when

freshly stranded. Light brown, extensively oxidised and “flakey” crude alsa

strands during these periods, Another association of the Geltwood Beach occur

renee Is brownish ovokerite.

PREVIOUS INVESTIGATION

In wow Of the frequency uf reports of coastal bitumen stranding and the

fact that samples are usually supplied, it is a matter of eoncern that so little

scrious attention was: previously awakenced in scientific and exploration circles

in these phenomena.

A prime problem in the past has undoubtedly been the relative inaccessi-

bility of the seeps and their intermittent character (to be described later).

Visits by trained observers have been few, and have usually coincided with fine

summer weather, Material that has stranded on rocks and subsequently melted

in the sun has mistakenly been deseribed as “auzina™: when the rock is voleanic

br metamorphic, scepticism has understandably been aroused. Dr. Ward's

remarks (1913) when referrimg to various. accaunts of asphaltic springs near

Hog Bay (Kangaroo Island) and Mt. Greenly (Eyre Peninsula) are typical.

“The old residents of Kangaroo Island and Evre Peninsula responsible: for these

statements are undoubtedly honestly conyinced that their interpretation of the facts js

correct; but thear fialure to convinve selentifie abservers of the fennine charucter of

their claim and geological features presented by the Incalities al which these discoveries

are said to have been made, are more than sufficient lo discormt the value of the state—

jnents made.”

Ikowever, the presence of strunded bitumen was mostly uttested hy samples,

sit thal Ward. who had always rejected the evidence for Jocul seepage, was led

(1913) to develop the theory of distant sources in Antarctica or South Ameren

and involvement of ocean currents. In this he was followed by Loftus Hills in

discussing Tasmanian occurrences in 1914, and by Twelvetrees (1915) in disens-

sing Western Australian reportings. Sprigg and Boutakoff more recently (1951 |

repeated these views without serious questioning,

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA ree

Dr. Arthur Wade (1915), the Commonwealth Government Gvolowist, first

suggested Jocal submarine origin, and was followed by Dr, Mclntosh Reid

(1931), who was convinced that the point of origin was local, These two men

bor the first geologists ta devote scrious attention to the investigation in the

iui.

Samples of bitumen were collected by the Scnth Australian Mines Depart-

mene in 1920 at Victor Harhor, where considerable amounts were found stranded

between tide levels, The results of analysis are viven in Appendix 1 (Part 1)

and it was concluded that—

“there cart ba ne doubt that the oil is a erudé petraleurm oil It may be, therefore, thit

(this) off touncd on the beach at Vietor Harbor las cone ashore from some vensel, bnt

looking at the question oly from the chemical point of view, if is just as possible that

the oil is derived from a natural source not very far away.”

Dr, Ward then stated his opinion that it was not possible with any certalnty

ig dee'de the scurces of any of the stranded bitumen along the southern ¢oasts

af Australia. He continued:

“By plotting the positions of all known sourecs of petrolemmy and asphaltum ie

inap of the world, showing alsa the surface ocean currents, no certain solution Of his

problewn is yet vbtainable. The main diritt of the gceani¢ waters is known to be from

weat to cast in the Southern Ocean; ime this easterly drift is modified! by an eclcly which

produces w current amuving from south-east to north-west along the Sonth Australian

vouwt, Henee jetsam having a somrce to the westward of amy point ou the coast of

this State may in turn be brought eastwards until near the shorcg, to he caught jn the

retin guirrent wae swept along in 2 north-westerly direction until stranded. The posi-

tion at which any material finds a resting place is dependent not mcrely on its place

ef origin, but also on the ever varying meteorologicul changes whieh alleet the eorrents.”

Dr. A. Wade, however, was not so convinced of the need to invoke distant

soutecs. His conclusions are worth quoting:

“The fact that it (asphaltun) comes ashore at times ia a viscons conihtion snggests

that it had not travelled amy great distances: Lan firmly convinived by ihe evidence

that the rnaterial originates trom beds now covered by the sea, beds thrown dawn by

the great fault system, known to exist, protected to some extent by the deep sea

deposits and lying south of the continental shelf. As a surmise, T should say that, just

as the yreat trough faults of the Dead Sea area bave exuded bition mi places: sewn by

nyse’, so the bitomen found on these cousls may be nt present escaping Fenn yinilar

fanit planes mentioned. Te would be interesting and useful to diseover whether ile

presence of asphaltum in these becomes ure pronounced after the evcthynaky shacks

which sometimes affeet them. Rumour has said that there 4s @ councetion, but scientific

observations have sot confirnied it as yet.”

Dr. Mcintosh Reid (1931) was the leading geological proponent (m the

loval origin, Despite the strong criticism he has received a his outspoken

opinions, he appears to have been by far the most realistic, and presumably lias

suffered by being “ahead of the times”. His case for local seepage along Gssures

(faults) ou the local continental platform, and also for esexpe via fracturing

assuciated wilh vuleanic oulpourings was stronuly made.

Melntosh Reid noted that during winter, stranding of asphallum is a more

or less weekly ocenrrence in restricted segments of some beaches, particularly

along Discovery Bay (between Nelson and Portland — for analysis of these crudes

see Appendix A, Parts 2 and 3). He collected much material and noted that—

“the viseous asnhaltym is a shedding from pre-Tertiary beds through the murginnal

faulty of the southern coast, and the stranding at two plates only on tha shore uF Dis-

covery Bay is due indivectly to the effects of transverse faulting or to tracteree! clomes.~

[ce records that S. Jenkins and J. Vance of Portland (Victoria) declared thal

in the early 1920's, they «tw wil issuing from the bed of Bridgewater Bay in lunpe

quantities, Also that on August 12th, 1931, he received from S. Johnson of

72 Rk. C, SPRIGG anp J. B. WOOLLEY

Richmond settlement, large blocks of hard asphaltum which had only reeently

been cast up on the shore of Discovery Bay—

“this find of asphaltum of greater density than sea waler suggests that the material

had been broken off from the fissure in that condition, sud that it hal not been trans-

ported far from its source.”

He then quotes and agrees with Wade (1915)—

“The fresh condition of the material at the time of its arrival at the shore, and its

yiseous condition indicate a sherl period of expusute and a short distdnee of travel.

Winter and summer the fresh asphaltim possesses similar qualities. Exposet) on the

beach a fow days the material becomes hard aud hrittle.”

Finally, MoIntosh Reid conjectured with snrprising insight, as only now

is heing proved by drilling twenty years later, that south of the Robe bore—

“it is possible and even likely that marine Cretaceous wall intervene between Tertiary

ancl the Jurassic formations , - . and be the sontee of these crude petruleunis. . . 2”

Undoubted marine Cretaceous was located on drilling in the area only a

few years ago, and _practieally all wells which have cut it have produced Hows

or showings of condensate gas.

Loftus Hills (1914) provides a description of the material occurring along

the coast of Tasmania from Cape Sorel to Point Hibbs, which is fairly typical--

“Along practically the whole ol the sea coast of this region there ure found frag-

ments of black bituininous substance, These fragments vary in size from about ihre

fevt lon by two feet square down ta small fragments a few inches in diameter, The

shape varies, some Ininps beimg roughly cubieal with romneded ees, but the greater

number being quite Ayt, One piece, for example, measured abont iree feet hy iwa

fect with « thickness of about two inches.

"The bitumen or asphaltum is jet black ia colour. Some fragments are hard and

brittle, while other blocks, althongh Tard on the outside, are soll and plastic in the

centre, A fresh fructure gives the odour of gasoline and kerosene. Those fragments

Which haye been exnosed to the sun develop a series al cracks on the surface. Sometimes,

also, there occur water-worn pebbles of the brittle variety.”

‘To this should be added the experience of other observers (and the wriicrs)

that in very localised areus, fresh seepage material (as compared with solid

material presumed torn from seals to fissures) is more of the nature of a very

viscous Huid.

CHARACTERISTICS OF OIL SEEPAGES IN OTHER PARTS

OF THE WORLD

Walter Link (1952) has provided the most exhaustive study of oil and gas

seeps throughout the world in relation to oilfields that has yet been published.

According to him—

“A took at the exploration history of the important oil areas of the world proyes

wonelusively that oi] and gas seepy gave the first elucs to most oil-producing regions,

Many great oilfields are the direct result of seepave drilling... . Oil and gas seeps

fill ome of the pre-reqnisites of a region it it is to produce oil, namely, source rocks, since

large scops generally result from pool destruction, they alsa indicate reservoir rocks and

structure,”

He also noted that—

“Depending ou the type, location and size of Ure secpages, 2 good guess ean ulso

be made concerning the possibility of reservoir rocks and snitable oil traps.”

Natural bitumen may occur at the surface of the carth in one of four ways:

1. As the inspissated product of large sceps of heavy crude oil:

2. as diapiric cores;

3. as tar sands;

4. as fillings in joints or faults.

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 73

The mode of occurrence of “Coastal Bitumen” of the south coasts of Aus-

tralia may be compared with the famons “bilumen fishery” of the Dead Sea, the

two sets of phenomenu appear to have much in common. In neither case is it

elear from what formation the slabs seen in the water are derived, although this

is iu Question of the utmost importance in the search for oil.

A good account of the Dead Sea occurrence ts given by Ball and Ball (1953)

who quote two writers ot antiquity who both deseribe very vividly the foul smell

and tarnishing of metal vessels which heralded the dischurge of the bitumen.

No eruptions of sour gases Lave been reported im modern times,

One of the largest—and best known—examples of the inspissated heavy oil

seep is the Pitch Lake of Guanoco, in castern Venezuela. Before exploftation,

the lake covered an area af about 340 acres, but was nowhere more than 12 feet

deep. A striking feature is the wholesale contamination of the surrounding area

hy aay oil, Streams of heavy oil feed intu the lake and youts of unsolidified

wil Hoat in the surface waters, Liike most yery heavy crudes, the Guanoco crude

is very sour, and the adour is extremely stvong,

We can quite safely rule out this type of occurrence at Geltwood Beach,

Sea and beach would be a sticky, tarey mess; and the smell of sulphur would

be «phite strong with an onshore wmd. No smell has been noticed.

The Great Pitch Lake at Brighton in Trinidad is a diapitie vore of bitumen,

Jt was very probably formed by the burial of a lake of Guanoco type; followed

¥ piercement and ascent of the bitumen in a manner analogous to that of the

salt in a salt dome, In plan, the lake is quite circular and covers nn area of

about 42 acres; the depth (proved by drilling) execeds 250 feet,

The lake smells strongly of bitumen but docs not smell sour. Sulphurous

eases and waters were apparently discharged into sands during the ascerit, tor

in qrirts of the nearby Brighton Field, and at Point D'Or. very sour conditions

were enconntered and a number af fatal accidents pecurred.,

The surface vf the Cuanocu Lake is featureless, but the Brighton Lake is

covered by circular structures in the asphalt, some tens of feet in diameter. The

centre of each circle is soft aud sticky bitumen, the biturmen gradually bevames

harder as one approaches the periphery, Wach circle is ringed with a peculiar

brownish bitumen, which does not soil the fingers, and is almost as elastie as

rubber. .

A comparison with the diminution of the volume of the lakes with the

amounts of asphilt extracted, shawed that seepage into the Brighton Jake fs at

least seven times as fast as into the Guanoco lake, Activity varies greally at

Brighton, both in space and time; on one occasion a lurge fossil tree Munk

appeared from the depths and later sunk away again,

The ahsence of sourness, and especially the yariation in activity, accord

well with the way in which bitumen has been reported in Australia, [ft there

ure, in fact, a number of diapiric bitumen cores (possibly distributed along lines

of major faulting) then the origin of the bitumen must probably be sought in

the Cretaceous, for a certain depth of burial is necessary before ascent and

piercement take place.

It is not known if the “rubber bitumen’ is an essential feature of this type

of occurrence, Certainly such rings of the Brighton lake as were observed all

possessed it; it has never been reported in Australia.

Tar sands can originate in three ways. Manjak can be deposited in a sand-

stone: sand can be drifted into a bitumen lake, either by water or wind action

(the latter is supposed by some to have caused the McMurray sands); a sand-

7A f. CG. SPRIGG ann 3, B. WOOLLEY

stone can be impregnated by tar in the subsurface, as in the sands of the tar

belt of northern South America, «und the Morne JEnfer tar sands of Trinidad.

The distinction is quite casily made; tar as grains; sand grains separated by tur:

vy all in contact, with interstitial tar only.

The Morne l'Enfer tar sands show occasional activity, which may be violent,

At one place, an accumulation of heavy oil was found, several commercial wells

were obtained, one of which blew out, Llalf a mile away, slightly higher beds

were being quarried for road metal.

la another place, between two visits about three weeks apart by one of

us (J. Woolley), a stream of tar about ten yards wide and three feet thick

issued from a hilltop and rolled for several hundred yards through the scrub

overwhelming saplings and blocking an old road,

On another oecasion, an eruption of bitnmen took plave on a newly-graded

lucation, In the course of a few days after the first movements. a ridge of

bitumen abont five feet high built up and after a few weeks the whole location

and the aecess road had been overwhelmed.

In bath these cases, the mass which issued was almost pure bitumen, not

tar sand,

At the location, either the excavation operations or the vibration of heavy

earthhmoving machinery. or both, started the ernption, The flow from the hilltop

may have been started by the passage of a ear over the old road, which was

very seldom used.

In the southern Australian occurrences, it could be that eruptions of coastal

hitumen were from tar sands in the shallow subsurface, and that very slight

tremor along faults might set off the larger flows. The tar sands wonld then

probably be Tertiary xs least in the Geltwood area) but the original source

of the oil could also be Cretaceons. (The Morne FEnfer is certainly mat a

mother formation, and the tar sands lie a thousand feet stratigraphically ahove

the main commercial oilsands of the area.)

Joint, fissure and/or fault in-fillings could provide the considerable volume

OF inaterial, only if the asphalt was actually ascending, when it would be classed

as u diapiric occurrence. Static asphalt or ozokerites cemented in fissures cold

ouly become free through erosion or breuking away of the containing rock,

This possibility cannot be ruled out.

The evidence would appear to favour fissure eruptions or diapiric intrusions

aloug structural weaknesses, perhaps with same invasion of sea-foor sediments.

Movements alony faults causing earthquakes arc presumed ta temporarily trigger

accelerated extrusion. Coastal bitumen would be the product of both sea-Aloor

erosion of diapiric cores ur fissures infillings and/or sea-Hoor deposits.

THE GELTWOOD BEACH SEEPAGES (South-East South Australia }

According to residents of the Millicent-Rendelsham district, evidence of

submarine oil seepages off the Canunda, Geltwuod and Devils Gap Beaches

(extending 15 to 20 miles south of Beachport, S.A.), hax been recognised since

well before this century. Visiting experts had. however, displayed Tittle interest

in this phenomena until recently.

Stranded bituminous crude vils and ozokerites have been collected from

about Canunda Rocks intermittently for many years despite the fact that this

coast, until the recent advent of jeep-type vehicles, hus heen isolated

and little visited. Recent investigations have been complicated m turn hy the,

COASTAL BIYUMEN IN SOUTIL AUSTILALIA 75

al limes, speclaailar upwelling of “brown water” in these xoties, that has been

*. “ y ' \ .

shown to involye “floods” of micro-pliankton (Ludbroak, 1981). This presum-

ably fortuitons relationship is discussed later.

Geltwood Beach is so named because of the foundering of the ship Gelt-

wood a few miles south of Canunda Rocks: It is a windswept ocean sand heach

terminating in the north against outcropping acolianite heartsalidated dune lime

sant), It lies several miles north of a more accessible beach at Devils Gap.

In July, 1960, geologist R. Twist, of Geosurveys of Australia Limited was

detailed to visit Geltwood beach following requests frony Messrs. D, Schultz

and M, Schinkel. Fresh oil was collected from the beach that appeared to be

a natural crude.

The presently detailed investigations commenced during March, 1961, when

the customary small amounts of bitumen were collected on the beach and the

“brown-water flows” (phytoplankton) were first investigated. Over u length

uf beach extending almost a mile south of Canunda Rocks honey-yellaw to

almost brown-black discolouration of watcr (Plate 1) was observed fur periods

of a day or more at a time during the first autumn months, As many as fitteen,

or more, Ineulised “points of origin” were documented and the varying activity

plotted. The “brown-water” was eventually successfully sampled over the must

northerly “centre” within 50 yards south of Canunda Rocks, A small amount

of what was then felt to he possibly “lignic” material (? peaty or lignitie) was

sampled and the filtrate sent for analysis to the Microchemicul section of

C.S.L1.0. in Melbourne (Appendix D), Only carbon, hydrogen and ash were

determined, The analysis was not that of lignin or petroleum substance, although

certainly organic (see later section),

At the time of sampling a gallon uf sea water was skimmed from immedi-

ately above the hrown water “point of origin” (in about 10 fect of turbulent

surf) and sent for analysis. A very considerable (45 per cont.) dilution beluw

normal oceanic salinity was indicated (see later). A subsequent sample from

unother “brown-water™ area 200 yards south, however, indicated no such dilation.

During these and subsequent visits to these beaches an inspection of the

strandline for several miles to the north and south was carried out as a routine

measure. Small amounts of fresh crude oil (a few pounds) was found to he

stranded in preferred situations, the most persistent being opposite two of the

more pronounced “brown-water” ureas, viz, “Old Faithful” about 200 yards

south of Canunda Rocks, and at Devils Gap, four miles further to the south,

and dine south-west of Millicent.

Other than the increasing brown-water (phytoplankton) activity in re-

stricted zones, as winter approached, no significant increase in bitumen stranding

was noted until on May 30, 1961, immediately following the first sturm of the

winter seusun. D. Schultz (and later with C. A, Sprigg) collected several

hundred pounds of freshly stranded crude bitumen from the beach extending

a few himdred yards to the south from “Old Faithful”. During the sext few

weeks several liindred puunds mare of such material, generally becoming in-

creasingly “weathered” due to exposure on the beach, were collected hy one

of the writers (R,C.S_) aceompanicd by J. M. Dwyer, H, LeMessurier, L: Ack

land and numerons other helpers. L.W. Parkin, Acting Director of Mines, then

made a short visit to the area ane also sampled sume of the stranded crude and

also the brown-water.

Crorocturisti¢ of. ~,

Paretfin Ofte —

SPRIGG ann J. B. WOOLLEY

Bromotic or Cut

Jw? Carponyl “GC

C-H Srretch!

P- OH

Bards at G85 & 725

Characturistic of

CoH St,

Aromatic © =¢.

Carbonyl ‘CeO

GELTWOOD BEACH 5.4

DEVILS GAP sa,

ut eek 4 E ' |

DISCOVERY BAY VIC ;*

- wt 1

hme

BRIOGEWATE? BAY vic tal a a

Microns

Epargerursric of Porntfin

is ——=

CAPE SPENCER $.4_

7 Ss

Aromolic of 0=6

Straten

e-H

Streter

Aramatie ar Seo.

ape Seed LA.

Hiner.

d be 4 SLEAFORD Asay SAL a e a 7 s 3

Micrans

BITUMEN SEEPAGES

FROM

COASTAL REGIONS OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA AND VICTORIA

(A BCD)

( EFGHIS)

SAMPLES

TAKEN

JULY

NOV

96)

(961

By RC SPRIGG

BY RC_SPRIGG

Caz

COASTAL BLILUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA iT

Periodic cneampinents at the beach have since resulted in considerable new

data, Particular attention was directed to the incidence of rough seus, and due

in no small measure to the ev-operation uf D, Schultz of Rendelsham, an wnder-

standing of the réle and impertance of local storms in the overall phenurnuna

M “coastal bitumen” has emerged. At the same time, one of the writers took

the opportunity to delay 4 visit te another reported occurrence of coastal bitu-

men at Sleaford Bay near Port Lincoln (300 miles north-west) until immediately

following a lucal winter storm, In this case, a looal beach that had been rela-

tively free of lumpy eride on Saturday, 12th August. was found to be littered

with it on ‘Thursday, L7th, following the storm of the imervening Tuesday.

Much dlder material was also noted that had melted im to the beach sand at

extreme storm tide level. The réle of storms and/or rough seas also in this

inistanee wus again demoustrated.

Also following the season's first storm, Mr. und Mars, J. Altorfer, of Port

MacDonnell, on 12th June brought in several pounds of yiscous oil from Cape

Ranks. This they claimed was part of a recurring phenumena in this situation

since about L905 to their knowledge.

Once this storm factor was clearly established, local fishermen and various

old identities verified this to be the only notable association of “coastal bitu-

men" beyond the occurrence of earthquake shocks, of which there hack been

several within living memory in this district, A search of the literature dis-

closed that Melntosh Reid was also fully aware of this relationship with storms,

as was also the Inte R. Altorfer, senior. of Mt. Gambier, wha was one nf the

preponents of “oil in the south-east”.

A point of concern that arose was that no. sizeable deposits of stranded

bitumen had accumulated on the loeal sea enasts in these south-east areas, The

explanation was not hard ta find. The beaches of interest are all sturm beaches,

the back-shore dune aceumulutions of which are breached hy wind-lane “blow

outs”. Tu winter time seas flood through the gaps and spread Hotsam for several

hundred yards inland, Drift bitumen can be collected in most of these situations,

From here, as the material dries out, winds may transport it onto and over dune

sand accumulations 100 to 200 feet high and extending a mile or more inland.

“Fragments” of bitumen have, in fact, been observed buried in sand aceumu-

latiuns for more than hal! a mile inland, The fate of drift bitumen, ending in

burial, is clear.

Continued observation of Geltwood Beach has permitted ducumentation of

the stranding of “oxidised” light brown erude, urd of fresh “tarry” black viscous

bitumen during periods of moderate scas, Along the four miles af beach between

the “Old Faithful” locality (uf “brown-water”) and Devils Gap, at least six or

eight locations have favoured deposition of choclate brown “oxidised” crude

and a Tesser number also of the Viscous fresh black crudes, “These crudes have

been observed in the process of stranding Jaw to high on tho beach during a

range al tides.

Stranding of the fresh black crude has been observed mostly durmg periods

af moderate sea. In most cases “brown-water” (phytoplankton) activity has

been observed nearby, and this ustially in relation to very obvivus rip-qurreuts.

It is noted, for example, that moderate to heavy seas may temporarily impound

many hundreds of tons of excess water shoreward of the innermost sandbars,

locally to inercase the depth of water on the beach by as much as five or six

fect and for periods of a minute or more. Lt is during these intervals Uhat

must of the fishing accidenty aceue along this coast, and some rather warming

situations developed even during the lociul siunpling operations.

) B.C. SPRIGG ann J, B, WOOLLEY

Once massive volumes of water lave been thrown on to the beach in this

way, rip-curren(s carrying water back via channels through interveniny sand-

bars becume greatly accelerated and turbulent. “Brown-water” floods frequently

“surface” spectacularly under these conditions, It is evident that the phyto-

plankton responsible for this discolouration wells up from the bottom under

these distarbed conditions and appears as outpourings to the surface, particu

Jarly in the neighbourhoad of the more obyious current+ips, Some of these

unduubtedly powerful currents also erode bituminous: sea Hoor deposits by

tearmg off the brown “oxidised” veneers to sea-lloor deposits, or to outcropping

biluininous seals or ozokerite veins, thereby also facilitating the seepage of less

viscous oil from below. ‘This phenomena will be discussed in more detail latee.

Another ohservation werthy of note is thal at a few minutes tu 5 pan, on

Friday, March 31st, 1961, while observing “brown-water” activity from about

S00 vards south of Canunda Rocks (R.C.S,) a large “block” of black material

appeared suddenly in the centre of one “brewn-wuter” area, several hundred

yrds out to sea, This is one of the Few occasions on which sueh “brawn-water™

activity Was observed so far out. The tlde was high ut-this time. The material

floated partly submerged and. uppeared through binoculies to possess blucky

edges. The block moved northwards several hundred yards by nightfall, Next

moming several lurge lumps (several pounds) were found stranded at hich

tide level in this same direction near Canunda Rocks. This was the first snassive

piece pf coastal bituinen found by the writer (R.C.S.) clicing 1961 and was

definilely not present in this area on the previous day when this strand-line

had been searched dilivently by a party of four.

One final observation is that, without prompting, Mr. Syd. Smith of Rendel-

sham, volunteered the information that following the MMS earthquake epi-

ceritred in the sea off Beachport (Sprigg, 1952, 1959), abnormally large quanti-

ties of bitumen were washed ashore south of Cape Buffon (a tew miles north

of Canunda Racks), He also remarked that stranding of coastul bitumen de-

clined almost completely thereafter, “Chis is an important observation and one

which answers Dr. Wade's question (see above) that activity should climax

following an earthquake. Other Jucal residents have also confirmed this. It

brings to mind that such carthquake relationships have been obseryed elsewhere

in the world in the great oil provinces. Edward Tliteheuck, an American gea-

logist, reported tn 1840 that after the earthquake of 1834 and 1837 about the

Dead Sea, large quantities of asphalt deilted ashere, and one mass, “like an

island or house rose to the surface, and drifted in (Ball and Ball, 1953).

A The Composition of Coastal Bitumen with Particular

Reference lo the Geltwood Crude

A number of analyses have been carried cut on bitumen crudes found

stranded on southern Australian ocean beaches. Some of the analytic data und

conchisions have been published (Appendix A, Party 1 to @ inclusive), Un-

douubtedly a range of crude bitumen and ozokerites is represented, hut mostly

the analyses are incomplete and lack standards for comparison. ‘They are all

elassed as nutaral crudes.

In most cases it is conceded that it is extremely difficult to distingnish by

analytical methods natura) seepage bitimens from industrial waste products.

for example, one of the mast widely used bitumens, “Trinidad Lake Asphalt’,

ix simply dug out of the luke, melted by as. gentle a heating as will induce How

and poured into drums. At Oxnard, east of Ventura, California, very heavy il

is raised by steam litt and fowed directly onto rock chips, Even a wide range

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 74

af Iviling points would not be couclusive; for 2 small topping plant on a heavy

allfield might do Tittle more than take off the lightest fractions,

‘The possibility that coastal bitumen is not of “mineral” origin is distinctly

remote. Metaholic waste products of large animal colonies can resemble bitu-

men in appearance, but on heating they char rather than burn and melt with

yrout difficulty, In the process they give off a foul foetid odour quite unlike

the smell of oi! Distinction can be made in the laboratory by \etermining

oxygen, nitrogen, phospliorous apd acid number, but the simple heating test

is fust as conchisive. Analyses of Geltwood crude made by the Shell Company

(Appendix A. Part 6) reveal that its saponification value, high sulphur content,

characteristic appearance, odour and burning qualities clearly exclude animal

and vegetable oils as well as coal products: Ludbruck (1961; see later), on

the other hand, has attempted to relate the coastal bitumen to phytoplankton

“floods” that appear spectacularly in local nearshore waters, particularly during

winter time. The evidence is udmitted to be weak. The fact that the living

diatoms concerned contain minute oi] globules in their protoplasmic make-up

(like most other organisms) cannot be used as evidence for the formation «f

massive amounts of natural crude oil devoid of all the other substances present

in these organisins. The phytoplanktow swarms are definitely not oily in theimn-

selves. hey sink in standing sea water. they do not give the normal solvent

Toeuctions tor petroleum, ner do they adhere to objects in the manner of oil,

Analyses of the oil (see appendices) all poimt to the coastal bitumen being

natural crudes and to their being short-travelled. Understandable caution has

led some analysts to draw inferences that the oils may, therefore, be from tankers,

jettisoned during cleaning vperations at sea, The opinion expressed by the

Director of Chemistry in Adelaide (see Appendix A, Part 1, 1920) is quite

typical;

“Tt may be, therefore, that the oil found on the beach uear Victor Harber, South

Australia, has come ashore from some vessel, but Jookingg at the qoeston fram the

ehemlesT point af view, it is just as probable that the oil is derived trom a nataral aauruc

not very far away.”

Coastal bitumen has been stranding alony the southern sea coasts since

lung hetore ocean-going tankers were developed. Direct relationships of coastal

bitumen “stranding” with the action of storms that effectively ste up and erode

the loval sea hottam does away with the necessity for oils to originate about

Antaretica or South America, as suggested by Ward (1913), Marine biologists

have expressed the opinion that marine organising destroy seaborne oil far tuo

sapidly to allow of long distance occan transport via slow-moving vccan currents

The analyses quoted (Appendices) are undoubtedly those of natural crude

petrolenm, varyinuly weathered and inspissated. They range from paraffin-

based to nuphthene-based mineral oils with medium to high sniphur cantent.

The oils are reported by oil company laboratories to he specifically different

Fram vay of the erades regularly imported into the country. As wu consequence,

the «rndes rust be from a very extensive southern Austrilian oil provinee,

immediately under and beyond the sea enast

B, Comparison af the Geltwood Cruces with those

of Port Lincoln and Port MacDonnell

An attempt has heen made hy trace clement analysis to establiyh relatlion-

ships between ails found along various parts of the South Australian coasts.

The anilyses (Ajpendix E) were earsied out by K. Norrish and "U. B. Sweatmun

af the Commeil fie Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation, Division of

Soils.

80) R. €, SPRIGG ann J. B. WOOLLEY

Relative figures representing spectrographic analysis of five oil samples for

eleven trace elements have heen determined. The sumples included Uiree fram

the Geltwood Beach vicinity (ie., Geltwood Beach, Canunda Roeks and Rivoli

Bay), one from Cape Northumberland lying 30 miles to the suuth-cast, and one

fram Pt. Lincoln, 300 miles to the north-west:

The analysts report that:

“The results indicate that the oils from Geltwood Beach, Cununda Rocks and

Rivoli Bay are sunilar. The oil fron Cape Northamberland is distinetly hivher in S$. & ¥.

and lower in Cl, Ca, Fe, Ni, Gu, and Zn than the abave three samples. The other

sumple, from Port LinciIn, appears ta haye an intermediate composition.”

Tt is further noted by the analysts that Cr and Mo were not detected in any

of the oils, The scatter results were also given since they showed differences

in the oils. The scatter is probably dependent on the density and hydrogen

content of the ails, These support the previous inferences as to possible rela-

tionships of the oils.

Undoubtedly more such analyses (in time and locality) are required before

definite conelusians can be drawn, but it appears that the vils from immediately

south of Beachport are of a particular suite, and may be distinet from those

stranding near Port MacDonnell, southern Yorke Peninsula or Port Lincoln. This

certiinly is in direct cuntict with the theory of distant origin ucross the ocean.

A wumber of distinctive sources ure suggested lying close by the respective

coasts.

C, Associated Phenomena

In coastal bitumen localities other processes are Bpetative that may in some

way be interrelated, ‘hese include the aetivily of fresh-water submarine springs

and the possible association of “brown-water™ (phytoplankton } Hooding,

1. Submarine Fresh-water Springs: Possthle Relationships with Oil Seepage

Deep-seated submarine springs have previowy heen suggested as a possible

mechanism for escape of hydrocarbons from Tertiary and/or older sediments

along the continental shelf in southern Australia,

Enormous volumes of fresh-water are known to issue via low-lying spring

outlets from the Gambier Basin in coastal and suwh-coastal zones principally in

South Australia. At the foot of the Mt, Burr (marine erosional) escarpment,

for example, spring flow has been gauged at about 20 million gallons per day,

The outlets represent crosional “nick points” cutting the local ground-water

table within the highly permeable Gambicr J.imestone. Similarly, surface

springs debouching into the “Fiftecu-mile” peat swamps (cast of Port Mac-

Donnell) issue from the cavernons Gambier Limestones, Others are known or

suspected immediately across the burder in Victoria,

A number of submarine fresh-water springs have alsy been reported, The

mast spectacular appears tu be one lying approximately two miles off Cape

Nelsen (Portland, Victoria) which appears on fhe days as an area of peculiarly

calm water. According to the Portland Lighthousekeeper (Sprigg anc Boutu-

kot, 1049), local fishermen have replenished their fresh-water supplies Feorm

these springs even though the sea is thereabouts probably 200 feet deep,

Fishermen have veported “eruptions” of oi] along with these spring water flows,

aud the area is One of frequent reporting of coastal bibymen.

In South Australia, E, P, O'Driscoll (1961), Senior Geologist with the South

Australian Mines Department. recently reported on similar phenomena wt

Southend (six miles perth of Canunda Rocks). He records that 8. S. Smith

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTIT AUSTRALLA Sl

of Hendelsliam had observed numerous fresh-water springs at the hase of

aedlianite clills along this stretch of coast; others have been reported in shallow

water by speur-fishermen. Mr, Smith reported that it is passibc lo drink from

some of them, and some appear to flow quite strongly and to carry eritrained

gast’s. Jt is claimed that oil slicks have been noted in some cases, O'Driscoll

observed the lanes of smooth water extending ont to sea from near the bases

of the cliffs, hut was unable to sample them. Tle concluded that from the

“knowledge of the groundwater hydrology of the area, and from local reports

there is no dowht that they do exist, although it is not possible to say with

absthite certainty whether they have their source in the deep pressure waters

or the higher won-pressure water's”.

He added that the evidence favours a nor-pressure water origin, us the static

water level of the Gambier Limestones and younger sediments ts slightly above

sea-level and, therefore, only to be expected to form springs in the eoustal “one,

The possibility that such walers could contain traces of oily material is eon-

sideréd unlikely but not impossible,

These problems are complicated in the immediate beach vicinity hy the

presence of downward and outward percolating rain waters representing a low

lead of groundwater within the adjacent highly porous dune sands and aeolia-

nite. Springs of the nature deseribed can be readily observed at the immediate

west end of Port MacDonnell Bay beach. Water issues quite freely from the

bases of aeolianite cliffs in this situalion and has been reported as carrying ail

slicks. The writers have not seen the latter, but the springs are genuine.

Almast certainly they represent escaping of water from local swamps and/or

the saturated Gambier Limestones which outerop at sea-level hereabouts.

It is considered unlikely that waters in these situations will be sufficiently

uncontaminated and diagnostic upon analysis to allay demonstration of their

origin from une or other more deeply buried secimentary formation; however,

at least four or five classes of water can be predicted in the province which

justify recapitulition in so far as any of them may eventnally be detected

eseuping via outlets along the coast. They are:

L. Contaminated rainwater from the dine systems and backswamps

2. Non-pressnre “carbonate” waters from the nbiquitous and shallow-lying

Gambier Limestones, which have “high level’ intakes concentrated in

the Dismal Swamp and Mt. Burr Ranges.

3. Pressure waters from the Knight Formation. ‘These are iso “carbonate”

waters in the lower south-east, but extensively will have a more distant

origin in the Casterton area of western Victoria,

4, Pressure waters from the Gretaceous; these are predicted in be more

saline und consequently o£ “chloride” type.*

5. Formational waters frorq the “Jurassic” likely to be saline because of

known low permeability of the formations concerned,

It is felt that there is Insufficient evidence to reject the possibility of sub-

marine escape of deeper pressure waters at the coast at this juncture. The

evidence of differing hydraulic surfaces for the various waters suggests otherwise.

O'Driscoll (1960}, for example, has demonstrated quite clearly that the hydraulic

surface for the Knight Formation waters does net confurm to the free grmund-

water sutface of the overlying Gambier Limestones. Ife notes (negative)

* Forniation water recayered from the Cretiecis at 9.200 fect in Mt, Salt No. L Well

west of Mt. Schank (1962) analyzed 3:2 per cent. sall, and consequently is « brine.

bz RK, ©. SPRIGG ann |. B. WOOLLEY

discrepancies relative to the Gambier Limestones hydraulic surface in the Mt.

Gambier area that point clearly to separate intakes and the obvious separation

of the respective water horizons by intervening impermeuble (2clay) layers,

Despite this, the hydraulic surface for the Knight Sands also reaches the coast

almnst at sea-level, suggesting pressure loss by escape in the immediate coastal

Zune

IL is expected that faults would greatly facilitate localized escape of pressure

wuters from deeper sedimentary horizons. In this respect the Tartwarp fault,

passing E.S.E.-W,N,W, immediately to the north of Mt. Gambier, would eventu-

ally strike out to sea beneath about Beachport. (The Beachport earthquake

epicentre also lies along this W.N.W, trend to seaward.) In parallel fashion the

Nelson en echelon system of folds and faults passes W.N.W. bencath the coast

at about Cape Banks, und &.$.4. approximately along the Vieturian coast in

the general direction of Swan Lake, Another W.N.W.-E.S.E. line of disturb-

ance coincides with the coast about Cape Douglas, Seismic surveys (1962)

huve recently demonstrated a (?)line of anticlines extending E.§.E.-.W.N,W. be-

weath Geltwood Beach, The presence of reputed ail sceps and submarine

spriugs in zones where lines of structural disturbances (G.E.A, 38A) cross the

enasHine consequently cannot be disregarded. A direct relationship may well

exist. Wade (1915) and others have also stressed this possibility.

2, Phytoplankton Floods

Patches of “brown-water", sometimes many acres in extent and almost

myariably close inshore, have been reported in ayeas of coastal bitumen strand-

ing down through the years almost sitice the white man first settled in southern

Australia. They have been broadly described in the literature by Melntosh

Reid (1932), but seem never to have been seriously investigated. They are

known to have been observed by N. Osborne of Frome Broken Hill Company

as far back as 1934, and were sighted at the Ilead of the Bight by RB. Sprigg and

R. Beunnschweiler from low-lying aiteralt in 1956. They appear tu be well-

known to fishermen and local resiclents mostly along eelatively uninhabited sandy

geean heaches certainly from Bridgewater Bay in Western Victoria to the Head

of the Bight. They are ulso reported along the west coast of New Zealand and

elsewhere in (he world. McIntosh Ruid (1932), discussing the local examples,

reasoned that the brown colouring matter came fram lignitic lake material

(? peaty),

Samples were taken from Geltwood Beach in April, 1961, by R. Sprige und

again during July, 1961, when the phenomenon was iore pronaunced, in company

with L. W. Parkin, Deputy Director of the South Australian Mines Department,

The Jater samples were [ound to contain “foods” of phytoplankton; N. TL, Lud-

brook (1961) whe exumined the saruples reported thai—

“the diseolauration is dua to phytoplankton, mainly @_rectansular-shaped diatom with

zonspicnons chloroplasts which is present in great muuibers. Other diatoms, dinnflagel,

lites, and various planktonic: orginisms are also present.”

When this material strands on the beach it leaves a yellowish to brownisli-

Blick stain in summer time, but in winter time may be quite greenish to

greenish-brown.

“Browt-water" or phytoplankton “floods” haye been noted throughuul the

vear at Geltwood, but are far moe prominent and persistent during the winter,

The Hoods wax and wane over intervals of a few minutes to many hours, On

occasions, a score of such “Hows” have been observed Hooding in from a few

tens Of yards ant to sea to rarely several Londred yards out, along a single mile

COASTAL, BITUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 83

of beach. Practically without exception the beaches are sandy and the mist

pronounced activity appcars to be associated with current-rips, Mostly the

swarms appear to well-up out of deeper channels (10 to 20 feet deep) between

the shore and the first off-shore bar. Mostly the material moves rapidly shore-

ward to the beach in spectacular floods that are maintained and intensified in

the surf, although remarkably Jitde phytoplankton actually strands, Even where

prominent current-rips are operating, little phytoplankton remains at the surface

bevond the first sand bar. This is despite the fact that the rips are travelling

scaward. Presumably the plankton slowly sinks and the floods are dissipated

in deeper water.

Not unreasonably, local opinion has tended to associate the swarms with

the cvastal bitumen phenomena, Regions of pronounced brown-water activity

are not infrequently ulso situations of pronounced coastal bitumen stranding, and

the rather foreboding brownish-hlack water in itselE suggests oil with its quite

spectacular und apparently (at a distance) “greasy” frothing (Plate 1).

Contrary to thiv. latter suggestion of oily churacter, the brown suspension

does not stick to the body, and being denser than sea water, it settles out on

standing. The material rather more resembles humic acid in peal swamps, or

other lignie material in suspension, The material does not readily give the

standard solvent (ests for ail, although Ludbrook has deseribed “waxy” products

along with it (the phytoplankton) that are “partially soluble in carbon Fetra-

chloride”.

The present writers have now viewed these planktonic Hoods frequently

and under many conditions, They have never considered them to be directly

related to coastal bitumen, although originally it was felt that the material may

be “lignic’, possibly having been carried up by ascending spring waters from

the underlying ‘Tertiary. This hypothesis advanced independently alsa hy

MeIntosh Reid (1932) is no longer tenable,

Microanalysis af the plankton by C.S.LR.0, (Appendix D) indicates a high

hydrogen content in relation to carbon—viz. Carbon 13-6 per cent, Hydrogen

2:5 per cent. This gives a C:H rativ 100:18+5 which compares with-

C:H

Peotoplasri 7 fe if 4 . 100: 18

Phytoplankton (Geltwoor ) . 100; 18-5

Average paraffin-based oils. 100: 16

Average mixed or naplithene-hase oils 100; 14

Wand . 1 100: 12-5

Peat. . . 100: LL3

Liguite 4. . 100: 7-2

Bituminous coal . 100; 6-6

Anthracite 100: 3-0

There seems no reason to suggest genetic relationships of the phytoplankton

with the present coastal bitumen as inferred by Ludbrook (1961). The latter are

quite normal oilfield crudes, whereas the phytoplankton is living material in nwo

way behaving like oil other than in its very superficial resemblance in dis-

colouring sea water. This opinion is borne out in examinations carried out by

Shell Company of Australia Ltd. (Appendix A, Part 7) which “exclude animal

and vegetable oils as well as coal products”.

The phytoplankton “brown-water” activity and the coastal bitumen pheno-

mona do bear certain casual relationships. Tt is presumed that the same currents

which stir up the phytoplankton may also erode the focal sea bottom. Any

M4 R, C. SPRIGC ans J. B, WOOLLEY

biluminous deposits present in these zones will be subjected to this same erosive

action.

‘These phenomena call for further investigation out of scientific interest and

In relation to fishery research, It is not entirely unlikely that the local seas are

enriched in nutrient solutions either from spring waters or other sources that

could help proliferate phytoplankton, On the other hand, oceantfacing coasts

in temperate latitudes are known to facilitate upwelling of deeper oceanic waters

during the cold winter season (i.c,, ternperature-density inversion) that replenish

the nutrients in shallower waters in which most of the microscopic plant life

must exist.

A PROBABLE MECHANISM OF “COASTAL BITUMEN” ESCAPE

FROM SUBMARINE SOURCES

Documentation of coastal bitumen activity in a “sample locality” during

late summer through to spring in 1961 has provided an understanding of the

phenomenon not previously possible. Several important factors now stand out:

. Specific relationship with local storm activity.

Apparent concentration of seepage poiuts in ocean surf zones.

Possible association of seepages in some cases with coastal fresh-water

springs.

Apparent relationship with predicted faults.

Direct relationships with carthquakes,

Possible casnal relationship with phytoplankton Mooding,

Presence of highly “oxidised” (ight chocolate brown) crudes amongst

stranded bitumen suggesting previous sub-aerial exposure of bitumen

“lakes”, that now lie beneath the sea.

The stranding of natural crudes during and immediately following local

storms is undoubtedly a dominating characteristic of the coastal bitumen phenu-

menon. This selationship has now been observed specifically in ihe case of

particular storms that hit beth the Port Lincoln and Geltwood localities during

1961. The arrival of any excessively rough scas against these coasts apparently

may bring its harvest of “coastal bitumen”. The first violent storm of the seuson

normally strands more than others later in the season, because there wonld be

more seafloor exndations to be eroded or plucked off at the carlier state,

The local storm relationship demonstrates fairly conclusively that the crudes

originate locally and in relatively shallow water. Depths of Jess than 100 fret

(possibly 35 feet ar less) are considered to be the probable limit of effective

scouring and/or wave: disturbance in an average winter storm, While waye

motion undoubtedly tuay carry to still greater depths, the erosive power would

be severely limited.

Refraction of waves is the first indication of transfer of wave energy to the

bollom and the beginning of appreciable geological work by the waves. Dvitz

und Menard (1951) have pointed out that since refraction of waves occurs

only where the water depth is considerably less than half of the wave length,

then the effective waye base nist be Jess (han LO metres off most coasts, Be-

tween this depth and the highest shore level reached by the waves, nearly all

wave erosion and most bansportation and deposition uf sediment takes place. It

is concluded then that cradable oil seeps likely to be affected by storm activity

will fie in water depths less than about 40 foot depth. which in the Geltwood

beach restricts the zone to a few hundred yards from the beuch.

ig —

=I ot

COASTAL BrFUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALLA 85

Fresh-water spring seepages are believed to oceur plentifully along the

south-vast coast of South Australia. Wiydraulic surfaces of both the Gambier

Limestones ground waters aud the Knight Formation pressure waters both

descend to sea-level in the immediate coastal zane. This points strongly te

escape outlets in this zone for both these aquiters, Diluted sea water sampled

against Canunda Rocks (Appendix C) and other reports confirm this activity,

Where pressure waters are escaping it is also possible that these will include

seepave points for petroleum.

Geltwood Beach and Devils Gap overlies a N.W.-S.E. line of seisinically

demonstrated anticlinal structnres ag it passes heneath the local coast. Another

Nelson) line of (en echelon) Caniting and folding would cross the coast near

Carpenters Rocks, and a third coincides with the coast about Capes Douglas

and Northumberland. The latter are W.N.W.-ELS.E. structures and where

they pass bencath the sea coast are ulso preferred points of coastal bitumen

activity. These relationships with geological structure are unlikely all to be

fortuitous,

Local earthquikes are kivwo to have greatly stimulated the temporarily

inereased stranding of bitumen, The earthquakes of 1898, 1915 and 1948 all

epicentred offshore from Beachport along the projected extension of the Beach-

port-Kalangadoo hinge-line greatly stimulated fecal stranding, and it is reported

that activity declined to insignificance in the Carpenters Rocks vicinity following

on the 1898 earthquake, but re-appeared after that of 1915. ‘The association of

earthquakes with fauluny and with temporarily aceclerated coastal bitumen

activity seems inescapable.

The relationship of coastal bitumen deposition with phytoplankton “Houd-

ing” if other than casual is unexplained. The resulting “brown-water” appears

particularly frequent in the Geltwood (and Swan Lake and Port Lincoln) sreas

vt preferred oil stranding, Although only a circumstantial relationship [s sus-

pecled, this sometimes spectacular biological phenomenon could be usefully

further investigated, Tt is remutely possible that the diatoms and other organ-

istus ure Feeding on nutrient-cnriched spring waters or seepaye solutions in these

situations, and in which cease the resulting “brown-water” may constitute an

exploration aid. Dilution of the sea water has been noted in the New Zealand

example also (Cassic, 1960), It is considered more likely, however, that the

prolific hlooming of phytoplanktun is 4 consequence uf the upwelling of mineral-

rich wevan waters during winter times hy convection, as is commonly the case

along exposed ocean coasts in middle and Jower latitudes.

The appearance of light brown “oxidised” crude, as “Hake-like” fragments

striumling on Gellwood beaches at intervals uver several miles, and more nuticc-

ably ducing jatervals of moderate winter seas may have importunt implicatiuns.

‘the material appears to have been subacrially oxidised at same stage; it is

usually observed to be strandiug opposite some of the more powerful nearshore

cuirent-rips, It appears also ib be relatively widespread in the Celtwood Bese)

vicinity. By comparison the more “lumpy” crude found on these beaches is

relatively fresh, and not uncommonly carries pedicular barnacies. This latter

is viewed rather to indicate “secretion” or vozing of viscous material above sea

Hoor level, whether sand ur reck, from where it may be broken off during

accentuated Wave ov rip-current activity. Such action would in turn rupture

local seals and temporarily release the Jess viscous bitumen fractions that appeur

for some time after storms, The lighter brown “oxidised”, and more “flaky”,

material would appear to be from flat-lying evusts on sea floor deposits,

86 KR. SPRIGG ann J. B. WOOLLEY

Some important deductions now seem justified in relation to coastal bitumen.

These are:

1. A shallow submarine “origin” in coastal waters less than 40 teet deep,

2. Association with lines of steuctural weaknesses (faults, folds and earth-

quake zones),

3. Possible relationships with submarme springs.

d. Secretion of viscous bitmnen,

3. Possible presence of flatlying submarine bituminous deposits that were

subaerially exposed at some time durmg Quaternary geological histury

(glacial low and sea-level phases); during which times exposed sea floor

deposils were more deeply weathered and oxidised.

It wonld seem from these deductions that coastal bitumen is likely to be

principally a scepage product emanating via deep-seated fractures and/or faults.

The deposits are viewed as possibly diapiric, and as such their submarine out

crops would be being continually, but intermittently, eroded in zones of shallow

marine wave and rip-current activity, Tn the case of the Geltwood example,

the spread of activity for several miles along the local beaches which lic obliquely

across the projected line of the Devils Gap line of anticlines, suggests a nurmber

uf outlets ar extensive sea Hoor deposits or outcrops. Observations by the

Thomas family at Hog Bay on Kangarow Island, that pitch deposits have been

observed building up above sea-level during calm weather may provide an

additional clue to the probable seepage pressures and the vent-like nature of

outlets,

The appearance of brown “oxidised” oil suggests that some of the sea floor

deposits may have been subacrially exposed during the last Quaternary low sca-

level (ec. 30,000 years B.P.), It is not impossible that the relatively increased

formational hydraulic head under conditions of reduced sea-level would have

facilitated crude oil seepage into subaerial pools or lakes that were subsequently

inundated by rising modern seaevet.

CONCLUSIONS

The stranding of weathered natural erude oi] as “coastal bitumen” is a

eal ay and important phenomenon along the southern coast of Australia

possibly for more than 2,000 miles. The crudes include both paraffinic and

naphthanic types, but spectrographic investigations have demonstrated wide

varistions in trace element constitutions, possibly characterising different pro-

vinees which require further study, Special precautions must be taken to avoul

confusion with tanker spillage.

Maximum stranding accompanies local storm activity, when wave action in

shallow water and rip-currents in the surl zone most actively erode the local

sea buttom. Tons of crude may strand annually along the coasts, but greatly in-

creased quantities appeared following the Beachport earthquakes ot 1898,

1915 and 1948. Disturbance of lractuce infillings. and other deposits presum-

ably occurred on these vecasions.

Tault fracturing is believed tw have channelled and otherwise: facilitated

auch of the vil seepage escape. In this and other respects the weight of the

evidence new favours diapitism of bitumen in these zones.

Brown “oxidised” ¢rudes also stranding along with the fresher bitumen sue-

gest a degree of subacrial expasure of erude oil deposits in Quaternary times. The

development of fossil pitch-lakes during periods of lowered seatevel is also

implied,

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA KT

The ultimate source of the petroleuri is believed ta be from the marine

Tertiary or Crefaceaus lying at depths of 2,000 feet or more below sea-level.

The local sedimentary section is known to attain 10,000 feet deep locally.

The writers submit that the carefully documented observations which form

the basis of this report provide grounds for accepting many of the previvus

observations of coastal bitumen by other witnesses. The regional spread of the

coastal bitumen localities and alsa the frequency and persistence of stranding

suggest that we are in the presence of one of the great “tar-belts” of the world,

comparable in size to the McMurray Tar Sands of Canada or the tar belt of

northern Seuth America.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The present investigations have resulted largely from the persistent efforts

of Messrs. David Schulz of Rendelsham and Mel. Schinckel of Millicent to

youse interest in the persistent stranding of bitumen on the Geltwood heaches,

Suhsequently, Messrs, R, Altorfer of Port MacDonnell, Horace Aberle and Syd.

Smith of Rendelsham have also been of assistance, To these people we are

doeply indebted.

Grateful acknowledgment is accorded to geologist Ray Twist, who made the

first visits to the area on behalf of the General Exploration Company of Aus-

trulia Lid, which has made these investigations possible. Vacuum Oil

Company of Australia and the Shell Company of Australia have assisted materi-

ally in carrying out analyses and by showing general interest. The State Mines

Department of South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania and Western Australia have

also provided records of previous investigations of the coastal bitumen

phenomena.

Appreciation is expressed to geologists Messrs. Ray Twist, Chris yon der

Borsch and Ron Brown, and geophysicist Bob Dennisun who assisted carlier

sampling operations at Geltwood Beach.

Particular acknowledgment is extended to General Exploration Company

of California Ltd, and to Santos Limited for permission to proceed to publica-

tien of the new information,

REFERENCES

Bacr, Max, W., and Barn, D., 1953. “Oil Prospects of Israel”. Bull. Amer, Assoc, Petrol,

Geal., 37 (1).

Bates, TW. V., 1961. “Oil in Sea at Kangaroo Island”, Adelaide “Advertiser”, 16th March,

1961,

Botrraxorr, N., 1956. “Oil Search in Victoria, Australia”. Symposium sobre yaciminntys tle

petroles y gas. Tomo LL, Asia y Oceania. 20th Internat. Congress, Mexico,

Baoucu-Samorn, BR, 1869. “The Goldfields and Mineral Districts of Victoria”. Vietorian

Mines Department Report.

Cass, M. and V., 1960. “Primary Production ina New Zealand West Coast Phytoplankton

Bloom”. NZ. Oceanog. Inst, D.S.LR.O., Wellington,

Drive, TR. §., and Menann, H. W., 1951. “Origin of Abrupt Change in Slope at Continentil

Shelf Margin”. Am, Assoc, Pet. Geul., 35,

Lowrus Hinus, 1914. “Geol. Reconnaissance of Conntry between Cape Sorrell and Pajnt

Hibhs”. Geol. Survey Tasmania Bull, 18,

Linx, W. K., 1952, “Signifeance of Oi] and Gas Seeps in World Oil Exploration”, Bull,

Amer, Assoc, Petr. Geol, 36 (5),

LuvsHoox, N. H,, 196l. “Report on Material from Alleged Offshore Seeps dnd Biluowo

Strandings”. Pal, Rept, 10/61, Dept. of Mines, South Australia.

88 R. C. SPRIGG anv J. B. WOOLLEY

McJniosaH Rew, A., 1931. “The Oilfields of South-Western Victoria and South-East South

Australia”. Western Petroleum Exploration Co. N.L., Hamilton, Victoria.

O'Darscect, E. P., 1961. “Reported Oil Seepages, South End Rd., Rivoli Bay”, Hydrological

Dept. 1055, Dept. of Mines, South Australia.

Reap, H. H., 1936. “Rutleys Mineralogy”, Thomas Murby and Co., London.

Simpimrp, R. C., 1959. “Lincoln Basin Investigations; Preliminary Report”. Mining Review

No, 111, Dept, of Mines, South Australia.

Sprics, R. C., 1952. “The Geology of the Sunth-East Province, South Australia, with Spécial

Reference to Quaternary Coast-line Migrations and Modem Beavh Developments”. Bull,

29, Dept. of Mines, South Anstralia,

Serica, R. C., 1959. “Presumed Submarine Volcanic Activity neur Beachport, South-East

South Australia”, Trans. Roy, Soo, S. Anst., 82.

Spricc, R. C., 1961. “Petroleum Prospecty of the Mesozoic-Lertiary Basins of South-Eastern

Australia”, Aust. Oil aud Gas Journal, 7 (10), July.

Spricc, R. C.. and Woorrky, J. B. 1961. “Coastal Bitumen in Southern Australia with

Special Reference to Observation at Geltwoud Beach, South-Rast South Australia.”

Geosuryeys of Australis Ltd, (Company Report), June, 1961, (Copy lodged with Dept.

of Minés, South Australia. }

TWELVETRERS, W.- H., 1915. “Rectmnaissance ef Country between Recherche Bay and N,W.

River, Southern Tasmania”. Bull. 24, Survey of Tasmania.

Twist, R. F., 1960. “Investigation into Reportecl Oil Seepage on Coast South-West of

Rencdelsham (Geliwood Beach), South-East South Australia”, Company Report to Dept

of Mines, South Australia (17/6/60),

yon ver BorscH, C,. ond Brown, K, G., 1961. “Observations at Geltwoud Beach, Friday,

17/3/61". Company Report ta Dept. of Mines. South Australia,

Wann, A, 1915, “Lhe Supposed Oil-bewring Arcas of South Australia’. Bull. 4, Geol.

Survey of South Australia.

Wann, L. K., 1913. “Possibilities of the Discovery of Petroleum on Kungaroo Island and the

West Coast of Eyre Peninsula’. Boll, 3, Geol, Survey of South Australia,

APPENDIX A (Parr 1),

Extract from “Report on fhe Nature and Origin of Oil Matter Found on the

Shore at Encounter Bay and. Kangaroo Island’, Min. Rev, No, 32, 1920 (L, K.

Ward). Report by Director of Chemistry:

Bach of the samples consisted of sand, seaweed, water and black oil. The

quantities of of] in the different samples varied from § per cent. to 14 per cent.

A portion of one of the samples distilled from u brine bath gave no distillate

ill the temperature of the boiling water was reached when water came over

with a small quantity of oil similar in character to kerosene. By contimsny the

distillation from 100° C. up ta 315° C. a further quantity of oil distilled over.

This treatment “cracked” the petrolene and asphaltene bases, The whole of the

oils thus obtained in this distillation were redistilled and fraectioned, with the

following results:

Distilling up to 150° C. . . 97 per cent,

150° C,.-270° C, ' . . 49-2 per cent.

270° C,-290" C . . 20-8 per cent,

Residue and loss » 20-3 per cent.

100-0 per cent.

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 89

The flash point of one of the original samples was found to be over 100° C.,

but the exact flash point could not be determined owing to the presence of water,

The oil from a representative sample was extracted by solvents and the re-

sulting solutions analysed. From the results obtained the following constituents

of the oil are estimated:

Naphtha Nil

Kerasene 26-6 per cent

Lubricating Oil 27-8 per cent

Petrolene 89%, Paraffin Wax 2-8 per cent

Piteh 21-5 per cent

Black Oil | inedotormined & loss 6+3 per cent

Asphaltene 15%, Asphaltum 15-0 per cent

The above analysis is to be regarded as only an approximate estimation and

should be checked when larger and purer samples of the oil are available. From

the results of the analyses there can be no doubt that the oil is a crude petroleum

oil. Crude petroleum oils and petroleum residual oils are largely used nowa-

days as fuel, both for internal combustion engines of the Diesel type and for

firing steamboilers in place of coal fuel. Many steamers now use oil fucl and

most sailing vessels carry auxiliary engines, for which black oil is frequently

used, It may be, therefore, that the oil found on the beach near Victor has

come ashore from some vessel, but looking at the question from the chemical

point of view, it is just as probable that the oil is derived from a natural source

not very far away.

APPENDIX A (Pant 2).

ANALYSES OF COASTAL BITUMEN

Sample No. 828: Bitumen Asphalt.

Discovery Bay, Western Victoria.

Mines Department, Melbourne: May 21st, 1931.

Analysis by J. C. Watson.

Properties

Colour; Black.

Lustre (outer exposed portion): Brilliant.

Lustre (minor portion): Dull.

Hardness; Less than 1.

Odour: Petroliferous, characteristic of asphaltic petroleum.

Condition (outer exposed portion): Brittle, hardened.

90 R. C. SPRIGG anv J. B. WOOLLEY

Condition (inner portion); Soft plastic.

Inorganic impurities: Sand, calcium carbonate.

Behaviour on heating: Melts readily, burns with long luminous flame.

Fractural Distillation

Fraction Boiling Point Per Cent Remarks

A. Water Trace

B. Light Oil to 150° C. Nil

C. Intermediate Oil 150-230° C, Nil

D, Heavy Oil over 230° C, 20-8 Brownish yellow

viscous

E. Bitumen residue 79-0 Black brittle

Total 99-8

SM Sample is classed as a Petroleum Bitumen.

APPENDIX A (Parr 3).

ANALYSES OF COASTAL BITUMEN

Sample No. 829: Waxy Material.

Discovery Bay, Western Victoria.

Mines Department, Melbourne: May 2lst, 1931.

Analysis by J. C. Watson.

Properties

Colour: Dark brown.

Lustre: Dull, waxy.

Hardness: Under 1.

Odour: Characteristic suggesting that of petroleum,

Consistency: Soft, waxy.

Behaviour when heated: Crackles, melts and burns with long luminous

flames.

This material consists mainly of unsaponifiable hydrocarbons,

The sample contains only a slight amount of inorganic impurities, such as

sand, ash, ete. It is classed as a mineral wax, which contains moisture and a

heavy, dark brown oil.

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA $1

APPENDIX A (Parr 4).

ANALYSES OF COASTAL BITUMEN — GELTWOOD BEACH

Samples collected by R. Twist, Geosurveys of Australia Limited, on Celtwood

Beach, 8th July, 1960, in company with Mr. G. Crawford, South Australian

Department of Mines.

Analysis by Avery and Anderson, Industrial Chemists, Collins House, Melbourne,

17th August, 1960.

“Re Coastal. Bitumen”.

Results of analysis indicate definitely that this very dark brown viscous

material contains approximately 45 per cent. of heavy petroleum oil and 35 per

cent, of watcr. e balance of the sample consisted of inorganic substances,

mainly sodium chloride and other salts normally found in sea water. A small

amount of mineral residue resembling fine sand was found to consist principally

of calcium carbonate. Presumably this residue consists chiefly of shell fragments.

The results were as follows:

Percentage by Weight.

Sample collected near high tide mark Geltwoud Beach, near Rendelsham,

South-East South Australia, 8th June, 1960.

Water .. ' 35-0

Mineral Matter .. 19-6

Petroleum Oils . Ad-4

(completely soluble in carbon tetrachloride).

The residue obtained on extracting the dried material with carbon. tetra-

chloride consisted wholly of inorganic matter. No carbonaceous matter remained.

On evaporating the solvent a dark brewn oily residue resembling crude petro-

leum romained: Tests applied to this residue showed that the oil was derived

from petroleum. We were tunable, however, to ascertain any definite information

about its origin. The original matter was actually an emulsion containing sea-

water and oil.

(Sgd.) V. G. Anderson, F.R.1.C., F.R.A.C.

APPENDIX A (Pant 5).

ANALYSES OF COASTAL BITUMEN

SAMPLE FROM GELTWOOD BEACH, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Ref. X10: July, 1960.

Analysis by courtesy of Vacuum Oi] Company of Australia, Melbourne.

Appearance: Blackish-brown heterogeneous mixture of oil and inorganic

matter.

92 R. C. SPRIGG anv J. B. WOOLLEY

Specific Gravity; 1:23.

U.Y. Florescence: Positive.

Water Content: 28 per cent. (salt).

Solubility:

Hexane: 98 per cent. residue on evaporation of hexane gave a waxy material

with ASTM melting point of 120° F. approximately. Also present,

inorganic matter (salt) carried over with water present in the

samples. Specific gravity 0-902,

Ethyl Alcohol; 1 per cent.

Isopropyl Alcohol/Benzene Mixture: 50/50.

Ninety-seven per cent. residue on evaporation of solvent giving a resinous

material and inorganic matter (salt) carried over with water present in sample.

Neutralisation Number: 2-0 mgm.

Steam Distillation; 5 per cent. refractive index of material distilled 1-493.

Saponification No.: 4.

Organic matter extracted with chloroform compared with average natural

petroleum.

Average Petroleum

Chloroform (a) Paraffin | (b) Mixed or

Mixtract Fuel Oil Base Naphthene Base

Carbon ve 91-9 87-0 84-55 85-4

Ilydrogen % 10-09 11-1 13°55 11-8

Nitrogen %, 1-71 — —_ 84

Oxygen % 1-86 = —_ 1-5

Sulphur %, 1-70 -— — 1-2

H/C Atomic Ratio 1-48 1-63 1-92 1-66

Conclusions

The low saponification and neutralisation numbers together with the ulti-

mate analyses indicates that product is of petroleum and possibly slightly

oxidised. Hydrogen: carbon atomic ratio approached that of a fuel oil or

naphthene base mineral oil.

These results when considered with the 5 per cent. volatile material indicate

the sample submitted could be slightly oxidised heavy mineral oil or weathered

crude oil together with solid inorganic material or water.

It is also possible that the oil could originate from oil residue obtained

by the hot washing of crude oil tanks on board tankers, though regulations

provide that such “slops” be discharged when the tanker is well out to sea.

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 93

APPENDIX A (Parr 6).

ANALYSES OF COASTAL BITUMEN

GELTWOOD BEACH, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Analysis by: E, W. Saybolt and Co. Inc., Inspectors of Petroleam, Wilmington,

California: Signed J. E. Sheiman.

Date: 29th March, 1961,

Submitted by: General Exploration Company of California, 29th March, 1961.

Marked: Engler Distillation.

Initial Boiling Point .. we ee ROP CE:

Approximately 10 per cent, yield to .. 650° F.

Note: Mr. Clayton of Saybolt and Co. Inc., who performed the distillation,

noted that the sample was very waxy, that it was derived from crude oil, and

could very likely have come from a submarine oil scep. He considered it un-

likely to be from residual clean-out of oil tankers due to the 10 per cent. content

of the lighter ends which would be extremely high for such an occurrence when

considering the effect of weathering.

APPENDIX A (Panr 7).

ANALYSES OF COASTAL BITUMEN

SAMPLE FROM GELTWOOD BEACH, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Analysis by courtesy of The Shell Company of Australia, Melbourne, April, 1961.

The following is the laboratory report on above.

A laboratory analysis of the black, heavy-vil deposit found at Geltwoud

Reach, South Australia, has heen carried out and the following conclusions have

been reached:—

The oil is the weathered residue of éither a predominantly waxy-base,

medium sulphur content mineral crude oil or that of waxy fuel oil. Its saponi-

fication value, high sulphur content, characteristic appearance, odour and burn-

ing qualitics exclude animal and vegetable oils as well as coal products.

Since there are numerous possible sources of oil contamination of sea pas-

sages (particularly in the vicinity of harbour or industrial installations) which

could lead to oi] accumulations on adjacent beaches or shores, the origin of this

deposit cannot be determined with any certainty on the basis of an analysis.

However, the analysis may be of value as a basis for a local investigation.

94 R. C, SPRIGG anv J. B. WOOLLEY

Analytical Results:

Appearance o - . Pr .. Black, waxy solid

Melting Point (deg. C.) .. 7 7 . 72 (sharply defined)

Sulphur Content D.1551 (% WT) re . 18

Paraffin Wax Content SMS. 1769 (% WT) .. 40

Congealing Point (deg. C.) me ed ont GER

Burning Characteristics ws o rn .. Non-smoky, luminous flame

Asphaltenes (% WT) .. We “A Less than 1-4

Saponification Value IP MG KOH/GM Less than 15

APPENDIX B (Parr 1).

VICTORIAN CRUDE OILS

LAKES ENTRANCE CRUDE OIL

(Extracted from N. Boutakoff, 1956)

15-7 per cent. A,P.I, Gravity.

S.G. 0-961.

Asphaltic base crude devoid of gasoline or kerusene.

Distillation tests show 17-92 per cent. gas oil.

Remainder is heavy lubricating oil and petroleum residue.

Analysis by Canadian Oil Co., Petrolia, Ontario, is as follows:

% 5.G. A.P.T. Viscosity at

Light gasoline Nil

Total gasoline or naphtha Nil

Kerosene Nil

Gas oil 7-9 0-902 25-4

Non viscous lub. distillate 14:9 0-902-0-939 22-3-19-2 50-100

Viscous lub, distillate 11:8 0-939-0-954 19-2-16-3 100-200

Residium 23-8 0-954-0-984 16-3-12-3 above 200

Med. Inb. distillate 31-6 1-010 8-6 —

Distillation loss 4-0 — — —

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 95

(Part 2).

WOODSIDE CRUDE OIL

(After Boutakoff, 1956)

The Woodside oil appears to be a mixed (paraffinic-asphaltic) base origin.

Resembles Lakes Entrance oil greatly in that it lacks the gasoline and kerosene

fractions.

S.G, 0:92-0-93.

It is a dark brown like Lakes Entrance oils and possesses the peculiar odour

of those oils.

APPENDIX C (Parr 1).

SEA AND SUBMARINE SPRING WATER ANALYSES

GELTWOOD BEACH, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Normal Ocean Water

Location; Four miles south of Cape Buffon, South-East S.A.

Sample by: R. C, Sprigg,

Date: 4th April, 1961.

Analysis by: Australian Mincral Development Laboratory, T. R. Frost, Chief

Analyst.

Analysis:

Radicle Grains/gall. p-p-m.

Chloride 1365-4 19,506

Sulphuric acid (radicle) 180-9 2,584

Carhonie acid (radicle) 4-8 69

Nitric acid (radicle) Nil =

Sodium (-+potassium) 743-0 10,614

Caleium 30-2 1.490.

Magnesium 104-3 1,490

Silica — —

Total saline matter 2428-6 g.p.g. 34,694 p.p.m.

Assumed Composition of Salts

Sodium chloride 1888:

Sodium nitrate |

Potassium chloride

Calcium carbonate 7-0 100

Calcium sulphate 91+] 1,358

Caleium chloride _ —

Magnesium carbonate a —

Magnesium sulphate 142-7 2,038

Magnesium chloride 295-3 4,218

Sodium carbonate o —

Sodium sulphate — —

5 26,980

96 R. C. SPRIGG anp J. B, WOOLLEY

APPENDIX C (Parr 2),

“SEA WATER” ANALYSIS

Location: Geltwood Beach—50 yards south of Canunda Rocks in surf zone in

area of intense phytoplankton activity.

Sample by: R. C. and G. A. F. Sprigg,

Date Collected: 2nd April, 1961—10 a.m.

Analyte Pv: Australian Mineral Development Laboratory, T. R. Frost, Chief

Analyst.

Analysis:

Eee

Radicle OGrains/gall, p.p.m.

Chloride 700-0 10,000

Sulphurie Acid 182-0 2,600

Carbonic Acid 7-5 107

Nitric Acid Nil Nil

Sodium 333-9 4,770

Potassium N.D. —

Calcium ee 460

Magnesium 93-2 1,331

Silica N.D. N.D.

Total saline matter 1348+7 g.p.g. 19,268 p.p.m.

Assumed Composition of Salts

Calcium Carbonate

Calcium Sulphate

Calerum Chloride

Magnesium Carbonate

her

Magnesium Sulphate 6 2,094

Magnesium Chloride “8 3,555

Sodium Carbonate —

Sodium Chloride 7 12,124

Sodium Nitrate

146

248

Sodium Sulphate —

848

Nil

Potassium Chloride N.D

APPENDIX D.

GELTWOOD BEACH SAMPLE

MICRO-ANALYSIS OF PHYTOPLANKTON MATERIAL IN AQUEOUS

SUSPENSION IN MIXED SPRING AND SEA WATER

(Sample labelled ?“lignic” or “humic” material )

Date Sampled: 2nd April, 1961—10 a.m.

Analytical Report—

Sample submitted by: Geosurveys of Australia Ltd.

Sample designated: Residue from Water off Geltwood Beach, S.A.

Our Number: M 1783.

COASTAL BITUMEN IN 50UTH AUSTRALIA ST

Results:

Residue by drying at 90° C. 6-32%

We found in the dry-resicdue;

C 13-86%,

H 25%

Ash 63-71%

The ash consists of SiO, 1-2

Al,Oy

3-5%

Fe,O,

Ca. 1-4%

My 2-24

Na 17°0%

& 29:6%

3 } Present, but very small amount

(Sed.) R. W. Zimmerman,

27th April, 1961.

Australian Microanalytical Service,

Div. of Industrial Chemistry, C.5,1.R.0,

and University of Melbourne,

C/o Chemistry Department,

University of Melbourne,

Carlton N.3, Victoria.

APPENDIX E,

C.S.L.BR.O,, Division. of Soils Technical Memorandum 3/61,

TRACE ELEMENT ANALYSES OF OILS

by K. Norrish and T. R. Sweatman

The aim of this work was to try and establish by trace element analyses

the similarity or otherwise of crude oils found along various parts of the coast.

Normally, trace element analyses of oil are made on the ash. However, to

obtain a reasonable amount of ash a large quantity of oi] must be purified and

ashed, and if there are not to be losses during ashing the comparatively tedious

wet methods must be used.

It was therefore decided to analyse the oil direct. The sensitivity attainable

could not compare with the ash, but if sufficient this method would be simple

and quick.

Prior to analyses, to eliminate contamination, Mr. R. Grasso dissolved the

oils in benzene and filtered the solution to remove solids. The oil was recovered

by evaporation on a hot plate and final-drying at 110° C.

The accompanying table shows the results of anulysing the five oil samples

for eleven elements.

The figures in the table are relative only as no attempt was made to obtain

absulute percentages. However, the data is sufficient to compare the oils. Two

elements, Cr and Mo were not detected in any of the oils. The scatter results

98 R. C. SPRIGG anv J. B. WOOLLEY

are given since they show differences in the oils. The scatter is probably depen-

dent on the density and hydrogen content of the oils. The results indicate that

the oils from Geltwood Beach, Canunda Rocks and Rivoli Bay are similar. The

oil from Cape Northumberland is distinctly higher in S and V and lower in

Cl, Ca, Fe, Ni, Cu, and Zn than the above three samples. The other sample,

from Port Lincoln, appears ta have an intermediate composition.

ANALYSES OF FIVE OILS

Relative values only.

Cape

Canunda Geltwood Northumber- Rivoli Port

Rocks Beach land Bay Lincoln

8 ii ll 160 11 63

Cl 20 1] 2-5 13 1+3

K 8-7 6:7 6 77 2-0

Ca 59 48 23 42 29

Vv 1:3 9-6 21-2 1-1 9.9

Or 0 0 0 0

Ve 42 19 3 22 0

Ni 96 88 19 85 77

Cu 21 45 4 34 0

Zin 146 114. 25 112 )

Mo 0 0 0 0

Scatter 123 121 100 120 lil

Ratio Ni/V 74 9°38 0-9 78 7-8

APPENDIX F (Pant 1),

SOME CHARACTERISTIC PROPERTIES OF SAMPLES

ANALYSED FROM GELTWOOD BEACH

Analysed by Shell Development (Aust.) Pty. Ltd., September 26th, 1961.

Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

Test Method Unit (Apr. 61) (8 gall. drum) (quart tins)

Appearance Black, waxy Black, waxy Black, waxy

solid solid solid

Pour point ASTM °F, 160 15 125

D.97

Sulphur content | ASTM

D155) or awt 1:8 0°25 0-50

Paraftin wax

content SMS.1769 Cywt 40 — —

Congealing point | SMS.1769 *C, 78 — —

Burning Non-smoky Non-smoky Non-smoky

characteristics luminuous lumimous Tominoug

flame flame flame

Asphalienes IP.143/57 wt, <1:4 = —

Saponification IP.136/58mg | KOH] <1 — —

value gm

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

APPENDIX F (Parr 2).

U.O.P. Distillation Analysis.

(1). Sample ex 5 gall. drum.

Yield (% val.) Temp. (°C.) Preas. (mmHg) Temp. (corr. for

atm. press)

5 130 6-5 277

10 150 6-6 302

20 192 6-7 351

30 226 6-8 390

40 254 7-0 424

50 284 6-2 463

55 310 7:4 489

(2). Samplo ex quart tin

5 148 5-2 306

10 168 7:3 321

20 220 7-6 380

30 228 7-6 390

40 268 8-0 436

47 304 7-6 480

Analysis of Sample ex 5 gall. drum

Analysis of Distillate boiling below 350° C. (TRP)

Aromutivs Griffiths Method 8 “val,

Olefins Griffiths Methed 0-5 “vol.

Sulphur content ASTM D.1551 0-15 wt.

Alkly phenols SMS 246 124 ppm

Analysis of Residue boiling above 350° C.

Sulphur ecntent ASTM D.1551 0°25 wt.

Inorganic ash i 0+98 owt.

Analysis of Ash

Fe 2-52 oowt on ash

Ni 0-08 Ywt on ash

Cu 0-05 owt on ash

Vv 0-001 oh wt on ash

100 R. C, SPRIGG anv J. B. WOOLLEY

APPENDIX F (Parr 3).

T.B.P. CURVE FOR GELTWOOD BEACH DEPOSIT

Ace, %,

He | °C.

L.P.B

+ +2

] 162 92 238 5 90-60 106-50 | 9-0 6-90 6-90 0-93 TOL

2 173 92 252 6 80-+30 95:35) O-1 | 14-95 21-85 2-95 10+]

3 169) 51 266 7 78-60 93-75 | — | 15°25 37-10 5-01 10-1

4 190 45 204 8 80-25 96-35 | 1-1 | 15:00 62-10 7°04 Med

5 | 187 38 296 9 78-45 94-00 | 0-2 | 15°35 67-45 9-11 10°]

6 196 38 306 10 88-05 103-60 | 0:2 | 15+35 82-80 11-18 TO+1

7 206 38 317 11 83-85 99-10 | — | 18-25 98-05 13-24 10-1

& 214 38 326 12 88-20 10360 | 0-3 | 15-10 | 118-15 15-28 10°]

9 205 18 340 13 91-70 107-05 | — | 15:35 | 128-15 17:30 10-1

10 212 18 846 14 84:25 99-50 | — | 15-25 | 143-75 19-41) | W-1

am | 21) 13 355 15 $3-25 98-60 | — | 15-35 | 159-10 21-21 10-1

12 | 220 13 366 16 90 +75 106-00 | ~— | 15-25 | 174-35 23-4 10-1

13 229 13 376 17 82-40 97:95 | — | 15-55 | 189-90 25-64 | 10-1

14 252 26 384 18 7°76 93-05 | — | 15-30 | 205-20 27-71 10-1

16. 261 25 394 19 86-50 102-15 | — | 15-65 | 220-84 29-82 1o-]

16 267 | 25 401 20 81-90) | 97-35 | — | 15-45 | 236-30 31-91 10-1

17 263 19 405 2] 77°+65 92°75 |} — | 1h-10 | 251-40 33+95 10-1

18 267 18 412 22 80-60 95°75 | — | 15-15 | 266-55 35-99 10-1

19 255 D: 418 23 76-65 92-06 | — | 15°40 | 281-95 38°07 10-1

20 242 9 415 24 86-60 90-20 | — 3-60 | 285-55 38-56 10-1

| i

— ee "

Total Dist. 285-55

Residue 455

Loss 16-45

Intake 757

APPENDIX G

REPORT ON STRANDED CRUDE PETROLEUM

taken from tide level

RIVOLI BAY, SOUTH-EAST SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Sample Received: July, 1961.

Forwarded by: Mr. D. Schulz, Rendelsham, S.A.

Sample Description: “Pellets and balls of waxy crude petroleum !-inch to two

inches in diameter.”

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALTA 101

Results of Analysis:

Colour: Mostly black, but some pellets possess a brown exterior (due to

oxidation) but black interior.

Odour: Slight petroliferous.

Microscope Characteristics: Shell fragments and other calcareous grains are

abundant.

Solubility:

In chloroform; Readily soluble

In carbon tetrachloride: Readily soluble

In acetone: Only partly soluble

In benzene: Readily soluble

In sulphuric ether: Readily soluble

In carbon disulphide: Readily soluble.

Extraction of Hydrocarbons: The sand was separated from the hydrocarbons

by using a soxhlet extraction. Less than 5 per cent. of the sample is

made up of sand grains; the remainder being hydrocarbons.

Distillation; Approximately 72 per cent. of the bituminous material distils

off in the following manner:

Fraction Boiling Point Percentage

1 90°-125° C, 13%

2) 125°-155° C, 12%

3 155°-230° C. 24%

4 230°-260° C. 32%

5 260°-300° ©. 1%

Aniline cloud. points:

Fraction Temperature

1 not tested

2 48-3° C.

3 62-8° C.

4 77-8° C.

5 86-0" C.

Coke residue: Approximately 20 per cent.

Wax residue: Approximately 8 per cent.

Remarks; The aniline cloud points show that the crude is paraffin base. The

fact that 72 per cent. of the crude (which must have lost most of its light fraction

due to exposure) is distillate at 300° C. makes it attractive as a source for petro-

leum products,

R, Grasso, M,Sc.,

Geologist-in-charge

of Laboratory Investigations.

Geosurveys of Australia Limited

15th September, 1961.

102 R. C. SPRIGG ann J, B. WOOLLEY

APPENDIX H.

REPORT ON OIL IMPREGNATED BEACH SAND

taken. from

AVOID BAY, EYRE PENINSULA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Sample received: 13th August, 1961,

Supplied by; Mr. H. F. Blacker, Port Lincoln, S'A.

Sample description: “Beach sand impregnated with petroliferous material,”

Results of Analysis:

Colour: Light greyish-brown.

Odour; Slight petroliferous.

Phaceeeeepm Under long ultra-violet rays (3660A) fluorescence is light

awn,

Microscopic characteristics: The sample is almost entirely composed of cal-

careous fragments coated with brown petroliferous matter. Grains,

which are fossiliferous, are well rounded.

Solubility:

(a) In chloroform: Readily soluble

(b) In carbon tetrachloride: Readily soluble

(d) In benzene: Readily soluble

(e) In sulphuric ether: Readily soluble

(£) In carbon disulphide: Readily soluble.

Extraction of Hydrocarbons: Twelve soxhlet extractions were necessary to

extract 45 grammes of hydrocarbons.

Specific Gravity: 0-95.

A.P.I. Gravity: 17-45 degrees.

Distillation; From the 45 grammes of crude a total of 11 grammes of

distillate was produced at a final temperature of 240° C. OF this,

approximately 60 per cent. is a low temperature fraction (kerosene-

dicsel), while the remainder is heavier oil and wax which distilled

over in the absence of a fractionating column.

A second distillation was made using a fractionating column (A.S.T.M.

specifications) and selecting the sand containing the most oil. The following

fractions resulted:

Fraction Boiling Point Range Percentage

90°-125° C, 3

125°-230° Cy 7

230°-250° (©, Il

250°-300° C, Th

300°-310° C. 3

OT he OO bo ee

COASTAL BITUMEN IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA L103

Aniline Cloud Point

Fraction Temperature

not. tested.

59-9° C.

62-3° C.

70:8° C,

not tested

oe Ww bo

Coke residue: 55 per cent. of bituminous extraction.

Remarks: The aniline cloud points clearly show that the crude oil is a paraf-

fin base one. The paraffin wax content of the pctroliferous material is approxi-

mately 5 per cent. This was left as a rusty-coloured residue together with the

coke after the distillation was completed.

R. Grasso, M.Sc.,

Geologist-in-charge

of Laboratory Investigations.

Geosurveys of Australia Limited.

15th September, 1961.

A TAXONOMIC STUDY OF AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES OF THE

CENTRAL HIGHLANDS OF NEW GUINEA, WITH NOTES ON

THEIR ECOLOGY AND BIOLOGY

2. ANURA: RANIDAE AND HYLIDAE

BY MICHAEL J. TYLER

Summary

In the present paper two new species, Hyla micromembrana and Hyla mintima, are described and of

the thirteen Hylidae included two additional species are new records for the Central Highlands of

New Guinea. Observations on Rana grisea van Kampen, the only representative of the Ranidae

found in this region, are also recorded. The tadpoles of Hula angularis Loveridge, H. darlingtoni

Loveridge and H. iris Tyler are described, of which the first-mentioned is shown to be structurally

adapted to montane conditions in a manner previously associated solely with Nyctimystes spp., and

the spawn and early development of H. iris is reported. Notes on habitat, diet, call, parasites and

habits are included, and native vernacular names listed. Distribution is discussed, and eight species

are shown to be endemic to the Central Highlands. The record of N. humeralis (Boulenger) from

this region is excluded from the check list prepared as it probably refers to another species; the

current recognition of N. flavomaculata Forcart as a synonym of H. darlingtoni is supported, and

H. pratti Boulenger is restored to specific status. It is tentatively suggested that the position of the

proximal margin of the nuptial pad may provide a further method for distinguishing male

Nyctimystes from Hyla.

A TAXONOMIC STUDY OF AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES OF THE

CENTRAL HIGHLANDS OF NEW GUINEA, WITH NOTES ON

THEIR ECOLOGY AND BIOLOGY

2, ANURA: Ranidae and Hylidae

by Micuar. J. Tyten®

[Read 12 April 1962]

SUMMARY

in the present paper twa new species. Hyla mierdmembrana and Hyla

minfina, ate deseribed and of the thirteen Hylidac included two additional

species ure new records for the Central Highlands of New Guinea. Obsvrva-

tions on Rend grisea van Kampen, the only representative of the Ranidae found

in this region, are also recorded,

The tadpoles of Hyla angularis Loveridge, H. darlingtoni Loveridge and

W, iris Tyler are described, of which the first-mentioned is shown to be struc-

furally adapted to montane conditions in a manner previously associated solely

with Nyctimystes spp., and the spawu and early development of H. tris is re-

ported, Nates. on habitat, diet, call, parasites and labits are included, and

nalive vernacular names listed, Distribution is discussed, and eight species

are shown to be endemic to the Central Tighlands. ‘The record of N, humeralis

(Boulenger) drom this region is exeluded from the check list prepared as it

probably refers to another species; the qureat recognition of N. flavomaculata

Forcart as a synonym of FT. derlingtoni is supported, and H. pratti Bonlenger is

restored to spocific stittus,

Tt js tentatively snzgested that the position of the proximal nvargin of the

moptial pad may provide a further method for distinguishing male Nyctimystes

from Hyla.

INTRODUCTION

The amphibians of the Central Highlands of the Australian Trusteeship

Territory of New Guinea represent the Anuran families Ranidae, Hylidae an

Microhylidaé. The first paper describing the herpetofauna of this isolated

region was written by Loveridge and published as recently as 1945. Since that

date the Microhylidae has been the subject of most attention (Zweifel, 1956,

195G6a, 1962: Tyler, 1962d).

Of the six species of Runa currently recognised from New Guinea, only one,

R. grisea van Kampen, has been found in the Central Highlands. Loveridge

(1948) commented wpon four specimens collected at Kandiawa in 1944, and

Forcart (1953) stated that two had been taken at Mingende in 1949,

The Hylidae inhabiting the Central Mighlands are members of the genera

Hyla and Nyctimystes. Loveridge (1945) described H. angularis, H. becki and

H. darlingtoni, Foreart (loc. cit.) listed H. arfakiana Peters and Doria, and H.

angiane Boulenger, and described N. flacomaculatu. More recently Zweitel

(1958) in revising the genus Nyctimystes recorded N. papua (Boulenger) and

° Department of Human Physiology ind Phormacolory, the University of Adelaide.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1963), Vol. 36,

106 M. J. TYLER

N. humeralis (Boulenger), and described N. kubori and N. narinosa, whilst the

writer has described H. iris (1962a).

The present paper is the second of a series on the herpetofauna of the

Central Highlands of New Guinea. It is concerned with the results of a survey

conducted in the vicinity of Nondugl in the Wahgi Valley, during the period

January-July, 1960, and taxonomic studies at the British Museum (Natural His-

tory) during the corresponding period in the following year. Geographical and

ecological notes, and a sketch map of the Wahgi Valley in the vicinity of

Nondugl are included in the first paper in the present series (1962d). Details of

the rainfall recorded at Nondugl are illustrated in the form of a graph in Fig. 1.

IN INCHES

RAINFALL

Su 2eatsenntnoza

Fig. 1. Rainfall in Central Highlands. (Prepared from data obtained by the Hallstrom

Livestock and Fauna Station, Nondugl.)

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM NEW GUINEA, IL 107

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Materials used and methods of measurement of specimens closcly follow

those previously employed for the Microhylidae. The ratio of the distance

between eye and naris to internarial distance is abbreviated as E-N/IN, and

tibia length to snonl to vent Jength at TL/S-V.

Sex was determined by the presence of secondary sexual characters in males

and by dissection in the case of females.

The abbreviations of the names of institutions where the collection has been

lodged are as follows:

A.M.N.H, = American Museum of Natural History, New York.

Austral Mus. = Australian Museum, Sydney.

B.M. = British Museum (Natural History), London.

K.T.C, = Kingston Technical College, Kingston-apon-

Thames, England,

$.A.M. = South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

SPECIES REPRESENTED

Family RANIDAE

Rana grisea van Kampen

Rana. grisea van Kampen, 1913, Nena Grinea, 9, p. 460.

Material: 33 specimens (unsexed)—Austral. Mus, R.16808-16815, B.M.

1961.806-830,

Description; Distance between thickened corso-lateral folds immediately

behind eyes: slightly greater than (19 specimens), or equal to (14), distance

from external nares to posterior border of eye: tympanum approximately 4%

diameter of eye, from which it is separated by a distance of approximately % of

its own diameter, Adpressed heel reaches external nares (7). between external

nares and tip of snout (9), or bevond tip of snout (17); toes fully webbed except

for fourth which has only a narrow fringe on terminal twa joints.

Body length: 22:+6-80-4 mm.

Colwur in life: Dorsully and laterally 4 uniform pale brown with a metallic

greenish-vold tint (14). A dark brown patch (24) extends from tip of snout

to just posterior to tympanum, descending from canthus rostralis to margin of

upper lip; tympanum obscured by this patch (28) or flecked with gold (5). A

few clearly defined black spots above the eye and less prominent ones posterior

to it. Dorso-lateral glandular folds paler than ground colour in juveniles, but

merge with it in adults. Three or four bars on upper surface of thighs hecome

darker, and assume a blnish tint in adults.

Ventral surface of body and forelimbs grey (3), cream (24), pale pink (4)

or pale green (2), becoming obscured by chocolate patches as specimens reach

sexual maturity. Ventral surface of hindlimbs pink in adults. In small juveniles

abdomen and thighs are a brilliant yellow. By the time a bndy length of 40 mm.

has been attained, the yellow has become much paler and Tess extensive

anteriorly. At 50 mm. it is restricted to posterior 4 mm,, and indistinct patches

on thighs, By 60 mm, the yellow markings have completely disappeared.

108 M. J, TYLER

Locality: Thirty-two specimens were collected between 26.3.60 and 24.4.60

in Jong grass beside ditches on the Hallstrom Livestock and Fauna Station at

Nondugl, and one from a creek named Mingende, at a village of the same name,

in the Chimbu region, on 1.6.60.

Remurks: Specimens of R. grisea have occasionally been mistaken for R.

papua Lesson. A brief key to distinguish these species was prepared by Parker

{186}. who stated that the distance between the dorso-lateral, glandular skin

olds on the occiput of R. papua is, “scarcely, if at all, greater than the distance

between the nostril and the posterior corner of the eye”. In R. grisea the dis-

tance between the folds is “as great as the distance fram the nostril to the

tympanum’.

The present series of specimens agrees with the above diagnosis of grisea,

but none approach the maximum snout-vent lengths recorded: ¢ 3 80 mm.,

9 2 120 mm,

Development: The number of ripe ova dissected from two grayid females

totalled 620 and 622 respectively,

The mouthparts of tadpoles referred to R, wrisea by Parker (loc. cit.)

possess three upper rows and three lower rows of labial teeth, of which the

innermost two ol the upper are widely divided in the midline. The tadpoles

of R, papua are described by Parker to have four or five rows of upper labial

teeth, and three rows of lower labials.

Diet: Stomach contents included large beetles of the families Curculionidae

and Carabidae; Orthoptera (Acrididae), Lepidopterous larvae and adult moths

and millipedes.

Notes; The native name most commonly applied to this species is “Gem-boa-

gal’. Occasionally it is called “Missil”,

Specimens of Rana vrisca in the British Museurn collection include a series

collected at Minj in the Wahgi Valley by Mr. F. M. Shaw Mayer in 1952 (B.M.

1953.1.7.36-46 ).

Family HYLIDAE

Nyctimystes kubori Zweifcl

Nyctimystes kubori Zweifel, 1958, Amer. Mus. Navit.. 1896, ip. 18.

Material: 17 @ &,1 2, 2 juveniles—A.M.N.IL. 67616-87619: Austral. Mus.

R.16831, 16853, 17589-17592; B.M. 1961. 1155-1164.

Description: The present series conform closely to the recent deseription.

The TL/S-¥ and E-N/IN ratios of the males are tabulated in Table 1.

Body Length: Juveniles 19-8-21-1 mm.; 3 ¢ 38-3-47-0 mm,; 7 56-0 mtn,

Tn lite the eves ure prominent, the iris is blue-black and the shape of the

pupil circular, elliptical or vertical. Male with vocal sacs, which are apparently

internal communicating with mouth by puired slits at side of tongue, and rngose

nuptial pads. The nuptial pad of B,M. 1961. 1163 is ilhistrated in Fis. 2.

The colour of the dorsal surface of the body is pale brown with patches of

grey, orange or black, or any combination of these colours, upon it. The ventral

surface is pale pink.

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM NEW GUINEA, JI 109

Locality: Twelve specimens were taken from low herbage in moss-forest at

6,300 ft, near Bilikep, on the Wahgi-Sepik Divide on 26.3,60, A further six

were collected at Bamna at the foot of the Divide on 16.4.60, and the remaining

two specimens at the same locality on 24.4.60.

Remarks: Nyctimystes kubori shares certain similarities of proportions with

N, humeralis (Boulenger), but the males lack the humeral spine which is charac-

teristic of inale N. humeralis, and do not exhibit immaculate green dorsal coloura-

tion of that species.

N. kubori has hitherto been known solely from the holotype and two para-

types, which are all gravid females, and a juvenile tentatively referred to it.

Notes: The native name of N. kubori is “Deg-eh”.

One of the juveniles (B.M. 1961. 1161) was found to be infested with a

small Jeech, situated subcutaneously beneath the ventral surface in the pectoral

region. A note on the endoparasitic infestations by leeches of this and other

species of New Guinea frogs will be the subject of a future publication,

The specific name was based upon that of the type locality: the Kubor

Mountains.

Fig. 2. Nuptial pads of Nyctimystes, A=N_ narinosa (B.M. 1961.1151); B=N. kubori

(B.M, 1961.1163); C = N. papua (BM, 1961.1124).

Nyctimystes narinosa Zweifel

Nyctimystes narinosa Zweifel. 1958, Amer. Mus. Novit., 1896, p. 26.

Material: 5 adult ¢ 4, 2 adult ¢ 9, Austral, Mus. R. 16830, 17635, 17636;

B.M. 1961. 1151-1154.

Description: The present series agree so closely with the recent description

by Zweifel (1958), that the inclusion of an account of their morphological charac-

teristics would only be an unnecessary repetition. The E-N/IN and TL/S-V

110 M, J. TYLER

ratios are compared with those of the type series in Table 1. The male possesses

a nuptial pad on the first finger as depicted in Fig. 2, the pupil shape is a hori-

zontal slit in life,

Body Length: 55-5-59+8 mm., 54-0-69-8 mm.

Dorsal and lateral surfaces of body and limbs a dark grey, with large,

irregularly shaped patches of cream upon them, Dorsal and lateral surface of

limbs uniform grey, with small, white tubercles upon posterior surface of forearm.

Ventral surface of body and limbs a light shade of grey. Granular surface

of lower abdomen and thighs stippled with black.

Locality: One specimen was taken fram low herbage on the summit of a

pass (9,500 ft.) on the Wahgi-Sepik Divide near Banz on 28.5,60. Five more

were taken in dense moss-forest ut 8,700 ft. on Mt. Odan, ten miles cast, on

9.6.60, and a further specimen at 10,500 ft. on the same day.

Remarks; When comparing N. narinesa with other species, Zweifel pointed

out that the shape of the snout and reduced webbing of the fingers was similar

to N. papua (Boulenger) and N. gularis Parker, but stated that they could be

differentiated from these species by the form of the palpebral venation. Although

the writer's examination of the types of N. gularis confirm the distinction of

N. narinosa from that species (Tyler, 1962c), the pattern of the palpebral

venation of the former is quite unlike Zweifel’s figure and definition, whilst the

results of an examination of the types of N, papua indicate that not all the

members of the type series are conspecific. (Discussed in the account of that

species. )

TABLE 1.

A comparison of ijbia length to snout to vent longth (TL/S-V), und of eye ta naris distance to

internarial distance (E-N/IN) between the present series of Nyetimystes and the types.

_ —:: 2 oOmO<O I — II ee

'TLS-V E-N/IN

Species Mean Range Mean Range

kubori 0-578 1.54-0-61 1-03 O-fL-1- it

kubort types 0-539 O- 51-057 1-05 U-4-L-14

narihosa + H64 0+ 54-064 O-B7 )-84-0-92

narinosa types 0-563 O+54-0-64 O-R4 0-79-0-93

papa 0-550 O-51-0-58 0-93 0-56-0- 98

pipus types | O° AGT O-96-0-58 0-89 0-85-0-6

In the British Museum collection are two specimens described as

“Nyctimystes sp. near guluris” (B.M. 1953, 1:7.47-48), which the writer refers

to N. narinosa, The specimens were collected at Tomba (8,000 ft.), at the

southern end of the Mt, Hagen range, by F. M. Shaw Mayer in February, 1931.

Distribution; Nyctimystes narinosa has only been recorded from the Mt.

Hagen region and the mountains bordering the Wahgi Valley.

Notes: The occurrence of an endoparasitic infestation of leeches was ob-

served in two specimens.

The native name of this frog is “Kork”,

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM NEW GUINEA, IL it

Nyctimystes papua (Buulenger)

Nyctinuvrdis papua Boulenger, 1897, Ann, Mag, nat. Hist., 6, 19, p. 12.

Material: 16 adult 3 2, 13 adult 2 ¢ — Austral. Mus. H.16816-1682); B.M,

1961, 1103-1125,

Description: The present series agrees very well with the redescription of

Zweitel (1958). The E-N/IN.and TL/S-V ratios are tabulated in Table 1. The

pupil is vertical in life.

Body Length; g 4 57-8-66-9 mm.; 2 2 67-9-73-8 mm.

In life the dorsal and lateral surfaces of head, body and limbs are densely

flecked with metallic greenish-gold and black (18 specimens), or with deep

viulet and black (11); ventral surfaces pale grey replaced by violet of a variety

of shades, particularly upon the posterior portion of the body and hindlimbs.

Throat crimson in three specimens. Palmar and plantur surfaces grey.

The appearance of the male nuptial pad is depicted in Fig. 2.

Locality; Collected on Wahgi-Sepik Divide at elevations between 6,300 fl.

and 7,500 ft. withiu the vicinity of Nondugl during the period 28.3.60-24.4,60,

Examination. of Type Specimens: The British Muscum type series (B.M.

jae pene vriginally consisted of five specimens, but Parker (1936) ex-

cluded one which ‘had quite distinctive characteristics and tentatively referred

it to N. semipalmata Parker.

After an additional re-examination of the remaining cotypes,. the writer is

of the opinion that the series is still not conspecific. Since the cotypes are all

females and have been catalogued as a scries, it is necessary for purposes of

comparison that cach be readily identifiable as an individual specimen, and they

are therefore referred to as A, B, C and D respectively, The measurements of

these specimens are tabulated in Table 2.

TABLIN 2,

Measuremvnis of eotyprs of Nyctimystes pupua in the British Musewn

Met, HN | IN E-N/}LN | TL n-¥ TL/S-¥

A ae4 ae “B60 al-0 63-9 ATA

“ 4rd 4G 2857 30°85 A4-0) 570

c n-# aT Tas 39-2 | 63-0 -f06

D a4 5-2 *hAG 35-6 63:9 DSi

Specimens A and B are alinost identical in size and appearance and differ

mainly in the E-N/IN ratios. They share with C and a _cotype in the Museum

of Comparative Zoology at aryard (M.C.Z. 12838) a palpebral venation which,

as defined by Parker, “is reduced to a few scattered dots and indefinite lines”,

Specimen D, however, possesses a well-developed palpebral venation, forming

an almost complete reticulum whose orientation is almost horizontal. A further

diflerence between D and the other British Museum cotypes is that the

tympanum is completely free, whereas in the remainder the superior margin

is hidden beneath the supra-tympanic fold. The latter characteristic is apparently

common to all of the 75 specimens of this species in the British Museum and

the American Museum of Natural History. On the basis of the above charac-

teristics D is regarded as distinct from N. papua but, although possessing a

dermal appendage on the heel it cannot be referred to N, semipalmata-

112 M. J, TYLER

Specimen C is excluded on the prounds that whereas the dorsal surface of

A, B and all other known specimens is deep slate and pranular, that of C is

pale brown and strongly rugose. A further difference between this specimen

and the other cotypes is that the distance between eye and naris is greater than

the internarial distance, as apposed to being less than it.

The position of the vomerie teeth in relation to the choanae is at variance

in the remaining cotypes. In A they are directly between the choanae and on

a level with them, but im B they are below and behind them.

Until A and B are directly compared with M.C\Z. 12838. designation of a

lectotype is considered premature.

Notes: This species is called “Aynak” by natives throughout the entire

Wahgi Valley,

Ova dissected from a gravid female measured up to 3-3 mm. in diameter

and were uppigmented.

Hyla angiana Bouleuger

Fiyjle angiana Boulemser, 1915, Ann. Mag, nat, LHist., 8, 16, p. 403,

Material; 8 adult @ 4, 8 adult 9 ¢ — Austral, Mus. R.17638-17641; BM.

1961, 1165-1175.

Deseription: Heacl depressed, breadth greater than length; snout rounded;

canthus rostralis distinet; loreal region concave; length of snout greater than

diameter of eye; tympanum distinct, but superior border hidden by pronounced

supra-tympanic fold extending from comer of eye to shoulder; tympanic diameter

Jess than half that of eve. Vomerine teeth in two oblique series between

posterior margins of choanae. Fingers one-third webbed, fourth toc webbed

to sub-urticular tubercle of penultimate phalanx, contimiing to disc as a fringe;

other toes fully webbed to discs; swb-articular tubercles prominent, ‘Tibio-tarsal

articulution of adpressed hind limh reaches tip of snout. Skin of dorsal surface

smooth, ventral surface coarsely granular, Males possess vacal sacs and nuptial

pads, Pupil horizontal in life.

Body length: # 4 43-7-56-0 mm. (mean, 45-3 mm,); 9 ? 66-8-77°5 mm.

(mean, 72-3 mm.).

Colour in life of dorsal surface green (two specimens), green blotched with

black (7), or green with black markings concentrated pon head and mid-

dorsal regions (9), Canthus rostralis and side of head green (3), canthus ros-

trilis brown and side of head green (8), or both brown (7), Upper lip bordered

by broken white line, Lateral body surfaces green, hecoming obscured hy violet

spots on ventro-laterals. Thorax and abdomen violet (5); lilac (7) or cream

(6), throat of latter violet. Limbs green above, similar to colour of thorax

bencath. Upper surfaces of dises pale green above, grey beneath. Ahove anus

is a broad cream line (11), aud white tubercles are situated beneath the anus

of all specimens. Posterior surfaces of limbs are bordered with white (11).

Locality: Series taken from leaves of bushes near streams on Wabgi-Sepik

Divide, within a five-mile radius ot Nondugl, during the period 26,3.60-28.5.60.

Altitude range from 6,300 ft. to 7,500 ft,

The present serié¢s compare favourably with the five cotypes in the British

Museum, collection (1915,9.10.11-15 = 1947.2.30.95-98), but show greater varia-

tion im the colour pattern.

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM NEW GUINEA, JI 11s

Boulenger (1915) described the toes to be “webbed to the dises”, as indi-

eated in the Sgure accompanying his description, but examination of the catypes

revealed that the webbing of the penultimate phalanx of the fourth toe is only

a narrow fringe.

Voulenger mentioned the apparent affinitics of H. angiand to the group ot

Hyla species that he had erevionsiy allied to H, caerulea White, and drew atten-

tion to the small size of the tympanum shared hy A, humeraliy Boulenger. ‘The

last-mentioned species has subsequently been transferred to the gems

Nyctimystes on the grounds of its possession of a vertical pupil and palpebral

venation (Zweifel, 1958), and their affinities appear more remote.

Comparison of the present series with an_uccount of the morphological

characteristics of H. urfakiana Peters und Doria by Loveridge (1948), led to an

initial supposition that the present series included representatives of thal species.

Examination of the British Museam cotypes of 7. arfakiana (B.M. 82.10.3,3-5)

and the original description (1878), enabled their distinction from that species

te be more readily determined.

Amplexus: Three pairs were found in amplexus:

Austral, Mas. 8.17639 7 TM, TWHLI16A (28.3.0)

BM. Wd) gS x BOM, L961.1171 & (24-440)

ILM. L961.1175 gf x HM. 181.1174 © — (24.4.60)

The male amplexal grasp was supra-axillary, with the fourth finger upon

the superior surface of the humerus, aud the remaining fingers pressed against

its posterior surface.

A male I, angiana was also take in amplexus with a female Rana grisea

(Austral, Mus, R.16810). The pair were collected on 26.3.60, and remained in

this position for eight days. Ovulation was nol induced during this period,

Distribution, This species is known from specimens on and around the

Avfak Mountains in Dutch New Guinea, and has previonsly. been recorded in

the Wali Valley by Forcart (1953), Altitnde range: 5,000-8,000 ft.

Notes: Food items recovered from stomachs consisted of Diptera, Orthoptera

and moss,

The bladders of two specimens were found to be infested with Trematodes.

The gpecitié name was bused upon the name of the type loculity; the Angi

Lukes in the Arfak Mountains, whilst the native vernaculur name is “Kownar”,

Hyla angularis. Loveridge

Hyla ongularis. Loveridge, 1945, Proa. biol. Svc., Wash, 48, p. 34.

Material: 16 ¢ 4,3 9 %, 1 tadpole — Austral Mus. 1.16857-16859; BM,

1961 ,1228-1242, 1243 (tadpole).

Description: YVomerine tecth in two short, oblique series directly between

the vval choanae, separated [rom each other by a distance slightly greater than

the length of one series; tongne slightly more than half the width of mouth

opening, oval, its posterior border free and slightly notched; snout elongated

and depressed, pointed or rounded when viewed. from above, tip slightly con-

eve in profile, the upper jaw extending beyond lower; nostrils more ateral

than superior, considerably projecting, their distance from cnd of snout very

slightly less than that from eye. Canthus rostralis angular and extremely pro-

minent; loreal region concave and oblique, the upper lip flaring out strongly

114 M. J. TYLER

below it. Eye large, its diameter slightly greater than its distance from naris,

inter-orbital distance greater than the width of upper eyelid, and less than

internarial distance. Pupil horizontal in life. Tympanum distinct, its superior

border hidden beneath strong supratympanic fold which extends from posterior

Fig. 3. Nuptial pads of Hyla. A =H. angularis (B.M. 1961.1242); B= H. montana (B.M.

1962.152): C=H. mintima Holotype S.A.M. R451); D=H. becki (S.A.M, R.4142);

E =H. darlingtoni (B.M. 1961.1134),

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM NEW GUINEA, I V5

corner of eye to shoulder; tympanum separated from cye by a distance nearly

equal to its own «diameter, First two fingers webbed at base or one-third

webbed, fourth considerably longer than secand, just reaching to dise of third

which ig almost equal to size of tympannm; distinct oval Inner metucurpal

tubercle. First, second and fifth toes webbed to dise, fourth to sub-articular

tubercle of penultimate phalanx, and third to point midway between penulti-

mate phalanx and disc: vise of fourth slightly smaller than tympanum. Inver

but no outer metatarsal tubercle; no tarsal ridge; very small, conical, dermal

appendanges on heel, usually two in number,

Body not elongate, in post-axillary region a lithe narrower than greatest

width of head; when hind limbs adpressed, heel reaches beyond tip of snouts

when limbs are laid along the sides, knee and clbow considerably overlap;

when limbs are bent at right angles to body, heels overlap greatly. A narrow

patagium extends from the back of the upper arm to the side of the bady, Skin

of upper parts non-vlandular, with few scattered conical tubercles on tlorse-

lateral surfaces of body, and on posterior half of upper eyelid; large tubereles

around anus; skin of thorax smooth, throat lightly granular, abdomen and lower

femur cuarsely granular; skin of head not co-vssified with skull, roof of skull

not exustosed. Male with vocal sac which is apparently. internal, with paired

openings in Hooy of mouth at angles of jaws; nuptial pad on inner surtace of first

finger as depicted in Fig. 3. TL/S-V = -569- 664 (mean = -616),

Body length: 33-+1-42-1 mm. 4 4; 47°6-52-9 mm. 2 &.

Dorsal surface of head, body and limbs geey or pale brown, very lightly

Recked with smull black spots; lateral body surfaces and thighs slightly paler

than ground colour. Ventral surface white or cream marhled or variegated

with grey or black. Tubercles around anus white. No appreciable change

between colour in life and that in alcohol.

Locality; The series was collected at various localities on the Wahgi-Sepik

Divide, during the period 26,3,60-4.4.60 at altitudes of 6,000 ft. to 6,500 ft.

Remarks: Miss A. G. ©, Grandison of the British Musetm (Natural Histary )

kindly compared the present series with a paratype lent by the Museum. of Gom-

parative Zoology, Harvard, aud reported that the majority differ from it in few

respects. The skin of H. engularis is described as smooth, but low power micro-

scopic exarnination revealed small tubercles. The skin uf the present series

is sparsely tubereulose, and the tubercles are prominent macroscopically. It

has been suggested that large tubercles might be a characteristic associated

with the breeding season,

The descriptiun of the colouration of the type series differs inarkedly fren

the present series. Loveridge described the colour in preservative as blue-black

dorsally, and referred to a broad rostro-lateral stripe, These features ure not

exhibited by the Wahgi-Sepik Divide material.

When mentioning the affinities of H- anygularis, Loveridge stated that in

van Kampen's key (1923) it cate near ti H. everetti Boulenger of the Dutch

East Indies, but differed from it in nrtny respects. The cotypes of H. evereti

lodged in the British Museom (B.M. 97.6,21, 104-LL1 = 1947.2.23, 60-67} have

been examined by the writer and the distinctiom from H, anvularis confirmed,

Development: The early stages of development are unknown, but large

tadpoles, clearly referable to this species by the characteristic shape of the

angular canthus rostralis and tip of the snout. were collected from beneath

116 M. J. TYLER

Fig. 4. Tadpole of Tyla anguluris. B.M. 1961.1243, A — dorsal surface; B= lateral;

C = ventral.

flat stones in a stream on Mt. Pipening at 6,500 ft. on 9.5.60, Figures of one of

these specimens are depicted in Fig. 4.

The tadpoles are structurally adapted to an environment where they are

subjected to fast-Howing water. The body is flattened dorso-ventrally, and the

large ventral, suctorial mouth enables the tadpole to obtain a purchase on the

smooth undersurface of flat stones. The labial teeth and horny beak are highly

specialised, and are believed to function in such a way that the tadpole is

able to feed whilst yet maintaining its hold. The mouth is depicted in Fig. 5

and the following is a description of the mouthparts:

The first and second rows of upper labial tecth are complete rows. Those

of the second row are far longer than the first, and each individual tooth is of

bicuspid form with tips projecting posteriorly and downwards, The horny beak

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM NEW GUINEA, I 117

is reduced to two pairs of short rows of fused teeth, situated on either side of the

midline. There are three complete rows of lower labials. The relative lengths

of the teeth of the different rows is as follows (U.L, = upper labial; L.L, = lower

labial); U.L2 > L.L.1 > U.L1 = L.L.3.

‘The tadpoles of this species were always found attached to stones in the

manner described, and presumably fecd upon the algae which inevitably coated

the stones. The following explanation is the writer's opinion of their likely

mode. of action:

The horny beak of the tadpoles of most species of frogs inhabiting static

or slowly moving water consists of two semi-lunar plates of fused teeth which

are far larger in size than any of the rows of labials.

ane umes eet amin ee sive

sanaenant

Pr aaieeliali

@. &

— ot

“Stoel aL iat ied ~

et eit T eee

TN ee tg eta S| ahd SY _—

———

en ————

Fiz. 5. Mouthparts of I7yla angularis tadpole.

In the tadpoles of H. angularis it is suggested that the second row of upper

labials is responsible for the réle normally undertaken by the horny beak. The

latter, being situated more deeply within the mouth at the border of the pharyn-

seal region is structurally unsuited for rasping off a film ol algae. Were the

horny beak tu play this réle in H. angularis it would need to project far further

forwards and, even then, only the medial portion would be functional. The

more superficial site and greater mobility of the second row of upper labials

presumably enable this row to rasp large portions of [ood from the stone without

the tadpole losing purchase. The first row of upper labials may loosen the food

medium, whilst the lower rows could act as a trap. The homy beak probably

plays no part at all im feeding, but could effectively seal the opening to the

oesophagus when the need to do so arose,

Smith (1927) figured the mouthparts of the tadpole of H. everetti and it is

apparent that the tadpole of I. anguyluris bears no relationship with it,

Notes: The native names of H.. angularis are “Karga” and “Kuglam-balka’.

The specific name of angularis refers to the characteristic angular form of the

canthus rostralis,

118 M. J. TYLER

Hyla becki Loyeridge

ITyla becki Loyeridge, 1945, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 58, p. 55,

Material: 33 2 ¢,13 9 ¢ — Austral. Mus. R.17627-17634; B.M. 1961, 1176-

1203; S.A.M. R.4143-4149.

Description: The present series agrees with the description of the type series

in but a few respects. The males have a nuptial pad on the inner surface of the

first finger (Fig. 3).

Body Length: 26-2-35-6mm. ¢ ¢ (imeun: 29'6 mm.); 32-0-37-1mm. ¢ 9

(mean; 34-6 mm.).

Colour in Life Dorsal and lateral surfaces of body, limbs and head posterior

to transoeular region dark green with lighter patches; anterior portion of head

pale green. Ventral surface of budy lime, limbs similar, lightly stippled with

grcy.

Locality: Three specimens were taken in moss-forest on the Wahgi-Sepik

Divide near Nondug] at 6,000 ft. on 26.3.60, and the remainder on the nearby

Mt. Podamp at 7,500 ft. on 1.4.60,

Remarks; Loveridge’s holotype, a 38 mm. male, is larger than any of the

present series which, being taken at the height of the breeding season, would

presumably include specimens of the maximum size attained. The females are

larger than the mules and severul are gravid containing unpigmented ova approx-

mately 2-5 mm. in diameter.

Direct comparison of the present series with the types will be necessary

before it can be established whether there are any further differences not

apparent trom the original description.

Distribution: Hyla becki.is only known from the type locality of Mt. Wil-

helm where it was collected at 7,500-10,000 ft.

Notes: Two frogs (B.M.. 196.1204, 1205) with body lengths of 31-1 mm.

and 27-4 mm. were found to be the hosts of leeches measuring 23-5 mm. and

23°8 mm. in length respectively. The leeches were situated subcutaneously on

the dorsal surface of the body from above the anus to the posterior portion

of the head. A third frog (B.M. 1961.1193) was infested by a 9-0 mm. leech

which Jay bencath the skin of the ventral surface of the humerus and pectoral

region.

Nematodes were recovered from the stomach and ileum of one frog and the

ileum of another, whilst the bladders of 45 per cent. of the series were infested

with trematodes. The total number of trematodes recovered was 69.

The natives refer to this species as either “Keii-dangma” or “Boo-ganda”.

Hyla becki was so named as an acknowledgment to the collections made in

New Guinea by Set. W. M. Beek,

Hyla darlingtoni Loveridge

Hyla darlingtont Loveridge, 1945, Proc. biol, Soc. Wash., 58; p, 53.

Material; 21 adult ¢ ¢, 10 adult © ¢, 1 juvenile, 1 tadpole, Austral, Mus.

R.16839-16844, B.M. 1961.1126-1149, 1150 (tadpole); K.T.C, F.5.021, 024.

Description: Iead us broad as long, length of subacuminate snout approxi-

mately twice the horizontal diameter of eye; pupil horizontal or circular in life;

diameter of tympanum exceeds three-quarters that of eye; yomerine teeth

AMPILIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM NEW GUINEA, I 110

situated in two series. directly between choanae and separated by a distance

equal to the length of one of them; outer finger three-quarters webbed, con-

nected to cise by narcow fringe; heel of adpressed hind limb extends to anterlor

border of eve; skin of body smooth above, granular beneath, Male possesses

a raised nuptial pad (Fig. 3) which is pigmented (17 specimens) or unpig-

mented (3). :

Body Length: 34-4-43-7 mm. 2 9; 42-0-47-1 min, 9 95 29-0 mm. juvenile,

Colour in Life: Ground colour of dorsal and Iateral surfaces of body and

limbs orange brown (24), dull sepia (4) or grey (3), narrow, pale mid-vertebeul

stripe extends from tip of snout to sacrum in first-mentioned form, but continnes

to vent in others; head and skin covering transverse processes of vertebrae dark

lrown (20) or black (11), Behind knee and at groin of adults are large irre-

guiar black patches variegated with brilliant orange. In the juyenile the patches

are brown variegated with yellow and a similar mark occurs al base of forearm.

In adults the latter is replaced by a few pink spots.

Throut atid pigmented with brown (23) or dull yellow (8); thorax,

abdomen and limbs immaculate uream (27) or pale pink (4)

The colour in preservalive is similar to the description of the type specimens

( Laveridge, 1948).

Locality: All but one of the series were collected at Nondugl (5,700 ft,) on

24th-25th March, 1960, The exception was taken at Mintima, near Kundiawa

in the Wahgi Valley, and approximately 20 miles sonth-cast of Nondugl, at

6,000 [t. on 1.6.60,

Remarks: Three plates are ineluded io the deseription of Nyctimystes fan

maculata (Lorcart, 1953), a species which is clearly conspecific with HM.

daslingtoni.

Habitat: Uyla darlingtoni is an arborcal species and by tar the most abun-

dant frog found in the Wahgi Valley. It was recorded upon the leaves uf coffee

trees (Caffea typica) and want tree ferns (Cyathea contaminans), and in the

muist spaces it the base of leaves of Mauritius Hemp, banana and Pandanvs sp.

Hubtts: A total of 182 fuod items were recovered from the stomachs of 53

specimens collected, but not retained, during the period 22.1.60-28.3.60, The

nature of these food items has been tabulated elsewhere (Tyler, in press ),

The call consists of a series of 20 to 30 separate notes over a total duration

of from three to seven seconds. It starts on a high note and ends on a Juw one.

The duration of each individual note is brief at the commencement of the call,

but noticeably extended at the end,

Calling became most intense Lowards the end of March and it was. noticed

tll there were two separate choruses or periods af activity. The first and most

yueiferous occurred from 9.00 p.m. to midnight and the second fromm 1.00 a.m.

to 3.00 am. At the height of a chorus, individuals would occasionally emil a

laborious squeak, quickly repeated two or three times, but the function of this

sound could not be determined.

Development: The number of ripe ova dissected from gravid specimens

collected in February, 1960; was found tu exceed 400. Diameter of ovum 1-5

mim,; upper pole black, lower pole pale cream.

Tadpoles were collected in April from shallow ponds and blocked drainage

ditches in native gardens. on the Wahgi Plains, al altitudes of 5,000-3,500 ft,

Insufficient numbers were obtained to warrant the description of anything but

the dentition, which showed very little variation between individuals,

12n M. ], TYLER

Larval Mouthparts:

Row 1 Upper labials—complete row,

Row I Upper labials—wide median gap.

Horny beak—undivided; deep; strongly serrate.

Row I Lower labials—complete row.

Row 11 Lower labials—complete row,

Row UL Lower labials—narrow median gap.

The maximum length (body + tail) of the tadpoles examined was 58 mm,

Eruption of hindlimbs occurred after a reduction to a maximum total length

ot upproximately 53 mm.

The feeding habits of tadpoles were observed on several occasions. They

were seen foraging amongst organic debris on the floor of the ponds and buried

themselves in this material when disturbed, Intestinal contents were found to

consist of decomposing plant material and silt.

Distribution; Only recorded from Mt. Wilhelm, where the type series was

taken at 5,000-7,000 ft. Mt. Hagen and intermediate localities in the Wahgi

Valley. :

Notes: The only record of predation upon adult H. darlingtuni is the obser-

vation made by the writer on 15.3.60, when a Colubrid snake, Ahaetulla calli-

gaster calligaster (Gunther) was found on a froud of Cyathea conlaminans

jugesting a 45 mm, frog.

The introduction of small fish (Camfusia sp—live-bearing tooth carps of the

family Doeciliidac) into ponds in the Wahgi Valley in 1946 in an attempt to

eradicate mosquito laryac, has probably reduced the endemic population af

H. darlingtoni. Mr, Shaw Mayer of the Hallstrom Livestock and Fauna Station

informed the writcr that spawn and large numbers of tadpoles, which were

probably 1. darlingtoni, were seen prior to the introduction at Nondugl (2 in

1952).

A frog collected at Mintima on 1,6.60 was found to be the host of an

ectoparasitic leech,

The native names of darlingloni ure “Warr-sip” in the vicinity of Nondugl,

and “Nar-goon-gar” by natives liying in the Chimbu region.

The specific name honours the collector, Capt. P. J. Darlington.

Hyla iris Tyler

Hyla iris Tyler, 1962, Rec. S, Anst: Mun. 14 (2), p. 253,

Ayla iris is a pygmy species recently described from a series of 26 specimens

collected on the Wahgi-Sepik Divide near Nondugl, Data in the present paper

are restricted to ecological and bivlogical observations excluded from the de-

scription af the type series:

Habifat: This species was found in low vegetation beside streams in moss-

forest. A single specimen (B.M. 1961.1226) was collected at the summit of a

pass at 9,500 ft, at least 1.500 ft, above the source of the nearest stream.

Development: Spawning was found to occur in April. The ova are pale

green in colour, and measure approximately 2-5 mm, in diameter when freshly

laid. There are two vitelline membranes and the diamcter of the outer is

approximately 4mm. The eges are laid in either hemispherical masses of clear

albumen on the upper surhice of leaves of trees overhanging water, or in ovoid-

shaped masses around the sterns of ferns or sturdy grasses at the edge of

streams. In 26 clumps of eggs which were examined during the period 15-19.4.60

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM NEW GUINBA, I 121

the number of ova per clump was as follows: Range =4-37; mean=14, The

largest hemispherical clump was almosi 50 mm. in diameter, whilst the largest

ovoid clump had a length of 73 mm. and breadth of 50 mm.

The first cleavage plain was visible after 24 hours, and it was noticed that

several of the embryos rotated within the vitelline membranes during this

period, Rotation was on no definite axis, and continued for up to three liours.

Within three days the embryos were clearly diflerentiated into head, body

and tail. At this stage the head, tai] and dorsal surface of the body had assumed

a pale brown colour, but the ventral surface remained green.

Tig. 6. Tadpole of Uyla iriv at time of emergence from spawn, Distance between mouth

and vent = 3-5. mm. vent-tip of tail= 6:5 mm.

Hatching occurred at approximately fourteen days, by which stage the tad-

poles had grown to a length of 10 mm, (head + body=3-5 mm., tail = 6:5

mm.); the outer vitelline membranes were cloudy white, and their diameter had

increased to 12 mm. At the time of hatching the tadpoles possessed internal

gills and strong muscular tails (Fig. 7). Their dorsal colouration had darkened

to black and the ventral surface to a paler green.

The hatching tadpoles wriggled their way to the surface of the spawn mass

and either dropped into the streams or were washed there by rain.

A culture of tadpoles was reared on filamentous algae for a further four

weeks, and observations were unfortunately terminated before the eruption of

the hindlimbs, One tadpole was preserved as B.M. 1961.1227 and a description

of this specimen is as follows:

Mouth prominent, raised to form manubrium; papillae on Jateral and anterior

borders, but absent frem posterior border which is assuciated with miarginal

upper labial teeth. Upper labials consisting of two rows, of which the second

is interrupted hy wide median gap; lower labials in three rows; second and third

complete, frst with narrow gap.

Notes: The native name for H, iris is “Kenda-koo-baganal”.

Green ova have previously been recorded for Megalixalus laevis of

Cameroon, and Agalychnis moreletti of El Salvador, Central America.

Hyla micromembrana new species

Holotype: S.A.M. R.4150; 9 collected at an elevation of 7,500 ft. on Mt.

Podamp, Wahgi-Sepik Divide, near Nondug] on April Ist, 1960.

Diagnosis: A modcratcly sized speeies closely allied to Hyla pratti, possess-

ing only basal webbing between the fingers and fully webbed toes. The specific

name refers to the condition of the finger webbing.

122 M. J, TYLER

Description of Holotype: Vomerine teeth in twa oblique series hetween the

oval choanae, separated from cach other by one-quarter and from the choanae

by two-thirds of the length of one of them; tongue two-thirds as wide ax mouth

apening, almost circular, its posterior border emarginate; snout large, rounded

when viewed frum above, almost blunt im profile; nares lateral, their distance

from end of snout almost equal to that from eyes, Canthus rostralis prominent,

strongly rounded; loreal region oblique und concave. Eye large, prominent, its

diameter slightly greater than its distanoe trom naris, pupil horizontal; inter-

orbital distance less than width of upper eyelid, which is slightly greater than

internarial distance. Tympanum distinct, annulus clearly visible, almost onc-

third diamcter of eye, separated from eye by distance greater than its own

diameter, Second, third and fourth fingers webbed at base, first free. Fingers

in decreasing order of length; 3>4>2>1. Dise of first finger smaller than

tympanum, second, third and fourth slightly greater. Second, third and fourth

toes webbed to penultimate phalanx, continuing, to dise as fringe: first half-

webbed, fourth two-thirds webbed. Toes in decreasing order of length

4>5=3>2>1, discs approximately equal to tympanutn; a small oval outer

but no inuer metatarsal tubercle.

Andy not elongate, in post-axillary region a little narrower than greatest

wilth of head; when hindlimb is adnrasced heel extends beyond tip uf snout;

when limbs are laid along the sides, knee and elbows meet: when hindlimbs

are bent at right-angles to body the heels overlap considerably, Skin of upper

parts smooth with few seattered warts, particularly on upper eyelids. Strony

fuldl oF skin extends trom posterior corner of eye to between the augle of the

jaw and the forelimb, hiding upper border of tymputium; ventral surfaces

uranular, particularly upon the thighs. Skin of head not co-ossified with skull.

Vemale gravid.

Dimensions: Head and body 31-5 mm.: head length 15 mm.; head breadth

17 anm.; fenmor 29 mim,; tibia 34 mm.

Colour in Alcohol: Dorsal surface a uniform very dark slate, ventral surface

vrey variegated with dark violet, particularly on the throat.

Colour in Life; Dorsal surface dark chocolate, flecked with green on laterals

and upon discs of digits. Ventral surface yiolet flecked with slate blue, grey

and brown.

Variation; Paratypes—Five adult ¢ 9—Austral, Mus, R.L7991-17092; B.M,

1962.154-156.

Two of the paratypes were vollected at Bilikep, 6,300 {t, on the Wuhgi-

Sepik Divide on 26.3.60, and the remainder with the holotype on 3,4,60,

Budy Length: 45+0-51-5 mm.

The paratypes conform closely to the description of the holotype, The

pupil of one specimen was yertical in life, but there is no palpebral venation.

The distance between eye and naris is approximately one aud one-quarter ta

ene and one-half of the internarial distance; the distance between eye and naris

is &yual to (1 specimen), or very slightly greater than, the distance between

tip of snout and naris (4), PL/S-V = 0°58-0-66 (mean = 0604),

The dorsal surface of the skin is postal in all specimens and large

tubercles ave present on the upper eyelirs.

Comparivon with Other Species: The reduced webbing between toe fugers

and the proportions of the head will serve to distinguish H. micromemiyana

AMPINBIANS AND REPTILES ROM NEW GUINEA, If 123

from IZ. mintime, and all of the specics compared with mintina in the account

of that species except IT. pratti and H. wollastoni Boulenger, The tympanum

of pratti is nearly half the diameter of the eye, whereas in amicromembrana it is

Jess than one-third, The toes of pratti are only three-quarters webbed as

opposed to fully webbed, whilst the foot lacks an outer metatarsal tubercle,

Hyla mintima new species

Holotype: SAM. RAG1; 3 collected at Mintima (lat. 5°57'S.. long.

14°54V’E.), Chimbu Region, at 6,000 fr, on Jane Ist. L960.

Diagnosis: A moderately sized species closely related tu Hyla meéntana

Peters and Doria, with a sinall tympanum, reduced webbing between the fingurs

and extensively webbed tovs. ‘The specific name is thal ot the type locality,

Deseriplion of Holotype; Vomerine teeth in two oblique series between the

rounded choanae, separated from each wther and the choanae by a distance ap-

proximately two-thirds the length of one of them; tongue one-hall as wide as

mouth opening, almost circular, its posterior border not emarginate; snout large,

rounded when viewed from above, strongly convex in prufile, the upper juw

extending considerably beyond lower; nares Jateral, their distance from aul ot

snont slightly less than that from eye, Canthus rostralis prominent, slightly

eoneave; loreal region oblique. Eye large, prominent, its diameter slightly

greater than its distance from naris, pupil horizoutal; interorbital distance alinost

aqual to width ef upper eyelid, which is velatively wide and slightly rreater

than internarial distance. Tympanum inclistinct, annulus hardly visible, almost

one-third the diameter uf eye, separated from eye by distance greater than

its own diameter,

Second finger webbed at hase, third and fourth less than oue-third webhed,

first free, Fingers in decreasing order of length 3 > 4 > 2 > 1, Disc uf first

finger equal to tympamun, second, third and fourth considerably Jareer. Second

third and filth toes webbed to disc, first anc fourth to penultimate phalanx and

continuing to disc as fringe. Toes in deereasing order af length 4 > 5 =

3 > 2> 1, dise of second covering tympanic area; a distinct oval inner, hut av

outer metatarsal tubercle. A row of small tubercles on tarsus. a disinct fold

on outer edge of fifth toe; a distinet crenulated fold on outer edge of forearm

continuing as ridge along fourth fnger.

Body not elongate, in post-axillary region a little narrower than greatest

width of head; when hindlimb is adpressed, heel reaches naris; when limbs are

laid along the sides, knee.and clhow overlap considerably; when hindlimbs ave

bent at right-angles to body, heels overlap slightly. Skin of upper parts of head,

hody and limbs granular; strong fold of skin extends from posterior corner of

eye to above insertion of forelimbs, hiding upper margin of tympanum. Ab-

deamen and thighs coarsely granular, throat and thorax slightly so. Skin of

head not co-ossified with skall, Male with nuptial pads (Fig. 3) and vooul sac.

Dimensions; Nead and body 55-6 mm.; head length 21-5 mm.; head width

22-2 mm,; tibia 29 mm.

Colour in Aleohol; Dorsal surface deep plumbecous; grey beneath darkening

posteriorly.

Colour in Life: Dorsal surface a very dark green. Side of head similar,

with a dusky: gold patch in the shape of an isosceles triangle beneath eye. Stiles

wf body dark green spotted with gold on dorsa-laterals and white on yentra-

laterals. Throat and thorax pale slate grey spotted with white; abdomen and

ventral surface of limbs deep violet stippled with white and cream,

ims M, J. TYLER

Variation: Pavatypes-Four adult ¢ ¢—Austral. Mus. R.17993-17994; BLM.

1362,157-158.

The paratypes were collected at the type locality on 1.6,60,

Rody Length: 62-0-53-0 mm. TL/S-V = 0-55-0°61 (mean = (576),

The horizontal diameter of the eye is always less than the interorbital

diameter, whilst distance between eye and naris is one and one-half to one and

threesyuurters of the imternarial distance. The distance from eye to naris is

greater than (approximately one and one-quarter) that between ‘naris and the

medial tip of the snout.

Colonration of the paratypes in alcohol and in life is similar to that of the

holotype.

Comparison with Other Species: There are few New Guinea Hyla which

possess the combination of the following characters: a tympanum which is Jess

than half of the cye diamcter; outer fingers with webbing which is either basal

or extends for no more than one-third of the length of the digit, and vornerine

tecth, Species fulfilling these requirements are H. ulbolabris Wandoleeck, HA.

angiana, H, arfakiana, H, montana, H. pratti and H, wollastoni. Hyla mintima

ean be distinguished from most of these species by the extent of the webbing

between the fingers and toes. Hyla albolabris has narrowly webbed toes, whilst

they are fully webbed in mintima: the finzers of wollastoni have a very narrow

husal webbiny as compared to up to one-third webbing in mintima. The remain-

ing four species all occur in the Central Wighlands. Hyla angiana has one-third

webbing, of the fingers, bat the head is fur more depressed, with the interorbital

breadth clearly greater than an upper eyelid and the colouration bears not the

slightest resemblance to mintima; H. arfukiuna has the first toe nearly free and

only two-thirds webbing hetween the remainder, whilst pratti has only basal

webbing between the seeond, third and fourth fingers.

The webbing of the hands and feet of mintima is almost identical tn

montana, to which it is apparently most closely allied. The latter has a broad

head and larger tympanum. ‘The interorbital space is greater than the width

of an upper eyelid, whilst it is narrower im yintima. The dise of the first finger

ol montana is smaller than the tympanum, whilst the disk of mintima covers the

tympanum, The colour patterns of the two species are quite distinct,

Hyla montana Peters and Doria

Hula (Litaria) montane Pelurs and Dori, 1878, Ann. Mus, Stor, not, Genova, 13, p. 423.

Material: Four adult # 3, two adult % 9, Austral. Mus. R.17959-17990;

BAL 1962.150-153,

Description; The vomerine teeth of the present series differ from the diag-

nosis of van Kampen (1923) in that they ure situated in oblique instead of

trunsverse rows. in four specimens they are directly between the choanac and

between the posterior borders of fhe choanae in the fifth. ‘The dermal folds

on the back of the forearm occur as single rows of tubercles instead of 1 con-

tinuous ridge, and there is no inner metatarsal tubercle. TL/S-V =0-55-0- 60

(mean = 0-573),

Body length = 45-0-57-0 mm. ¢ 2; 72-0-75:1 mm, ¢ 9. Male with a

nuptial pad on the first finger (Fig. 3).

The colour in life is a sandy brown on the dorsal surface, with pale green

patches before and beneuth the eves and upon the scapulae. The ventral sur-

face is pale grey suffused with pink. Van Kampen states colour in life to be

AMPHIBIANS AND WEPTILUS !ROM NEW GUINEA, I 125

“velluwish green”, Despite this diserepancy there is such slight variation be-

tween the marphology of the present series and the elaborate description of

the types that their identity as H. montana is made without reservation.

Leeality: Collected upon the Waligi-Sepik Divide within ten miles of

Nondugl during the period 26,3,60-9,6.60. Altitude range: 6,400-8,700 tt,

Distribution: Hyla montana, as its specific name implics, is a montane

species. The type locality is the Arfak Mountains in Dutch New Guinea, and

other records include Humbuldt Bay north of the type locality (van Kampen,

1914), and Toramanbanau in the Bismarck Mountains of the Anstralian Trustee-

ship Territory, by Laveridge (1948), There are no previous records of its oveur-

rence in the Central Highlands.

Nutes: One of the femules (B.M. 1962153) is wrayid. The ova are unpig:

metited and approximately 2:5 mm. in diameter.

The native vernacular name af this species is ~Pee-un-deay".

DEVELOPMENT

Information on the development of Nyctimystes spp, is very limited.

Zwveifel (1958) examined gravid females of twelve species and reported that

the ova often exceedenl 2 mm. in diameter and in one species exceeded 3 mm,

With the exception of N. ruepelli (Boettger) the exgs were unpiginented,

Parker (1936) described the tudpoles of N. montana Parker and N. semipalmata

and suggested that the dorso-lateral flattening of the bodies and the suctorial

mouths which were common to these species might characterise other members

of the genus.

Numerous chimps of spawn referable to the genera Nyctimystes and Hyle

were found by the writer in February and March at elevations of 6,000-7,000 i1.,

but few could be associated with particular species. The clumps were situated

either between stones at the waterline where they lay in water less than one

inch deep or adhering to the undersurlace of flat stones submerged in torrents.

Water temperatures in these situations flictuated between 13° C. and 17° ©.

The ova were unpigmented with diameters of 2°54-0 mm. The albumen sur-

rounding them was gelatinous and so firm that it could he eut with a knife.

Diameters of the outer vitelline membranes of individual eggs was 4-0-9-0 mm.,

and the ntimber of eggs per clump averaged approximately 200. It was eon-

sidered that fertilisation of spawn laid beneath stones could not have vecurred

at the site uf ile final deposition. Many of the clumps at the waterline were

infested with dipterons larvae which devoured the ova. A note on these obser-

vations has been published elsewhere (‘l'yler, |962b).

All tadpoles found in the mountain torrents were similar to those Parker

described. Although the tadpoles of all Nyctiniystes may prove to share those

vharacteristics, the fact that H. angularis tadpoles are similarly adapted to

montane conditions indicates that the genera cannot be distinguished by their

gross morphological form,

In referring Nyctimystes. lnveridyet Neil to Ayla, Zweifel comments that

the ova are “typical of Hyla, beiug small, with a dark animal hemisphere”.

Although the ova of H, darlingtoni ft this description, those of H, trig are green

and HW. angiane, H. angularts, H. becki, I, micromembrana and H, montane ure

unpigmented. Thus the eggs of H. darlingtoni may be typical of the majority

af specics in this widely distributed genus, but they are apparently atypical

when compared with other highland species in both appearance and site of

deposition, The selection of static or slowly moving water for the depusition of

126 M, J, TYLER

spawn by H. darlingtoni has prevented this species fram establishing itself at

higher altitudes, but the remaining Hyla of the Centeal Highlands appear to

be us well adapted to montane conditions as are Nyetimnystes,

The arboreal spawning habits of H. iris are by no means unique, Arboreal

spawning has not previously been reported from the Papuan region and the

clusest parallel is probably exhibited by Neotropical frogs. Noble (1927) states

that all Phyllomedusa spp. deposit spawn on leaves of foliage above pools and,

referring to the field notes of Mr. C, M. Breder, Jx., reported similar sites for a

Centronella species in Panama believed tu be C, parabambae. Dunn (1924)

reported that H, urénochroa from the same region laid eggs on leaves above

streams.

THE STATUS OF THE CENUS NYCTIM YSTES WITH NOTES ON THE

APPEARANCE OK ABSENCE OF GENERIC CHARACTERISTICS

IN LIFE

Stejneger (1916) erected the genus Nyctimystes for New Guinea Hylidae

which had been reterred to the South American genus Nyctimantis by Boulenger

(1897, 1914) on the grounds that he considered the faunae of these regions

could not be closely related. Noble (1931) suppressed Nyctimystes and referred

the species back to Nyclimantis.. This decision was reversed by Parker (1936),

a move subsequently supported by Zweifel (1958). Tt is of interest to note that

several of the genera sharing either the palpebral venation or the vertical pupil

whieh, when together in New Guinea Hylids ave diasnustic of Nyetinuystes, are

in fact South American, Although not disputing the opinian of Parker thet

Nyclimystes represents a homogencous group of true yeneric status, there are

occasional discrepancies between the appearance of living frogs and the generic

definition of Zweitel (lwc, cit.) which was based on preserved specimens. Fur

example, the pupil of live N. narinosa is a horizontal slit, and is wot vertical

in diny of the series of that species discussed in this paper.

Although tropical Atuerican frogs of the genus Phyllomedusd, with which

Nyctimystes has heen compared, and which includes species possessing the

salient characters of the latter, may be distinguished by the form of hands and

feet; hubits are similar, Nyctimystes has very sonsilive digits which are well

suited for grasping narrow branches, but the first finger is not apposable as in

the former genus.

The palpebral venations of living Nyctitnystes are more disthiet than in pre-

served specimens, and have x metallic appearance in several species.

Mature males in the present collection and the type series of N. gularis

possesy a nuptial pad which extends further proximally, than in the Hyla spp.

examined. This may prove to be a further characteristic for distinguishing

members of the two genera. The proximal border of the nuptial pad of

Nyctimystes covers the phalango-metacarpal joint, and occasionally the distal

end of the phalanx, in Hylu it terminates on the proximal head of the meta-

carpal.

DISTRIBUTION

Of the eleven. members of the Hylidae which occur in the Central Highlands,

nw Jess than six must currently be regarded as endemic (o this area, That such

at jruporticn of the species should be regarded as endemic is not so surprising

Whe alluwance is made for the fact that much of the vast area of land which

separates the Central Lighlands from the northern and southern coastal belts is

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM NEW GUINEA, II 127

1lOOO

alpine

grass

" land

\IOOOO fe |---- -- one ee nnn nnn ern n en

9OO0O

— moss

8000

= forest

< 7

7JOOO

6000 }---------------- r

grass

plains

5000

is)

= _

eon =

a 2 22 3 om

c a xJO =

5eSS2SSSSEs

PEAT ESOL ED

ZErTZITIrirTzZzixr

Fig. 7, Altitudinal distribution of the Hylidae of the Central Highlands. (Based on the

writer’s observations on the Wahgi-Sepik Divide.)

128 M. J. TYLER

virtually unexplored and the herpetofauna therefore completely unknown.

Locality records indicate that the non-endemic species, Nyctimystes papua,

Hyla angiane, H. arfakiana, H. montana and H, pratti, select a montane habitat

and have not been collected at altitudes lower than 5,000 ft,

Distribution may be partly associated with climatic conditions. For example,

specimens of the distinctive N. humeralis (Boulenger) were collected by the

writer near the source of the Jimmi River, in tropical forest at approximately

2.000 ft., yet were not found on the Wahgi-Sepik Divide ten miles to the south,

which is subjected to far lower temperatures. The herpetofauna of the tropical

regions surrounding the highlands will probably show greater affinities to coastal

forms than to the montane.

In Fig. 8 the range of altitudes at which Nyctimystes and Hyla spp, were

observed in the vicinity of Nondugl are compared,

CHECK LIST OF CENTRAL HIGHLANDS HYLIDAE

Nyctimystes kubori Zweifel

Nyctimystes narinosa Zweifel

Nyctimystes papua (Boulenger )

Hyla angiuna Boulenger

Hyla angularis Loveridse

Hyla arfakiana Peters and Doria

Hyla becki Loveridge

Hyla darlingtoni Loveridye

Hyla ivis Tyler

Hyla micromemhrana new species

Hyla mintima new species

Hyla montana Peters and Doria

Hyla pratti Boulenger

Four specimens of H. praitt in the British Museum collection (B.M,

1953,1,7.49-52) were collected in 1951 at Tomba, near Mt. Hagen, by Mr, F. M.

Shaw Mayer. Loveridge (1948) regarded praiti to be a sub-specics of H.

montana which is apparently sympatric, but there is now little doubt that they

arc members of a group of closely allied species, so the writer prefers to recognise

their distinct specific status.

Nyctimystes flavomaculata Forcart is excluded from the above list as it

has been referred to the synonymy of H. darlingtoni and N. humeralis (Bou-

Jenger) on the grounds that the specimens from the Kubor Mountains deter-

mined as this species by Zweifel (1958), are now regarded to be of a distinct

and probably undescribed species (Aweifel, in Titt.).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

In addition to those acknowledgments made in the first paper of the present

series, the writer wishes to express his gratitude to the following institutions and

individuals who have kindly rendered further assistance: The Trustecs of the

South Australian Museum for facilities extended in Adelaide; the Museum of

Comparative Zoology, Harvard, for the loan of specimens; Miss A, G, C,

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES. FROM NEW GUINEA, I 124)

Grandison Veasti Museum, Natural History) for the comparison of specimens

of H. angularis with a paratype; Mr. J- Womersley (Department of Forests.

T.P.N.G. Administration ), for the identification of host plants, and Mr. F, Pemble-

Smith (Hallstrom Livestock and Fauna Station, Nondugl, New Guinea) for in-

formation on rainfall in the Central Highlands.

Mr, F. J. Mitchell (South Australian Museum) and Professor R. F. Whelan

(Department of Tuman Physiology and Pharmacology, the University of Ade-

laide) offered constructive advice and criticised the manuscript.

REFERENCES

Bounencer, G. A,, 1897. Descriptions of New Lizards and Frogs from Monnt Victoria,

Owen Stanley Range, New Guinea, Collected by Mr. A. S. Anthony, Ann, Mag. nat.

Hist, 19 (ser. 6), pp. 6-13.

Bouwencen, G. A. 1912. On Some Frogs Allied. to Hyle caeyulea with Remarks on Note-

worthy secondary sexual characteristies in the family Hylidae. Zool. Jber., 15 (1),

po. 2L1-216,

Boutencer, G, A. 1914, An Annotated List of the Batrachians and Reptiles Collected b

the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch

New Guinea. ‘Tras. zoal. Suc. Lond., 20, pp. 247-274.

Boucencen. C. A., 1915. Deseription of a New ‘Tree Frog of the Genus Hyla Discovered

by Mr, A. E. Pratt in the Arfak Mountains, Dutch New Guinea. Ann, Mag. nat. Hist.,

16 (8), pp, 402-404,

Pere, F, R., 1924. Some Panunanian Frogs. Occ, Pap, Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., 151, pp.

-17.

Forcawr, L,, 1953. Amphibicn und_reptilien von Nenguinea mit der beschreibung eines

neven liubfrosches, Nyetimystes flavomaculata n. sp. Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel, 64 (1),

pp. 58-68,

KAMpen, van, P. N., 1914. Zur fauna von Nord-Neuguinea. Nach den sammilungen yon

Dr. P. N. van Kampen und K, Gjellerup aus den jahren 1910 and 1911, Zool. Jb., 87,

pp. 365-378.

Kamprn, van, 2. N., 1923. The Amphibia of the Indo-Australian Archipelaga, E. J. Brill

Litd., Leiden, pp. 344:

Lovenwen, A,, 1945. New Tree-frogs of the Genera Hyla and Nyctimystes from New

Guinua. Proc, biol. Soe, Wash., 58, pp, 53-58.

Loversmce, A, 1948. New Guinean Reptiles und Amphibiaus in the Museum of Conmarative

Zoology and United States National Museum, Bull. Mus, comp. Zool. Harv., 101 (2),

pp. 303-430.

Noatre, G K., 1997. The Value of Life History Data in tho Study of the Evolution of the

Amphibia. Ann, New York Acud. Sei, 30. pp, 31-128.

Pankrr, H. W., 1936, <A Collection of Reptiles and Amphibians from the Mountains of

British New Guinea. Ann. Mag. aut. Hist... 10, 17, pp. 66-93,

Prizns, W., and Dona, G., 1878, Catalago dei rettili ¢ dei batraci raceolli da ©. Beccari,

L. M. D’Albertis e A, A. Bruijn nella Sotto-Regione Austro-Malese. Ann, Mus. Stor. nat,

Genova, 13, pp. 323-450.

Smitet, M. A., 1927. Contributions to the Herpetology of the Indo-Australian Region. Proe,

zoal. Soc. Lond., pp. 199-225.

Sreywecen, L., 1916. New Generic Name for a Tree-Toad from New Guinea. Prac. biol.

Soc, Wash., 29, p. 55.

Tyier. M. J., 1962a. New Hylid Frog from the Central Iighlands of New Guinea. Rec.

S. Aust. Mus., 14 (2), pp. 253-257.

TyLen, M. J., 1962b. A Record of the Parasitise of New Guinea Frogs’ Eggs by Dipterous

Larvue. W. Aust, Nat., 8 (4), pp. LO2-L03.

Tyiex, M, J,, 1962e, Notes on the Papuan Hylid Frog Nyctimystes gularis Parker. ‘Copeia,

(2). pp. 435-436,

130 M. J. TYLER

Tyrer, M. J., 1962d. A Taxonomic Study of the Amphibians and Reptiles of the Central

Highlands of New Guinea with Ecological and Biological Notes. 1 ANURA: Micro-

hylidae. Trans. Roy. Soc, S. Aust., 86, pp. 11-29.

Tyier, M. J. (in press). Observations on the Influence of Frogs on the Ecology of Coffee

Plantations in the Western Highlands of New Guinea. Papua-New Guinea Agric. J.

ZweireL, R. G., 1956. Microhylid Frogs from New Guinea with Descriptions of New

Species. Results of the Archbold Expeditions, No. 72. Amer. Mus. Novit., 1766,

pp. 1-49.

ZweirEL, R. G., 1956a. Notes on Microhylid Frogs, Genus Cophixalus, from New Guinea.

Amer, Mus. Novit., 1785, pp. 1-8.

ZWEIFEL, R. G., 1958, Frogs of the Papuan Hylid Genus Nyctimystes. Amer. Mus, Novit.,

1896, pp. 1-51.

ZWEIFEL, R. G,, 1962, Frogs of the Microhylid Genus Cophixalus from the Mountains of

New Guinea. Results of the Archbold Expeditions, No. 83, Amer. Mus, Novit., 2087,

pp. 1-26.

ROCK ENGRAVINGS OF PANARAMITEE STATION,

NORTH-EASTERN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY C. P. MOUNTFORD AND R. EDWARDS

Summary

This paper records the rock engravings on Panaramitee station in northeastern South Australia. The

engravings are figured and their designs and antiquity discussed. Rock engravings, the designs of

which are made up of a series of abrasions or peck-marks, are widespread throughout Australia,

having been recorded, among others, by Basedow (1914, pp. 195-210) from South Australia;

Wilkins (1928, p. 80) from Northern Queensland; Mountford (1960, pp. 145-147; 1929, pp. 337-66)

from Central and South Australia; Davidson (1936, pp. 30-66) from Delamere in the Northern

Territory; Lindsay Black (1943, pp. 9-76) from Western New South Wales, and Hall, McGowan

and Guleksen (1951, pp. 375-80) from Eucolo on the Nullabor Plain. North-eastern South Australia

is particularly rich in examples of this art. Basedow (1914, pp. 195-210) described two sites and

Mountford (1929, pp. 337-66) fifteen from that area. During 1926 one of us (C.P.M.) recorded rock

engravings on Panaramitee station. The authors of this paper have recently undertaken a

comprehensive survey of the rock engravings of this area. Two factors were responsible for this

choice; the unstinted help and hospitality of the Wade family of Panaramitee station and the fact

that there appeared to be more rock engravings within the boundaries of this station than elsewhere

in South Australia. The results of that survey form the subject of this paper.

ROCK ENGRAVINGS OF PANARAMITEE STATION,

NORTH-EASTERN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By C. P. Mountrrorp awn R. Epwanps

[Read 12 April 1962]

SUMMARY

This paper records the rock engravings on. Panaramitee station in nortli-

easter, South Australia, The engrayings are. figured and their designs and

antiquity discussed.

Rock engravings, the designs of which are made up of a scries of abrasions

or peck-marks, are widespread throughout Australia, having been recorded,

among others, hy Basedow (1914, pp. 195-210) from South Australia; Wilkins

(1928, p. 80) from Northern. Queensland; Mountford (1960, pp. 145-147; 1929,

pp. 337-66) from Gentral and South Australia; Davidson (1936, pp. 30-66) from

Delamere in the Northern Territory; Lindsay Black (1943. pp. 9-76) from

Western New South Wales, and Hall, MeGowan and Guleksen (1951, pp. 375-80)

from Eucolo on the Nullabor Plain.

North-eastern South Australia is particularly rich in cxamples of this art.

Basedow (1914, pp. 195-210) described two sites and Mounttord (1929, pp. 337-

66) fifteen from that area, During 1926 one of us (C.P.M.) recorded rock engray-

ings on Panaramitee station, The authors of this paper bave recently under-

taken a comprehensive survey of the rack engravinys of this area. Two facturs

were responsible for this choice; the unstinted help and hospitality of the Wade

family of Panaramitce station and the fact that there appeared tn be more rock

engravings within the boundarics of this station than elsewhere in South

Australia. The results of that survey Jorm the subject of this paper.

LOCALITY

Panuramitee station, 206 miles to the north-east of Adelaide, has an area of

120. sqnare milés (Map, Fi. 1), The many erecks which rise in the short

ranges and rolling hills of the property flow through open valleys to a wide

plain (Plate 1D) which, in turn, is drained by the Yunta Creck.

Although the average annual rainfall is about. cight inches a year, the

country, doring the period of this survey, had suttered from.a series of droughts.

Five successive years of extremely dry conditious had considerably reduced the

natural herbage of salthush (Atriplex resicariwm) and bhlucbush (Kochia sadi-

folia). Nevertheless, the fact that we saw numbers of kangaroos, crous, lizards,

goannas, snakes and other game whilst engaged on this survey showed that, prior

to the advent of Europeans, the aborigines would have had an adequate supply

of food, even during drought seasons,

WATER SUPPLY

The only permanent spring on Panaramitee station is known locally us Salt

Creek (Map, Vig, 1). The water of this spring is new salty, although, according

to the old Enropean residents, the water was fresh fifty years ago. If this is

Trans. Roy. Sac, S. Aust. (1963), Vol. 86.

132 C, P, MOUNTFORD ann R. EDWARDS

correct, Salt Creek would have been a good water supply when the aborigines

inhabited the country.

Nevertheless we found that all the engravings on Panaramitee station are

adjacent to some form of water supply, usually rockholes of varying sizes, some

large enough to hold water for several months (Plate 1C). At the completion

of this survey we were fortunate to witness the breaking of the drought condi-

tions when a series of thunderstorms brought heavy rains which transformed the

country causing the creeks to run swiftly and the numerous rockholes to fill.

Similar conditions must have provided a period of plenty and consequent leisure

for the aborigines,

e f

1s PANARAMITEE

p NORTH |

’ /

| J.

a aes

ale

Se a ee ene eee eee ee

ro 6

@ ROCK ENGRAVINGS fTHE ROCK

* CAMP SITES

STATION

——— BOUNDARIES

139° 30° 139° 45°

Fig. 1. Panaramitee Station.

ROCK ENGRAVINGS 133

Fig, 2, Panaramitee North.

DESCRIPTION

For the purposes of this paper the engravings on_Panaramitee station are

divided into four groups, i.c. Panaramitee north, Salt Creek, the Rockholes and

the Panaramitee Hill group (Map, Fig. 1). Mounttord (1929, pp, 344-52) de-

scribed and localized Salt Creek and Panaramitee north in 1928. Mountford’s

Salt Creek group cxtends for over two miles along a valley which commences

at Salt Creek and terminates at a group of rockholes to the west (Map, Fig. 1).

This group, divided by a brief area devoid of engravings, has now Baer sepa-

rated into two sections, Salt Creek and the Rockholes.

PANARAMITEE NORTI

Mountford (1929, pp. 349-52) recorded designs from Panaramitee north

(Map, Fig, 1) on the Winnininnie Creek. During 1929 Mountford (1929, pp,

245-48 ) disciwered and later described a remarkable rock engraving of the

head of the sea-going crocodile (Crocodilus porosus). Wale and Tindale (1929,

p. 30) also published a small note on the same subject. A further examination

hy the authors has revealed another unusual engraying of what appears to be

a sall-water fish.

1 This and other tusual engravings in the ‘area have now been piblighed (Mountford

and Edwards, 1962, Article, 174).

134 C. P. MOUNTFORD anp R. EDWARDS

cree ween,

Fig. 5. Panaramitee North.

There are several large outcropping rocks at Panaramitee north (Map,

Fig. 1), which the aboriginal artists (who have shown preference for the large,

smooth surfaces) have covered with engravings. These rock surfaces continue

into the bed of the creek where they are also engraved with some well-finished

examples of aboriginal craftsmanship (Fig. 3F, G).

At Panaramitee north there is a large series of unidentifiable designs such

as Figs. 2G, H, [, L, N; 3D, H, L, M, and Q. There are many circles (Figs.

2B, F, I, K; 3C, G, K and P), as well as several concentric circles (Fig. 2C),

barred circles (Fig, 3B and M) and spirals (Fig. 3R and ©), There are also

numerous engravings of animal, bird and reptile tracks (Figs. 2A; 3A, E, F,

and Plate 2A),

ROCK ENGRAVINGS 135

Several engravings found to continue below ground level are illustrated in

Fig. 3B, the broken line indicating the land surface. Hale and Tindale (1925,

pp. 53-54) also recorded whole or partially buricd designs in the Northern

Flinders Ranges.

SALT CREEK

This locality (Map, Fig. 1) has an open plain on its eastern margin while

on its western side the ground rises gradually from Salt Creek until it forms a

series of rolling hills.

"8 av

]

Fig. 4. Salt Creek.

136 C. P. MOUNTFORD ann R. EDWARDS

Fig. 5. Salt Creek.

A large outcropping rock extends westward from the bed of Salt Creek pro-

viding smooth, flat areas of stone on which the aboriginal artists have engraved

many designs (Plate 1A).

Salt Creek is more extensive in area and richer in designs than Panaramitee

north. The greatest number of engravings we saw depicted the tracks of the

creatures. These were so numerous and similar in design that we have only

recorded a few examples. Fig. 4T, shows a series of unidentified bird tracks;

Fig. 45, a particularly well-preserved group of kangaroo tracks; Fig. 5E, a pair

of large kangaroo tracks associated with a circle; Fig. 5J, a pair of elongated

kangaroo tracks; Fig. 6G, kangaroo tracks adjacent to a lizard design; Fig. 611,

a pair of bird tracks and a circle, and Fig. 6P a heterogeneous series of tracks.

ROCK ENGRAVINGS 137

Many of the lizard designs, all of which are fully intagliated resemble the

living reptiles, It is likely that Figs. 5N and 6N are goannas (Varanus gouldii)

and Fig. 4C a goanna adjacent to its nest of eggs. Although Figs. 4H, 5B and P

resemble stump-tail lizards (Trachysaurus rugosus), it is not possible to identify

the other engravings of lizards such as Figs. 4K, Q; 5A, D, K; 6B, G, Q, and 7N.

On the other hand, Fig. 6M bears more than a passing resemblance to the jew-

lizard (Amphibolurus barbatus), There is also an unusual engraving of an emu

(Fig. 7B, Plate 2D), whose head and neck have disappeared due to erosion.

These are indicated by dotted lines.

Fig. 6. Salt Creek.

138 C. P, MOUNTFORD anp R. EDWARDS

Fig, 7. Salt Creek.

The simple circle, one of the more common designs at Salt Creek? is shown

on Figs. 4P; 6D and 7E although sometimes the circle is adjacent to other designs

as in Figs. 4H; 5A, N; 6M and N. The circle is also associated with tracks

(Figs. 5E and 611), while multiple circles form the more complex designs of

Figs. 4A, B and 5A, the largest circle recorded being four fect in diameter, Many

simple and concentric circles enclose other designs such as Figs. 5B; 6L; 7C, D

and H. The concentric circle is common (Figs. 41; 5F and 7G), whereas the

barred circle (Fig. 40.) and the spiral design (Fig, 4R) are uncommon.

2 The circle is a common design in South Australia; Campbell (1925, pp. 123-127)

records a group of engravings at the Burra, South Australia, which is composed almost

entirely of these designs,

ROCK ENGKAVINGS 139

Only six examples of human foot-prints are recorded from Salt Creek (Figs.

4D, E, F, N; 5C and 6R). There are a number of small intagliated circles in

this locality, usually about one inch in diameter. Some of these are arranged

in systematic groups (Figs. 4C, Q; 5G and M); some in long lines (Fig, 4G

and U), while others form irregular patterns (Figs. 60 and 7J).

At Salt Creek the crescent designs vary widely both in size and form. On

Fiz. 4M there is a single crescent with two small appendages, while 4N is a

double crescent associated with a human foot. There is a wide difference be-

tween the irregularity of Fig. 5H and the orderly groups of crescents on Figs.

5R, Q and GI. Unidentifiable designs are figured on Figs. 4J, L; 50, 8, and

6A, C and E.

Fig. 8. The Rockholes.

140 C. P. MOUNTFORD ann R. EDWARDS

THE ROCKIIOLES

The Rockhole group of engravings (Map, Fig, 1), so named because they

aré adjacent to natural rockholes, is the largest, in both area and in abundance

of engravings, of any of the groups on Panaramitee station. The outcrops of

rock on which the engravings are situated are scattered over a distance of one

and a half miles along the floor of an open valley.

There are many unusual designs among the maze of rock engravings in the

Rockhole group; the snake with eggs (Fig. 8D); an engraving of emu tracks

(Fig. 12E) which probably represent an emu with chicks; a line of kangaroo

tracks (Fig. 9E), which depict a kangaroo first sitting on its heels, then sitting

with its forepaws on the ground, then sitting up again, then again with its

forepaws on the ground, then hopping away; each set of prints is approximately

Fig. & The Rockholes.

ROCK ENGRAVINGS 141

Fig. 10. The Rockholes.

twenty inches apart. There is a line of human footprints (Fig. 124), probably

those of an adult and child; another line of footprints of an adult (Fig, 12C),

and a number of individual engravings of footprints, which are grouped together

for purposes of illustration (Fig. 9A). There is alsa a series of decorative but

unidentifiable designs (Figs. 8A, B, J, K, P, R; 10Y; 11C, D, L and N).

Lizard designs are also common at the Rockholes, but although Fig. LOW,

X, Z and AA probably represent the stump-tail lizard (T'rachysuurus rugosus),

many of the other lizard designs on Fig. 10 cannot be identified. The largest

engraving of a lizard (Fig. 10E) was three feet in length,

As at Salt Creek the circle is common among the designs at the Rockholes,

ie, simple circles (Fig. 10U); simple circles enclosing other designs (Figs. 8C;

142 C. P. MOUNTEORD any R. EDWARDS

TV; JLF, K, M, O and S); concentric circles (Fig. LET); concentric circles

enclosing tracks ( Fig. 11P, Q). and barred circles (Figs, 8C; 9P, Q, BR; 101, M

and Q), Three interesting designs with radiating limes are shown in Figs. SI;

9H and 11G. There are alsa a number of disc-like engravings, similar to those

at Salt Creek (Figs, 8G, S$: 9], O; 10N, O and 111), as well as same groups of

crescentic engravings probably representing bowmerangs (Figs. 8F, H, Q; 9D,

M; 10T; 11], F, and 12C).

PANARAMITEE HILL GROUP

This group commences on rising ground ahoul two miles west of the Win-

nininnie Creek (Map, Fig. 1), A recent washaway has uncovered several large

flat Outcrops of rock on which we found the engrayed designs shown on Fig, 13H.

Further westward a valley leads towards Panaramitee Hill, the highest point

on the station (Map, Fig. 1). Scattered among these hills are numerous rack

guterops, some of which contain small rockholes. Adjacent to these rockholes

ure a number of engravings (Fig, 13 excluding H), the most outstanding being

a line of circle designs (Fig. 2AA).

Near a small watercourse at the base of Panaramitee Hill there are also

some indistinct rock engravings, while two miles south-west a further series is

situated on rock outcrops ona hillside (Map, Fig. 1); Among this group are

engraved human footprints (Fig, 12M, N, Q and R), and a pair of carvings of

the [orepaws of a kangaroo as well as a large emu track (Fig. 12.0),

DISCUSSION

The engravings recorded in this paper are more or less typical of those found

in South Australia where, except for the incomplete engraving of an emu at

Salt Creek (Fig. 7B), and possibly a small bird at Wabricoola (Mountford,

1929, Fig. 152), there are no engravings of the creatures on side elevation, all

the other examples, such as the reptiles, being in plan. In contrast to this, the

engravings recorded from Koonawara and elsewhere in western New South

Wales by Pulleine (1926, pp. 180-182); Dow (1938, pp. 101-120); Black (1943,

pp. 9-76) and Mountford (1962, pp. 245-48), depict human figures. kanguruos

and other creatures in side elevation, At present there is no evidence ty explain

this wide variation of motifs less than hwo hundred miles apart,

ANTIQUITY

A number of writers, Basedow (1914, pp. 198-203); Campbell (1925, pp.

124-127); Tale and Tindale (1923, p. 53); Mountford (1929, pp. 341-342); and

Conper (1941, p. 1), have suggested that the reck engravings of South Australia

are uf considerable antiquity, This hypothesis is supported by Mounttord (1960,

p. 145), who states that the aborigines attribute a mythical origin to these en-

wravings. The fact, too, of the engraving of the head of a sea-going crocadile

at Panaramitee north (Mounttord, 1929, pp. 243-247) 1,000 miles south of the

locality where the crocodile now lives, suggest that this engraving is of con-

siderable antiquity. Engravings recently discovered of a sea-going turtle and

fish still further support this hypothesis of antiquity (Mounttord und Edwards,

1962, Article 174),

Further indications of antiquity are suggested by heavy patination and the

eundition 6f many of the engravings. Although on Panaramitee station many

of the engravings on the flat smooth surfaces are in an excellent state af pre-

ROCK ENGRAVINGS 143

servation, there are numerous examples which are badly eroded and some where

the rock surface has so disintegrated that only small portions of the engravings

remain (Plate 2C). Basedow (1914, pp. 195-210) recorded similar conditions in

other parts of South Australia.

TECHNIQUES

The engravings have been produced, in both outline and full intaglios, by

a series of abrasions or peck-marks (Plate 1B). Because this rock art is no longer

a part of the living culture, we have no first-hand information about the methods

employed to produce these rock engravings, nor did a close scarch in the vicinty

Fig. 11. The Rockholes.

44 C, P, MOUNTFORD an» R, EDWARDS

of the groups of engravings on Panaramitee station disclose any tools that could

have been used for this purpose. As it is possible, however, to cut identical

markings by striking the surface with a sharp-edged boulder of hard stone held

in the hand, it appears likely that those who made the ancient rock markings

used similar tools. Examination of a number of incomplete engravings indicate

that the aboriginal artist first outlined the design with light surface pecking

before he removed the inner surface with repeated blows (Plate 2B).

STRAIGHT-LINE MARKINGS

We found several small groups of straight-line markings or incisions among

the pecked engravings on Panaramitee station. This particular type of engraving

Fig, 12. The Rockholes and Panaramitee Hill.

ROCK ENGRAVINGS 145

has been recorded by a number of investigators; Basedow (1914, pp. 195-210)

described a group at Mallett, in South Australia; Tindale and Mountford (1926,

pp. 156-159) at Morowie; Mountford (1929, pp. 337-60; 1960, pp. 145-147) ut

Winnininnic Springs, Yunta Springs, Wabricoola, Oulnina and Ewaninga; David-

son (1936, pp. 59-60) at Delamere, Northern Territory; and Cooper (1941, pp.

1-3) at Marree, South Australia. Basedow when describing the straight-line

markings at Mallett, stated they were the result of the sharpening of the imple-

ment used to produce the nearby engravings, Mountford, who was not in agree-

ment with Basedow’s opinion, stated (1935, p. 212) that although it is possible

to produce these markings with a sharp stone implement, such as a stone axe, this

operation would dull rather than sharpen the edge of the tool.

Vig. 13. Panaramitee Hill.

146 Cc. P, MOUNTFORD ann BR. FDWAHDS

METIIOD OF RECORDING

The figures accompanying this paper were prepared by first curefully out-

lining the engravings with chalk, then tracing them on transparent paper. These

tracings, when filled in with Indian ink, were then reduced photographically

la a size suitable for reproduction. With the exception of Fig, 9E which is

reduced cighteen and Fig. 2AA seventeen times; the remainder having been

reduced approximately twelve times.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors wish to acknowledge the full co-vperation and interest of the

Wade family without whose assistance this survey would not have been possible.

Mr. Igor Zorich and Mr. George Holman assisted with field work; the Surveyor-

General, Mr, H. A. Bailey, and Mr. W. R. Marchant of the S.A. Lands Depart-

ment gave advice in the preparation of the map of Panaramitee station; and

Mr. K. T. Borrow helped with the photographs. Acknowledgment is also made

to the S.A. Museum for the use of their facilities,

REFERENCES

Basenow, H., 1914. Aboriginal Rock Carvings of Great Antiquity in South Australia. J.B.

Anthrop. Inst., Vol. 44,

Buack, L., 1943, “Aboriginal Art Galleries of Western New South Wales.”

Camppety, T. D., 1925. Detailed Notes on the Aboriginal Intaglios near Burra, Trans,

Roy, Soe, §, Aust. Vol, 49,

Coorrrn, H. M., 1941. Rock Carvings and other Aboriginal Relics from near Marrec. The

South Australian Naturalist, Vol. 21, No. 1,

Daymson, D, 8., 1936. Aboriginal Australian and Tasmanian Rock Carvings and Paintings.

Mem. Aimer, Phil, Soc, Vol, 5,

Dow, FE. B, 1938: Aboriginal Carvings; West Darling District of New South Wales.

Mankind, Vol, 2, Na, 5,

Have, W. M., and ‘Trypaue, §. B,, 1929. Further Notes on Aboriginal Rock Carvings in

South Australia. S. Aust. Nuturalist, Vol. 10, No- 2.

iAxe, U. M., and Trypaue, N. B., 1925, Observations on Aborigines of the Flinders Ranges,

and Records of Rock Garvings and Paintings. Rec. S. Aust. Mus., Vol. 3, No. 1

Haz, F. J., McGowan, R, G,, and Guruxses, G. T., 1951, Aboriginal Rock Carvings: A

Locality near Pimba, South Australia, [lee, S. Aust. Mus., Val. 9, No. 4.

Mountroxp, C. P., 1929. Aboriginal Rock Carvings in South Australia, Aust, Assoc, Adv.

Sei,, Hobart Mecting, Vol. 19,

Mouwtrorp, C. P., 1929. A Uniqte Example of Aboriginal Rock Carying at Panaramitee

North. Trans. Roy. Soe..S. Aust., Vol, 53.

Mountronrp, C, P,, 1935. A Survey of the Petroglyphs of South Australia, Aust. Assoc.

Ady. Sei., Melbourne, Vol, 22.

Moustronp, GC. P,, 1960, Simple Rock Engravings in Central Australia. Man, Vol. 60,

Maunrrosp, C, P., 1962, Rock Engravings at Koonawara, Western New South Wales. Bee.

S. Aust. Mus., Vol. 14, No. 2,

Moun rrorp, C. P.. and Enwarns, 0, 1962, Aboriginal Rock Engrayings of Extinct Creatures

in Sonth Australia. Man, Vol, 62,

Tripace, N. B., and Mountronn, C, P., 1926. Native Markings on Rocks at Morowie, South

Australia, ‘'lrans, Roy. Soc. S, Aust., Val, 50.

Purreme, B.. 1926. Rock Carvings (Petroglyphs) and Cave Paintings at Mootwingie,

N.S.W, Trans. Roy, Soc. S. Aust., Vol. 50.

Witkins, G. H., 1928. “Undiscovered Australia”, London.

]

PLATE

SDW ARDS

Nrrorp AND R. |

. P. Mot

‘UONR]S saywirivurg

poatisuy ApAsuay | “g

‘Aydpisoday, "¢

“yao YRS ‘oor

‘SBULALIBU «OL qUusoNIpy spolppoy “Q “dnorsy apouyooyy “oovpung

‘eIpRIysNY GMog “oywweIvuR_ ‘SSULATAGUY yoy

yung YOO poavisug ‘Vv

Vol. 86,

ins. Roy. Soc. S.A,",

“Ty

C. P. Mountrorp anp R. Eowarps

“Trans. Roy, Soc. S.A.", Vol. 86.

~~.

a 5

3 3

eat

mis

Qua

rriel

of oh

ae)

100,

Effects of Extensive Eros

pad

Feet and Paw Marks of Kangaroo, Panaramitee north.

Pavement Showin

TWO NEW SPECIES OF ACARINA FROM BAT GUANO FROM

AUSTRALIAN CAVES

BY H. WOMERSLEY

Summary

In the present paper two new species of Acarina found associated with the guano of bat caves in the

Eastern States of Australia and South Australia are described. The first, Coproglyphus dewae sp.

nov. (fam. Tyroglyphidae, subfam. Carpoglyphinae) is entirely of coprophilous habit in all stages.

The other, Neotrombidium gracilare sp. nov. (fam. Leeuwenhoekiidae) has only been found in the

guano as adults, and is probably only coprophilous in that stage. The larvae when known may on

analogy with the larval species N. (Monunguis) streblidum (Wharton), be found parasitic on

Streblidae or other ectoparasites of bats. The known species of Neotrombidium, whether known as

adults or larvae, are discussed and their possible hosts considered.

TWO NEW SPECIES OF ACARINA FROM BAT GUANO FROM

AUSTRALIAN CAVES

by H. Womursey®

[Read 12 April 1962]

SUMMARY

In the present paper two new species of Acarina found associated with

the guano of hat caves in the Eastern States of Australia and South Australia

are deseribed. The first, Coproglyphus dewae sp. nov. (fam. Tyroglyphidac,

subfam, Carpoghyphinas) is entirely of coprophilaus habit in all staves. The

other, Neotrombidium. gracilare sp, nov: (fam, Leewwenhoekiidae) has only been

found in the guano as adults, and is probably only coprophilous in that stage:

The larvae when known niay on analogy with the larval species N. (Monun-

#uis) streblidum (Wharton), be found parasitic on Strehlidae or other ecto-

parasites of hats.

The known spevics of Neotrombidium, whether known as adults or laryae,

are discussed and their possible hosts considered,

Suborder Sancortirornmes Reuter, 1909.

Family TYROGLYPHIDAE Donnadieu, 1868,

Subfamily Carpocityruinar Ouds,, 1923,

Genus Coprociyraus Ff, and F, Tiirk, 1956.

Tiirk, E. and F., 1956, Syst, wu. Gkol der Tyroghyphiden Mitteleuropiischer Acarina, Bd. 1,

Teil L, pp. 44, 45 and 181.

Type C. stammeri E. and F. Tark.

This genus, placed by LE. and F. Tiirk in the subfamily Carpoglyphinae, was

erected for a new species found in bat guano from Erlangen in Germany.

Whereas Vitzthum, 1941, lists only the genera Carpoglyphus Robin, 1869,

and Ferminia Oudemans, 1928, in the subfamily and Zachvatkin, 1941, includes

Hyadesia Megn., 1889, and Hericia Can., 1888, along with Carpoglyphus, the

Turks include Hericia, Cohieria Ouds., 1938, besides the type genus and their

new genus Coproglyphus. Of the genera mentioned Hyadesia is now included

in a separate subfumily, the Hyadesinae, while Cohieria Ouds., 1938, is a

synonym of Perminiat Ouds., 1928,

The four genera are keyed as follows (after E, and F. Turk):

1. Propodosoma in all stages with lens-like organs.

Carpoglyphus Robin 1869

No such organs present a Mie baw fike

* South Australian Museusi,

1The genus Ferminia was erected by A. C, Oudemans, 1928 (8), for Glyciphagus

fuscus Quds,, 1902, In 1939 (9) he re-named the venus Gohieria citing Ferminia as bein

used earlier by Barbour, 1926, for a honey-eater (Proc. New England Zool. Club, 9, p. 74

on information received from Dr. W. Meise of Dresden, Actually, according to Neave’s

Nomen, Zoologicus, 5, 1950, the name used by Barbour was Ferminaria nat Ferminia, hence

the latter and not Cohieria is the valid generic name for Glyciphagus fuscus Ouds,, 1902.

Trans. Roy. Soc. 8: Aust. (1963), Vol 36.

lis MH, WOMERSLEY

2. Dorsal setae simple _. a Pe)

3, Legs with strong spines. Intree sap... Hercia Canest. 1888

Legs with simple or feathered setue ... ow a Ferminid Ouds, 1928

The genus Coproglyphus is defined by the ‘Tiirks as follows; “Epimera |

in both sexes joined, In the male epimera IIT joined with epimera IV. All

other epimera free ending. Female genital orifice between coxae II and Ill;

in male, genital orifice between coxac II] and TV,

Type Coproglyphus stammeri n. sp.”

Coproglyphus dewae sp. nov,

Fig. 1 A-H.

Description —Holotype female (Fig, 1 A-D): Shape broadly oval but sqnarish

pusteriorly, Dirty white in colour, Surface of dorsum strongly wrinkled with

nresular lines. Length of idiosomo 322, width 226. Legs I (excluding coxae)

182 Jung, 11 187, (1 211, IV 240.

Dorsum —(Fig. JA): With a lightly defined propodosomal shield, suture

hetween propodesoma and hysterosoma ill-defined, pseudostigmatic organs on

margins of propodosoma lateral of the shicld well sclerotised and with a curved

lapering and ciliated pscudostigmal seta posteriorly to 15 Iong, at the anterior

end of the pseudostigmal organ with a minute seta (? Grandjcan’s organ). With

14 pairs of dorsal setae of varying lengths as follows: vertical internal (vi) 55,

vertical exterior (ye) 41, inner propodosomal (ip) 58, outer propodosomal (ep)

58, first dorsal (d1) 44, second dorsal (d2) 17, third dorsal (d3) 15, fourth dorsal

(d4) 15, inner humeral (hi) 58, outer humeral (he) 64, first lateral (IL) 29,

second lateral (12) 15, third lateral (13) 15, posterior (p) 17, all these setae

are blunt, ciliated and rod-like and tend to show a longitudinal splitting in the

longer ones (Fig. 1C).

Venter.—(Fig. 1B): Epimera I united medially to form a short sternum

touching the genitalia anteriorly, epimera TM and IV joined. Coxe 1, TT and

IV with a single simple seta, that on IV about three times as long as those on

tand IIL. Genital orifice betweon coxae If and IL, with a distinctly sclerotised

buvinerang-shaped plate anteriorly, with two pairs of short setae and the usual

twe pairs of small dises or suckers, length of orifice 90, Anal orifice 73 long,

reaching tip of opisthosoma, with four pairs of short paranal sctac. Midway

hetween genital and anal orifices with one pair of short setae and posteriorly on

cach side of the anus a long simple seta (pa) to 260 in length. Posteriorly a

short bursa copulatrix. The legs are fairly stout and subequal in length, tarsi

all with a single claw on a long caruncle aud reaching past the pulvilli; there

appears to he no solenidia on tarsi I and IT, but the tibiae of these legs carry

a long recurved subapical seta.

Allotype Male.—( Fig, E-H): General facies as iti femile. Length of idiosoma

264, width 163. Legs I 152 Jong, II 154, [IT 172, TV 182.

Dorsum.—As in female but setae relatively shorter, vi 32, ve 26, ip 26, ep 26,

dl 17, d2 6, d3 6, d4 9, hi 29, he 35, 11 15, 129,13 9, p 9 and pa 131,

Venter.—( Fig. on With the epimera as in the female. Genital orifice

between coxae IIT and LV, with one pair of sctae and the anterior sclerotised

2 All measurements in miera (uj,

TWO NEW SPECIES OF ACARINA 149

Fig. I. Coproglyphus dewae sp. nov. A, dorsal view of female; B, ventral view of female;

C, dorsal setae; D, leg I of tomale; E, venltal view of male; F, genn, tibia and tarsus of

leg IV of male; G, mandible; H, palp.

151) H, WOMERSLEY

boumerang-shaped plate as in the female. Coxal setae as in the female, There

are only two pairs of anal setae. and a single pair of short setae between genital

and anal orifices.

Locality and Habitat—Numerous specimens from bat guano from F ig Tree

Cave, Wombeyan, New South Wales, 2Ist Aug., 1960, collected by Miss Barbara

Dew, to whom the species is dedicated. Also from Railway. Tunnel, North

Sydney, N.S.W. (coll, B.D. 12/8/60), Basin Cave, Wombeyan, N.S.W., 21/8/60

(B.D.), and from Naracoorte, South Australia, Oct., 1961 (P. Aitken).

Location of Types.—In the South Australian Museum,

Comparison with the Genotype—This new species has the same habitat as the

genotype Copraglyphus stammert EK, and F. Tiirk. It differs in that the Tiirks’

gures show the dorsal setae of stammeri to be of almost uniform length und

slightly more clavate, whereas in dewae there are marked differences in the

setae lengths, those of the d series except d] being very much shorter. In stam-

mert the pseudostigmal setae are described as simple and not ciliated.

Suborder Tromuipirormes Reuter 1909,

Fainily LENOWENHORKIIDAE Womersley 1948,

Jesoardi, G., 1902. Acari silainericani—Zoal. Anz, 25, p. 14.

Type Trombidtum furcigerum Leon., loc. cit. 17.

Neotrombidium gracilare sp. nev,

Fiz, 2 A-N.

Description—-An elongate oval species with the hysterosoma narrower than

the propodosoma and with a slight constriction hetween (Fig, 2A). Dorsum

thickly furnished with trident-like setae (Fiv. 2C, D) the tines of which are

barbed and the middle tine the longest, ull tines of equal thickness and apically

pointed. Crista on an indistinct shield (Fig. 2B) with a transversely oval

posterior sensillary area carrying long, fine, distally shortly barbed or ciliated

setae; anteriorly the crista ends in a narrow elongated nasns with two simple

but barbed setae (homologous with the anterior median scutal setae of larval

Leeniwenhockiidae ). Eyes two on each side, sessile on ocular shields, in frout

of the middle of the crista, posterior eyes the smaller, Mandibles (Fig. 2E)

very long and narrow, fixed digit slender, and non-serrated. Palpi with single

claw on tibia, and a tibial nk: of about 10-12 strong simple curved spine-like

setae, on the inner face with a single spine-like seta seurcely stronger than the

comb setae, tarsi slightly overreaching tip of tibial claw. Legs long and

slender, not exceeding body length, furnished with simple harbed setae. tarsi

14 lo 5 times as long as high, with small paired claws, claws of other legs some-

what larger, coxae in two groups widely separate and with tapering barbed

setae (Fig. 21 and J), coxae of leg I with the outer anterior angle produced

and cone-like (Fig. 21). Genitalia with two pairs of elongate oval dises (Big.

2K).

Holotype Female—Length of idiosoma (mounted) 1580, width across pro-

podosoma 720, Crista 245 long, sensillae 86, sensillary area 29 long by 48 wide,

anterior setae 70. Mandibles 246 long. Palpal claw 35. Dorsal setae’ anteriorly

43, posteriorly 52 long; veniral setae 30 Jong. Genital opening 192 long. Anal

opening c. long. Legs 1 979 long, IL 706, 11 787, TV 1018; tarsus I 254 Jong

by 72 high.

Allotyne Male.—Length of idivsoma 1162. width across: propodosoma 504.

Legs | 926 long, If 821, II 917, IV 1200: tarsus I 312 long by 62 high,

TWO NEW SPECIES OF ACARINA 151

Fig. 2. Neotrombidium gracilare sp, uoy. A-L female: A, body outline; B, anterior of

propodnsoma showing erista and eyes; C, medial dorsal setae; D, ventral setae; E, mandible;

F, palp from inside; G, palpal tibia and tarsus From outside; H, tibia and tarsus of leg J

(holotype); I, coxae T and I; J, coxae IT and IV; K, genital orifice; L, anal arifice; M-N,

male: M, outline of body; N, tibia and tarsus of leg 1 af allotype.

iz IL WOMERSLEY

Other Specimens—Six other females showed some variation in size, heing

generally rather larger than the type. The length of the legs and proportions

of the front tarsi were also yariable, as follows: Legs I 987-1181 (mean 1092),

IT 598-797 (742), LT 720-893 (898), 1V 979-1152 (1074); ratio tarsal length to

height 3-5-4-4 (4:1), The larva is unknown.

Locality and Habitat—The holotype female from bat guano tron Fig Tree

Cave, Wombeyan, New South Wales, Aug. 2tst, 1961 (coll. Miss B. Dew). A

smaller specimen, probably a nymph, from similar habitat from Murder Cave,

Cliefden, N.S,W., Apr. 2nd, 1960 (B.D.), A further eight specimens, of which

one was 4 male (the allotype), have been received from bat guano from Punch-

es Cave, N.S.W., collected by Messrs. D. Purchase and F- Slaker, Tune 7th,

Location of Types—South Australian Museum,

Remarks on the Genus Neotrombidium

Southcott in his review of the genus (11) lists fiye species known from the

adnit, viz. N. furcigerum Leon. 1902, from Argentina, N. opthalmicum (Berl.

1888) from Paraguay. N. barringunense Hirst 1928, from Australia, N. tricus-

pidum Borland 1956, fram North Carolina, and N. neptunium Southeott 1961,

from Queensland. Of these, only two, barringunense and tricuspidum, are in-

cluded in a list of five species known from the larvae. The other larval species

are N, streblidum (Wharton, 1938) (=Monunguis Wharton, 1938) from

Mexico, a new species undescribed recorded by Borland, 1956, from N. America,

and N, tenuipes Womersley (= Cockingsia Womersley, 1954) from Malaya.

Since Sonthcott’s paper two other adnlt species have heen described by André

(1) trom Angola, viz, N. elongatum and N, armatum. Thus with the new species

N. gracilare described herein eight species of adults are now known and these

can he keyed as follows:

Key to the known adult species of Neotrombidium Leon.

|. Median tine of dorsal setae more or less clavate 2

Median tine of dorsal setae pointed like the lateral tines 4

Median tine ot dorsal setae 2 to 3 times as long as the laterals and with scale

like surface, Tarsi T ca, 3 times as long as high, 105. by 55. Dorsal setae

to 25 long (1nedian tine) N. elongatum André, 1957

(Angola)

Median tine of dorsal setae only slightly longer than the laterals and with

denticulate surface 3

3. Yarsi 13 times as long as high, 2104 by 70z, Dorsal setae to 35 Jong. Palpal

tibia with comb of four strong curved spines N, ee ae ye 1957.

Angola

Tarsi I twice as long as high. Dorsal setae to 50, long. Palpal tibia with

comb of four strong curved spines. Tarsi I slightly more than twice as long

as high, 200» by 90u. N. neptunium n, noy. Southeott, 1961.

= tridentifer Southeott, 1957, nan,

Ewing. 1909.)

(Queensland, Australia. )

4. ‘ines of dorsal setae not serrate. setae to 5p long. Tarsi 1 150, long by TOu

hich N. opthalmicum (Berl,, 1888).

( Paraguay )

Tines of dorsal setae serrated 5

TWO NEW SPECIES OF ACARINA 133

5. Dorsal setae to 70n long, median tine not much longer than laterals. Tarsi

Ica, 3 times as long as igh, 200% by 70. N. furcigerum Leon,, 1901,

Genotype (Argentina).

Dorsal setae much shorter 6

6. Coxae I with a pronounced extension of the outer anterior angle. Dorsal

setae to 43 long, Tarsi I ca, 4 times as long as high, 240«-318, (mean

279.) by 57y-82p (68-42). Palpal tibia without accessory claw, with comb

of 10-12 strong simple curved spines N, gracilare sp, nev,

(New South Wales and South

Australia in bat guano, )

Coxac I normal 7

7, Dorsal setae ty 35¢lony, Tarsi I three times as long as high 2164 by 72).

Palpal tibia with 3 comb spines near base of claw.

N, barringunense Hirst, 1928.

(Queensland, Australia.)

Dorsal setae shorter, to 26. Tarsi 1 about twice us long as high, 170. by

§3,, Palpal tibia with only one strong accessory spine near base,

N, trieuspidum Borland, 1956.

(North America )

The biotope for most of these adult species is under loose bark or in leaf

debris, except for gracilare which was found in bat guano in caves in Eastern

Australia, inhabited by the common bat, Miniopteris schreibersii blepotis Tem-

minck, No reference to the habitat of the two South American species, N. furci-

cerun and N. opthalmicum., are given; hut these also may possibly be from under

bark.

The hosts of the known larval species with the exception of N. streblidum

(Wharton) which is parasitic on Streblid flies, and N. barringunense Hirst, still

unknown, are timber infesting heetles of the families Cerambycidue and Cleridae.

The following table summarises knowledge of the habitat of all eight specics,

TABLE I.

Species Adtalt | Laiyie Admlt bietope Host of larya-

fureigereonm ) 36 = 4 2

opilialinieun + = t ‘

harrivgunense + -+ under bark ; .

fenurpes _ + = Coleupiera,

Cerunbyeidac.

fricusptluin

DOP Uy BLIP)

under hark

under bark, &

leaf litter.

Calvoprera,

Cerambycidac,

ap. wunidesuriled — 2 — Coleoptera, Clericlae,

elongrtuin + = under Lark vy

TEP DUT, ++ -- jn teaf debris 4

streblidiunn — 4 — Diptert, Streblidae,

gracile tt. — in bat guano ?

In 1954, Southcatt (10) suze@ested the synonymy of the genus Monunguis

Wharton, erected for a species sireblida Wharton found parasitic on bat flies,

Pterellipsis araneae Coq. and Trichobius dugesit Vownscnd (Diptera, Streb-

liday) from a cave at Yucatan, Mexico, with Neolrombidium. Borland, 1956

(4), was somewhat doubtful of this synonymy but upon examination of a cotype

154 HAH. WOMERSLEY

expressed the opinion “that while recognition of the synonyiny may be expe-

dient at the present time, as more data became available the two genera may

be yalidly separated”. From a close study of Wharton's fgnres and descrip-

tions there are a number of features which might separate it from Neotrom-

bidium but regretfully Borland did not refigure or redescribe the species. Until

such times as this can be done, there is some doubt as to the syuonymy,

Cockingsia Womersley, 1954, for tenuipes Womersley from Malaya was also

synonymised in 1957 (11) by Sontheott and this is certainly valid and the

adult when known will undoubtedly be a typical Nevirombidium,

REFERENCES

Anonp, M., 1958. “Acariens Thrombidions (adultes) de l'Angola”, Museu do Dundo,

Diamang. Publ. Culturuis No. 35.

BeaLesre, A., L586. Acari Austro-americani. Bull, Soc, Ent, Ttal,, 20, p. 179.

Burnvese, A. 1912. Trombidiilae. Redia, 8 p, 30.

Boriann, J. G., 1956, The Genus Neatrambidinm (Acarina Tromnbidoidea) im the United

States. J. Kumsus Ent. Suc., 20 (1), pp. 29-35.

Hiesr, S., 1928. Ou Some New Australian Mites of ihe Pumilies Trombidiidae and Eryth-

racidae, Ann, Mag. Nat. Fist. (10), 1, p. 563.

Hinsr, $., 1928. Additional Notes on Australian Mites of the Family Trombidiidae with

deseriplions of New Forms, Proe. Zoul. Soc., Landon, 2, p. 165.

Leowarps, G,, 1902. Acari Suc-americani, Zool, Anz., 25, p. 17.

Oupesans, A. C., 1928. Acurvlagische Aanteekeningen, ACLL, Ent. Ber. 7 (163), p. 347,

Ounestans, A, C,, 1939. Neve Funde ant dem Gebiele der Syst. u. Nomenk. d. Acari VIP,

Zool, Auz., pp. 127-185,

Souriucort, A. ¥., 1954, The Genus Neotrombidine (Acatina Leewwenlivekiidae) 1. De-

seriptions of the Ovum and Larva of Neotrembidium barringunense inst, 1928, with an

Account of the Biology of the Genus. Trans. Ray, Soc. S, Aust. 77, p. 89.

Sourncorr, R. V.,. 1957. The Genius Neotrombidium (Acarina Leeawenhoekiidae) UL. Fur-

ther Notes on Systematics with « Description of a New Species fron North Oucensland,

Trans. Roy. Sog. S. Aust. 80, p. 156.

Sovtucor7, BR, V.. 1961, Studies on the Systematics anc Biology of ihe Erythroidea

(Acarina) with a Critival Revision af the Genera and Subfamilies. Anst. TO Zool, 9

(2). pp. 367-610,

Tron, $., and Wittarann, C., 1947. Trombidiidue, in Dax Tierreich, Lig. T1b. pp. (78-541

and XAIV-XXNXVI,

Timm, E. and F., 1956. Syst. u, Okol, der Vyroglyphiden Mittcknropaescher Acuarina, Bd.

lL, Teal 1,

Viternem, TH, 1941. “Acarina” in Bronns Das Tierreich. Bd, 5, p, 889,

Wharton, G. W., £938, Acarina of Yucatan Cayes—Article X in Fatmy af the Caves of

Yucatan, pp, 137-152. Camegie Toast. of Washington, Publ, 491,

Womensury, H.. 1934, A Reyisian of the Trambizl and Eyvthracid Mites. of Austrabia with

Deseriptions of New Genera and Species. Hee. S. Aust, Mus. 5 (2), p. 179.

Wosmunstey. H,, 1936. Additions te the Trombidiicl and Enythrueid Acarina Fauna of

Australia and New Zealand, J. Linn. Soc, Londun—Zool., 40 (269), p. 107,

Womensuny, FH... 1945, Acarinn of Australia and New Guinea. The Family Lecwvenhoekiidae.

Trans. Roy, Soc, &. Aust., G9 (1), p. 96.

Wosrensiry, H., 1953, New Genera and Species Apparently of Apoloniinae (Acarina.

Leeuwoeohorktidas) from the Asiatic-Pacific Region, Muakiysian Parasites VIL: Institute

for Med, Hes., Malaya. Stucly No, 26, p, LOS.

Zaciwatern, A, 1941. Panny de PURSS, Arachnoidea 6, Aviriens, Tyroglyphnidies. Acad.

«ley Scienres de 'URSS. No. 28.

A NEW SPECIES OF FORCELLINIA (ACARINA, TYROGLYPHIDAE)

FROM BEE HIVES IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA

BY H. WOMERSLEY

Summary

A new species Forcellinia galleriella sp. nov. from bee hives in Western Australia is described. The

hives were heavily infested with larvae and pupae of the wax moth, Galleriella melonella, upon

which the mites were apparently feeding.

A NEW SPECIES OF FORCELLINIA (ACARINA, TYROGLYPHIDAF)

FROM BEE HIVES IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA

by IL Womersiey*

[Read 12 April 1962]

SUMMARY

A new specics Forcellinin galleriella sp, nov. trom bee hives in. Western

Australia is described. ‘he hives were heavily infested with larvae and pupae

of the wax moth, Galleviella melonella, upon which the mites were apparently

feeding.

Family TYROGLYPHIDAE LATREIEILLE 1796.

Subfamily Tyrocuypumar Ouds. 1932.

Genus Forcercinta Ouds. 1924.

Oudemans, A. C,, 1924 Analytical Key for the Classification of Families and Cenota of

Diacrotticha Ouds,, 1906 (Acari) — Ent. Ber, VI, No, 135, pp. 226-235,

Type Tyroglyphus wasmanni Moniez, 1892,

Only three species of this genus are known. The genotype, F. wasmanni

(Moniez), is known from both male and female us well as the deutonymph. It

has been abundantly recorded, Michael (1), Zachvatkin (4), and E, and F. Turk

(3), from the nests of many species of ants in Europe. I, fuliginosa E, and F.

Tiirk, 1956, is only known from the male and deutonymph from the nest of an

ant, Lasius faliginosus. A third species, I’. rufae u. sp., was described by E. and F,

Tiirk, 1956, from the nests of Formica rufa from the dcutonymph only.

The new species here described occurred in numbers in a bee hive strongly

infested wilh the wax moth, Galleriella melonella, ut Perth, Western Australia,

forwarded by Mr. G. D. Rimes.

Only the adults were fouud, wo deutonymplis being observed.

Forcellinia galleriella sp. nov.

Description: Female holotype.—Fig. A-D. Length of idiosoma 440!, width

250. Shape, oval. Colour, a dirty white.

Dorsum: With a quadrale propadosomal shield, With 12 pairs of long setae

excluding the psendostigmal (ps), all strongly and shortly ciliated; setae dl,

d2, d3, and 11 slightly clavate, the rest blunt and tapering; vi 57, ve 48, ps 24,

sei 62, sve 72, dl 48, d2 58, d3 72, d4 72, p 192, 11 67, 12 53, 13 144, h 106.

Palpi two segmented, Chelicerie as figured, with two or three teeth on each

digit.

: Venter: Genital opening between coxac HT and [V. Epimera of leg 1

joined medially to form a short sternum, epimera of other legs free; only coxue

T and UT with a shart fine seta. Anal opening 86 long as figured.

* South Australian Museum.

1 All measurements in micra (1).

Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1968), Vol. 86.

156 H. WOMERSLEY

Fig, 1. Forcellinia galleriella sp. nov. A-D female: A, dorsal view; B, ventral view; C,

mandible; D, leg I dorsal; E-G male: E, ventral view; F, tibia and tarsus of leg IV; G,

genitalia showing penis.

A NEW SPECIES OF FORCELLINIA (ACARINA) 137

Legs: Short and fairly stout, length (excluding coxae), I 216, II 211, IIL 216,

IV 240; tarsi I 58, tibia 29, genu 48, tibia with a long subapical seta reaching to

tip of claw; tarsi with short caruncle and long claw, and the sensory setae as

figured.

Male _allotype: Fig. K-~G.—Idiosoma_ 365 long, width 235. Dorsal setae,

vi 48, ve 34, ps 24, sci 48, sce 72, dl 24, d2 43, d3 48, d4 58, p 163, 11 53, 12 48,

13 77, h, 72. Epimera as in female. Genital openin between coxae IV. Anal

suckers as figured. ‘Tarsal discs on Icg IV in the distal half 14 apart, tarsus

48 long,

Legs: I 206, If 197, III 206, [IV 211 long.

Remarks; I’. galleriella sp, noy. differs from the other two known adult species

in the dimensions of the dorsal setac and can readily be separated by the

following key,

Key to the Known Adults of the Genus Forcellinia.

1, All dorsal setae, including the posterior pair and the humerals, short and

of subequal length = . ... FP, frliginosa B. and F. Tiirk.

Dorsal setae mainly longer and of varying lengths .... 2

Internal vertical setae (vi) much finer and shorter than the propodosomal

setae (sci and sce); dl much shorter than d2-d4, but equally strong; d2-d4

as long as p.m _ FB, wasmanni ( Moniez)

vi subequal in length and structure Lo sei or sce; di-d4 less than half length

of p. _ en af ae Er. F’, galleriella sp. n.

REFERENCES

Micuarn, A. D., 1893. British Tyroglyphidae, LI: 131, pl, XXXVIIL,

Montez, R., 1802. “Memoire sur quelques Acariens el Thysanures parasites ou commensanx

des Fourmis” — Rey. Biol. Nord, France, 4, pp. 387-8.

Turk, E. and T., 1956. Beitrage zuv Systernatic und Okologie Mittelcuropiischer Acarina.

Tyroglyphidae und ‘Tarsonemini 1: 50, pp. 66-71.

ZacuvaTxin, A., 1941. Arachnoidea 6, Acariens Tyroglyphoidea — Acad. Sci. ULS.S.R.

THE SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) OF NORTH AND CENTRAL AMERICA

AND SOME OTHER COUNTRIES

BY R. V. SOUTHCOTT

Summary

The Smarididae of North and Central America are reviewed and redescribed from various

collections, and some Smarididae from other countries are referred to, where they throw further

light on the American forms. The following species are described or redescribed for the adult (and

in some cases the nymph): Smaris zeteki, sp. noy., S, lanceolata, sp. noy., S. grandjeani (Oudemans,

1941 1, f.p., S. grandjeani subsp. christensoni, subsp. nov., S. boneti, sp. nov., Calorema, gen. nov.,

C. azteka, sp. nov., Fessonia serrata, sp. nov., F. australiensis Southcott, 1946 (including North

American, Asian and further Australian material), F. lappacea, sp. nov., F. scobina, sp. nov.,

F. lacrimosa, sp. nov., Hirstiosoma bolivari, sp. nov., Trichosmaris gen. noy., T. dispar, sp. nov.,

T. dispar subsp. dentella, subsp. nov., 7. jacoti (Southcott, 1946), comb. nov., Clavismaris, gen.

noy., C. conifera, sp. nov., C. cybaea, sp. nov. An attempt is made to evaluate the systematics of

smaridid mites previously described from North and Central America. The genus Leuchsia

Oudemans, December 1941, is shown to be a synonym of Smaris (Latreille) Womersley and

Southcott, July, 1941. The structure of the smaridid dorsal idiosomal seta (scobala) 1s examined and

a terminology proposed for its various parts. Comment is made upon mounting media used in the

study of the Smarididae. It is recommended the use of media containing polyvinyl alcohol be

abandoned.

THE SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) OF NORTH AND CENTRAL AMERICA

AND SOME OTHER COUNTRIES

by BR, VY, Soutucorr

[Read 10 May 1962|

SUMMARY

The Smurididae of North and Ceritral Ameriea are reviewed and. rerlé-

scribed front various collections, and some Smaricicdae from other countries are

referred to, where they throw farther light on the American forms,

The follawing species are described or redeseribed for the adult (and in

some cases the nymph): Smaris zeteki, sp, now, $. lanceolata, sp. nov. S.

grandieani (Qudemans, 1941), f.p., $. xrendjeunt subsp. christensoni, subsp.

nov., §. bunedti, sp. nov., Calorema, geu, now, C, atteka, sp. nov,, Fessonia ser-

rata, sp. nov. F. australiensis Southeott, 1946 (including North American, Asian

and further Anstralian material), J°. lappucee, sp. uov., F. seubina, sp. uocv.,

F, lacrimosa, sp. nov., Hirsticsoma botivari, sp. nav, Trichosmaris gen. nov,

T. dispar, sp. nov., T. dispar subsp. dentella, subsp, nov., ‘T. jacoti (Southeott,

1946), comb, nov., Clavismaris, gen. nov.. G. conifera, sp. noy.. CG. cyhaea,

sp. Toy.

An attempt is made to evaluate the systematics of sniaridid inites previously

described from North and Central America. The genus Leuchsia Oudemuns,

December, 1941, is shown to be a synonym of Sinmariy (Latreille) Womersley

and Southeott, July, 1942.

The structure of the smaricied clorsal idiosomal seta (seohala) is examined

and a terminology proposed for its various parts.

Comment is made upon mounting media ased in the study of the Smvari-

didae. It is recommended the use of media containing polyvinyl alechol be

ahandoned,

Ll. INTRODUCTION

Few previous studies have been made af the smaridid mite fauna of North

and Central America. Up to the present time the only smaridids recognizable

as such recorded for this area are:

(1) Smaris longilinealis Ewing, 1909. Fiwing’s account is insufficient tor

the generic placing of this mite with any certainly. The possibility that this

species is a synonym of Trichosmeris dispar, sp, nov., of the present paper is

discussed later.

(2) Smeris longilinealis Rwing, 1910. This mite is also not generically place-

able from the information given by Ewing. It is very imlikely that this species

is conspecific with Smaris longilinealis Ewing, 1909, and it is probably not con-

gencric with it. This subject is discussed further in the text.

(8) Hirstiosoma jacoti Southcott, 1946, proposed as a new name for Smaris

sericea. Jacot, 1938, non Trombidiunt sericeum Say, 1821. The lectatype is

selected in the present paper and the species renamed Trichosmaris jacoti, comb.

nov. The species is possibly a synonym of Trichosmaris dispar, sp, noy- This

is disenssed further in the text.

Trins. Roy, Sec, 8. Aust. (1963), Vol. 86.

let) A, ¥, SOUTHCOTT

(4) Smaris sp, Jacot, 1938, p. 125. This species is distinct fram the preeedd-

wig, as Jucot realized. It was placed by Womersley and Southeott (L941, pp.

83, 78) in Hirstiosoma, but with the erection of further genera in the Hirstin-

somatinac its generic placing is now uncertain. The possibility that this species

is conspecific with Clavismaris cybaea, sp, nov., is discussed later.

(5) Leuchsia grandjeani Oudemans, 1941, This species was jeferred to

earlier by the writer (1961a, p, 434) us belonging probubly ta Smuris. in the

present paper the species is redescribed trom specimens forwarded from Ameries,

uni Leuchsia is placed confidently us a junior synonym of Sinaris,

(6) Smuris mamillatus Baker and Wharton, 1952. This species was cor-

rectly placed generically by these authors; the good figure given is suthuiHat

for generic identification, Possibly the species figured is the female of Ssiaris

lanveolata, sp, noy., described from the male in the present paper. The spevifie

mame rmumillatus (of Say, 1821) is not usable, being now allotted to a species of

Labidostomma. (see Southcott, 196la, p, 573) (see also the remarks under S.

lanceolata, and in Section IV),

The primary object of the present paper is a systematic study of the smaridid

mites of North and Central America. It has been found desirable, however,

to extend the study to a small amount of additional muterial from other countries,

The study originated from a reqnest from the United States National Museum,

Washington, for a systematic revision of their mounted collection of Smarididue,

The collection sent’ for studv consisted of 73 slides, and was received in 1948,

It contained specimens originating as carly as 1905, and included material col-

lected in the United States by E, A. MeGrevor, H. E, Ewing and others. The

major part of the collection was, however, made up of mites received from the

Plant Quarantine Service af the United States, which had been intercepted at

stalions on the United States-Mexicy border or at shipping ports in the United

States. Mach of it had originated in Mexi¢o, and other material came from

rious countries OF Centval America, In addition there was a small number of

slides of specimens (Fessonia austraticnsis Southeott, 1946) from Mawaii, taken

im plants originating In China, one specimen taken at Boston fram India (same

species), and one specimen taken at New York on onians coming from Kurape

(Clavismaris cyhaea, sp. nov.), Tn view of the long life History of these mites,

and the lack of imformation on whether any fumigation was done to the cun-

tainers from which these mites originated, between ship voyages, there is no

certainty that these mites did actually nivinate in the same country as that fram

which the plants came; such material shoukl be treated with caution ay fur as

uttributing loculities toy species Is concurmed. Thus it is thought likely, on dis-

trilutional grounds, that the smasidid mite taken upon the onions from Europe

originated in North America, Despite these reservations the material received

from these sources is ot interest, und repays study, ‘This group of 75 slides has

been allotted identification pumbers ACA 1642-1716,*

A further slide of a smaridid mite was received from the United States

National Museum, following a request from the autler for information about

the type specimen of Smarls Jongilinealis Ewing, That specimen was labelled

"The auther has usec these turubers ind prefixes to identify miles in his own eolliction:

ACA |, ACA 8... . for mites of the superfamily Evyytheacuidea: ACB 1, AGB 3, ote, for

mitus of the family Trombictidae (s,1,); ACG I, ACC 9, ete., for mites of other groups, This

syst has also heer extended to provide identifieation gambers of mites of the sume groups

referred to him tor idetdtificition, even though the mites ane not retained in his own collec-

tion, Frequently such wittes aren referred for identification im slide inomits without identi

feation numbers, or thay be received unrucnmted, then usudly without svel mitabers.

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 16)

“Cotype”, and bis U.S.N.M. Serial Number of 20231 (ACA 1752 of the author).

It is not the holotype, and cannot be designated a lectotype as it did not eome

ak the topotype areca: it has in fact little nomenclatorial significance (see

ater),

The anthor has also had available for study a collection of 10 slides from

the collection of the South Australian Museum, mostly of material collected in

Mexico by F. Bonet, und mounted by Mr. H. Womersley or the author. These

ates, have identification oumbers ACA 1717-1723, 173LA, 1731B and ACA

17310, D.

A few slides in these two collections are not in a state which permits identi-

fication, mainly from over-lreatment by potashing or from inadequate clearing

in polyvinyl aleohnl media.

In addition, in 1958 Mr. W. F. Rapp, Jr., entomologist, Department ol

ITealth, State of Nebraska, Uniled States of America, submitted seven slides of

smuridid mites collected in Nebraska and Texas. These buye been allotted

identification numbers ACA 1724-1730,

The present study has resulted in the description of three ncw genera ane

thirteen new species or subspecies, and extends the known range of the twa

previously described and recognizable species—Smaris grandjeant (Onderans,

1941) and Fessonia australiensis Southcott, 1946—considerably. The latter

species was originally desctibed from the Northern Territory of Anstralia; im

Ie present paper it is recorded from the Asian mainland and Mexico, as well

as from Queensland, Australia,

or the deseriptive terms nsed in the present paper, as well as the defini-

tions of the previously described genera of the Smarididae, the author's mono-

graph on the Erythraeoidea (196lq) should be consulted.

U. A NOTE ON THF, STRUCTURE OF THE SMARIDID DORSAL

IDLOSOMAL SETA AND ITS TERMINOLOGY

‘The smaridid dorsal idiosomal seta is typically a complex structuce, hough

variable between species, and as its form will be used as an important deter-

minant in syslematics it has been found necessary ta refer to its parts with

somewhat more precision than has previously been customary. Certain new

terms will be intradueed here, additional to those used for setae by the author

(19614).

The seta (scohala) cotisists of a pedicle (pedicellus) and an expanded part,

the seabillum (see big. 1). The pedicle has a bulbous proximal end which

articulates in a socket in a chitinized epidermal structure, the amphora, The

umphora has a cavity for the nerve supply, which responds to pressure changes

resulting from movement af the seta, e.g. from touch, transmitted to the bulb

of the pedicle. Usnully the bulb of the pedicle is surrounded by a fat chitinized

ring, the projecting part of the amphora, the dnaulus or seta base. This in

smaridids (and other mites) is often set in a seta fossa in the skin. {n certain

smaridids with large setae the amphora may take the form of an enlarged

chitinized papilla rising above the surface of the skin; this is, for example, the

ease in Trichosmaris aepar gen. nov.. sp. nov.,, where the annulus becornes an

invatinated cone set within the papilla (see Fig. 31K, L).

The scobillum has an external or dorsal (an the case of the dorsal setae )

surface, the dectum setac or fectunr scobidli, provided with a number of pro-

162 R. V. SOUTHCOTT

A ANNULUS B -

LSETR BASE) LAMP HORA oF SETA

2 care D

¥ ) ¢ t Sar, , 3 Seta

= eed Fossa

fe I Orel

i, TectTury

i rig. SETAE i

why Rely f SpicuLes—? my

4 Q | SPunegha es

p\? : cae ANG

J ;

cle / Lee

SEE Ga oe

FiANGe oF

CARIN A

Column oF

SPISVLES

Fig. 1, Smaridid dorsal idiosomal sctae (idinsomalie : scobilac), A-D diagrams ta explain

structure: A, fram above; B, from below; GC, from side, partly in section; D, (cross-section,

E-M idiosomalae of various smaridid mites, to scale on left: E, F, Smariy prominens (Banks,

1916) (Australian, specimen ACA 441, South Australia, authar’s collection), E, from above;

BP, from below. G-I, Smuris cooperi Southeott, 1961 (Australian, holotype specimen, Kan-

garoo Island, South Australia), G, from above: I, from below; I. another seta in side view.

J, K, Lessenia australiensis Southcott, 1946 (Australia, holotype specimen), J, from above;

K, from below. LL. M, Fessonia lacrimaya, sp, nov. (Mexico, holotype specimen), L, from

above: M, fram helow. (Figs. F-1, to scale shown.)

SMARLDIDAE (ACARINA) 163

jections, the spicules or modified ciliations. The tectum is most frequently

convex, but may be concave or canoe-like, prismatic or irregular. Laterally it

is bounded by the tectal borders, which run from the occiput or proximal part

of the scobillum to the apex or distal point. On the internal or ventral surface

vf the scobillum is a keel or carina, which may be narrow, or at times partly

swollen, and may be expanded into a distinct Hange on each side, The carina

is usually provided with ciliations or spicules, which may become large and

prominent (see eg, Fig, IG-1), The area between the tectal margins and the

rina is the subtectum. The two planes of the subtectum meet, on production,

to form the fectal angle (Fig, 1D). ‘The tectal spicules may be arranged in

columns or raws, im some species the arrangement being regular, und in others

more or Icss irregular, and in some cascs the arrangement is partly regular and

partly irregular (see Fig. 1),

Most of the preceding is a systematizing of terms already in existence, or

an extension of them, The scobillum does not appear to have had a formal

name applied ta it previously, but was referred to by Grandjean (1933, p. 6)

as the “couche externe” of the seta, which surrounds in his concept a colourless

“axe de chitine”, which inclndes the pedicle (pediccllus).

I. SYSTEMATIC PART

Subfamily SmaAnioisse Southcott (expanded )

(Synonymy as in Southoott, 196la, p. 438)

Genus Sycanis Latreille

Restricted by Womersley and Southcott (1941)

For synonymy see Southeutt 196la, p. 438, and in addition, Smaris South-

eott, L96Lb, p. 135.

For definition and a discussion on the type species sce Sontheatt (196la),

Key to the Species and Subspecies of Adults of the Genus Smaris in

North and Central America.

1. Dorsal idiosomal setae of the middle of the posterior dorsal idiosurnal shield

clongate, three or four times as long as the other dorsal idiosomalac

S$, seteki, sp. nov.

Dorsal idiosomal setae of a more uniform charaeter 24

2(1). Dorsal ididsomal setae lanceolate, the tectum almost nude, with a few

faint rows of spicules on the tectum setac and outlining the tectal borders

S. lanceolata, sp. nov.

Dorsal idiasomal setac otherwise 3

3(2). Dorsal idiosomal setae to 162 long. pointed at apex, the tectum setae pro-

vided with rows of short, sharp spicules

S. grandjeani (Oudemans, 1941), fp.

Dorsal idinsomal setae similar, ty 22 long

S. zrandjeani subsp. christensoni subsp, noy,

Dorsal idiosomal setae to 30x long, blunted and romded at apex, with

rounded tectal spicules S. bonefi, sp. nov.

Lia

R. V. SOUTHCOTT

Fig. 2. Smariy xeteki, sp. nov. Adult female (holotype).

View of mount of entire animal, somewhat compressed, shown

mainly as from the dorsal uspect, but also to some extent in

transpareucy, to show some ‘yentral. structure of idiosoma:

setae mostly omilted, ventral structures shaded; broken lines

outline asetose areas of dorsal shields.

SMATUDIDAE (ACARINA) IH

Smaris zeteki sp. nov.

Figs. 2-

Descriplion of Adult Female (from Uolotype ACA 1673A).

Colour in life net recorded, Anima] of normal smaridid shape, faitly rolnst.

with 4 short nasts, and with heavily sclerotized plates. Idiosoma 1045p) long

to tip of nasus, by about 650. wide where widest.

Anterior dorsal sewturn present, 575,” long by 382, wide, enclosing the

sensillary areas and eyes, and extending forward to cover the nasus; this scutum

is roughly pyriform, but with the edge somewhat irregular, and with ocular pro-

jections, itis flattened posteriorly where its edge almost abuts the anterior edge

of the posterior dorsal scutum.

Eyes 2 + 2, each lateral pair conjoined upon a sessile sclerotized tuberosity.

Anterior eye the larger, cornea 34a across, and directed anterolaterally; posterior

eye smaller, with corvea 24, across, and directed posterovlaterally. luach lateral

eye tuberosity placed fairly close to the anterolateral border of the scutum which

rajects there to form the “ocular projection” of the scutum. Anterior sensillary

oss wide, carrying the two anterior sensillac plus a number of large scohalae,

as figured, Posterior sensillary boss as figured. Anterior and posterior sensillac

filiform, ciliated, the ciliations longer terminally, There is some: indication of

a narrow pathway between the scobalae of the anterior dorsal sentum, outlining

a “erista” between the anterior and posterior scnsillae, Each seobala (ordinary

scta) of the anterior dorsal seutum originates in the base or side of a deep pit

in the scutum, these pits thus giving the anterior dorsal scutum a cribritorim

appearance. Upon the anterior dorsal scutum are two pairs of laterally placed

uselase ateas, set close together, as figured (see Fig. 2); the anterior of each

pair about 20» across and equivalent in space to about that occupied by one

scubala, the posterior about 302 across and equivalent in space to 4-5 scobalae,

The standard data (see Southcou, 1961q) for the two specimens studied are:

ASens Pens SBa SBp IsD bs

TTolota ye Hie) en, 40 54 26 250 12 5A

AGA THTRA ‘

Paratype wit Hie} 4j2 24 23 [p54

AGA WiTsis

Posterior dorsal scutum large, oval but with flatleved margins giving iF a

somewhat square appearance, 4004 long by 380, wide. The anterior margin

of the posterior dorsal scutum comes close 10 the: posterior margin of the anterior

dorsal sentum. Posterior scutum with 6 asetuse areas of moderate size (up to

30y across), as figured (Fig, 2). The setae of the posterior seutum are in its

peripheral part similar to the adjoining dorsal idiosomal secobalae, being pyrilorm

to lanceolate in outline (rather like the segment of an orange), pomted apically

but Aattened below, and with 4-5 columns of spicules in 6-8 rows; sctace L8-22y

long by 6-10. wide, In the centre of the posterior dorsal scutum the seobalae

are considerably elongated, being lanceolate and clavate and in general ave

0-56n long by 2+5-5u wide.

Two smaller mid-dorsal shields are preseut, irregularly oval, 135, long by

108» wide, and occupy the angles formed by the separating margins of the

anterior and posterior dorsal scuta on each side. These rnid-dorsal shields have,

166 RK. V. SOUTTICOTTY

=/OO

Fig, 3. Smaris zeteki, sp. nov. Adult female (holotype). A, anterior

sensillary area and eyes; B, posterior sensillary arca and surrounding

structures (both to scale shown).

SMARIDINAE (ACAKINA) {67

particularly on their lateral sides, an irregular undulating edge. each wave going

araind a ‘seta-socket. These shiclds carry normal dorsal idiosomal scobalae,

but each shield has a small asetose area about 50, long by about 20. wide, in

its medial part,

The remainder of the dorsnn of the idiosoma carries a large number of

setae. each seta being set individually in u small sclerctized plate. which may

be irregularly oval, reniform ov ovoid, and measure roughly 16-260 lomge by

13-]4p wide. ‘hese are thickly set upon the flexible skin of the idiosoma. and

particularly posterolaterilly upon the idiosoma are so heavily packed together

that they tend to overlap each other, iu the mounted specimen. Mach seta

plate has a thickened tmuegin and a central depression in which the seta

lakes origin.

Ventral surface of idiosoma; The anterior part of the venter is covered by

the normal anterior ventral plate of Smmris, enclosing coxae 1 and HU of each side;

this plate is heavily sclerotized. At its posterolateral margins are the two large

uval anteroventral accessory plates, placed nearly at the lateral edge of the

animal in dorsal view; these measure about 130¢ long by 50-60% wide. On each

side the coxa LIL and IV are fused and set in a large posterolateral ventral plate,

which extends unteriorly about 80, in front of the anterior edge ol coxa I,

this anterior projection lying behind the unteroventral accessory plate and the

laterul pact of the anteroventral plate,

External genitalia sct in a Jarge venital plate as figured. Anus set in the

posterior part of (he anal plate, which is avoid, with Hattened anterior and

lateral inmargins, 94. long by 80» aeruss, The anterior edge of the anal plate

upproximates the posterior edge of the genital plate. The genital and anal

plates. are set in the midline between the paired posterolateral ventral plates

of the idiasoma,

Legs somewhat irregular when scen in lateral view; heavily selevotized.

Leg lengths (trochanter tu. tips of tarsal claws): 1 6810p, If 590y, TIL 580p,

IV §20p. Tarsus 1170 long by 79p high, tibia 1175p. long by 624 high, genu J

148 long, tarsus W101 loux by 34a high (a little oblique), tibiu IT 136, long,

tursus LV 120p long by 45u high, tibia TV 185, long, gent. 1V 168 loug (tarsal

lengths exclude claws and pedicle}, Tarsi with conical spteulate setae

(seobalae) interspersed among the sensilae (solencidalac), Tarsal claws

ciliated obliquely along their sides in the proximal two-thirds. The scobalae

ot the tarsi and the darsum of tibiac conical, pointed, with regular pointed

spicules, rather like a pine cone. Other Jeg seobalae in general similar to usual

iaiontitial scobalae, The legs carry also various specialized sensalae (sensory

setae). Spevializod scobalae ure also present in the form of pointed and ciliuted

tuctulac upon the ventral distal parts (que per segment) of the telufemory and

enna.

Gnathosuma as figured, Palpal scobslae simple or lightly ciliated,

Locality, This species is known from two specimens only, with identifien-

inn numbers ACA 1673A (Holotype =) and ACA 1673B (Paratype @ ), Bato

Colufratlo} Island, Canal Zone, Ovt-Noy., 1941, J. Zetek, slide labelled also

7-4915. Lot 42-8741. Holotype in collection of United States National Museum;

paratype in South Australian Museum, ex U.5,N.M,

Remarks. (1) Smaris seteki is quite a distinct species; the author knows:

of no other Smarts which has a similar elongation of a group of dorsal idiosomal

scobulae. The species is dedicated to its original collector.

168 kh. V. SOUTHCOTT

@) The Holotype and Paratype specimens were on receipt mounted and

heavily overstained with same pink dye. They have now been remounted and

destined as far as possible without undue damage, They remain still fairly

heavily stamed, but arc in a state fit for description of all features of taxonomic

significance, The lack of clarity of the ventral plates in the mounts with

dorsum-uppermost is due to this residual overstaining.

(3} It is of interest to note that the external genitalia and anus are each

surrounded by a large sclerotized plate, within which the Jips of the vulva and

anus articulate. A somewhat similar feature was figured by Berlese (1894)

(A.MLS. 71, 4, Fig, 2) for S. syuamata Berlese, 1883, and which Grandjean (1947,

p. 53) doubted (sce also the comment by Southeott (196la, p. 440) ),

Fig. 4. Smuris zoteki, sp. nov. Adult female (holotype), A, central part of pos-

terior dorsal scutum to show setae and sotu-pity; B, monthparts, dorsal uspect (to

sume seale).

Fig. 5.

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA)

Smaris lanceolata, sp. nov. Adult male (holotype), dorsal aspect, setae

mostly omitted.

169

L7() R. V. SOUTHCOTT

Smuris lanceolata sp, noy.

Figs, 5-

PSmaris mamilletus Baker aud Wharton, 1952, p. 242, Tig. 179.

Description of Adult Male (from MWolotype ACA 1671).

Colour in life not recorded, Animal of normal smaridid shape, somewhat

slender, with a narrow nasus of moderate length. — Idiosomal plates lightly

sclerotized. Idiosoma 10204 long to tip of nasus, 540 wide where widest.

Anterior dorsal scutum present, 5104 long by 304, wide, enclosing the sen-

sillary areas and cyes. The scutum is irregularly pyriform, but with well-

gassed ocular projections on the Jateral margins, “ind the posterior margin is

attened.

Eyes 2+ 2, cach lateral pair forming a conjoined indented tubercle. moder-

ately sclerotized, Anterior eye the larger, placed somewhat medially to the

posterior eye, and directed anterolaterally, with cornea 302 across; posterior

cornea directed laterally, and 24)across. Each lateral pair of eyes is fairly close

to the edge of the seutum, where there is a Jarge ocular projection (see Fig. 5).

Anterior sensillary boss lightly sclerotized, and in addition to the two

anterior sensillae it carrics about 5 scobalae (in Paratype ACA 1719; uncertain

in Holotype). The anterior sensillae ciliated, slightly clavate, as figured (Fig.

6A). The posterior sensillary boss as figured (Fig. 6B); the posterior sensillae

of uniform thickness, ciliated,

The anterior dorsal scutum has no indication of any erista. It has four

asctose areas, us figured (Fig. 5) for muscular insertions,

The standard data of the Holotype specimen are:

]

Atoms PSons sBa SBp ISD Ds

a6 41 a0 19 | 28 20-22

Posterior dorsal scutum fairly large, an elongate oval, but flattened anteriorly

and anterolaterally, 415y long by 270, wide. The anterior margin comes close

to Ube posterior margin of the anterior dorsal scutum, the separation 40u. Tts

scobalae are of uniform character, similar to those of the remainder of the dorsum

of the idiosoma. There ure 4 punctate areas practically or cutirely devoid of

setae on the anterior dorsal seutum, placed as figured (Fig. 5),

Two mid-dorsal shields are present, set in the angles between the anterior

and posterior median dorsal shields; they are roughly triangular, 160, Ieng by

85». wide, and are devoid of scobulae. In addition, they each have a central

longitudinal pimectate part as figured (Fig. 5).

Apart from the dorsal sevta the dorsum of the idiosoma is thickly beset

with scobalae, These setae are in general lanceolate, sharply angled near their

base, and almost devoid of ciliations. The lecaf-like tectum setae is outlined

by a thickened tectal border, and carries upon its surface three rows of pro-

jections or spicules, as figured (Pigs. 6 A, B, 7 A-D), The spicules are weak

and adnate, and appear as weak segmented columns rather than as outstanding

serrations. Along the yentral surface of the scobala the kecl forms a protuber-

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 71

ance near the occiput of the scobillum, the keel then expands fanwise distally.

The scobalae of the dorsal shiclds are set in small fossae, and each of these

scobalae arises mostly toward the edge of the fossa. On the remainder of

the dorsum of the idiosoma cach scobala js set individually in a small oval or

diamond-shaped shicld, as figured (Figs. 6 B, 7 A-D). Each individual seta-

shicld has a central excavation in which the seta takes origin; the shields appear

like small canoes or coracles, and are thickly packed together.

oe)

Fig. 6, Smaris lanceoluta, sp. nov. Adult male (holotype). A,

anterior sensillary arca and eyes; B, pusterior sensillary area and

adjacent strictures.

172 R, V. SOUTHOOTT

Scobalae of somewhat different character are found dorsally on the nasus at

the tip and inferiorly to it; these setae are expanded and more rugose: the

tectiun setae carries up to 5 rows of finger-like projections avranged in regular

columms and rows extending to the apex of the seta; the sctae are thus large,

fan-like, chitinized, 30, long by 9 wide.

Venter; the normal large anteroventral sentum is present, enclosing the

the anterior coxae; there arc no large anteroventral accessory plates, Each vax

Hf and IV of each side is fused as usual into a large posterolateral ventral cuxal

late, lightly sclerotized, and with an anterior flange projecting well forward

rom coxa IL.

External genitalia lightly sclerotized, the male labia majora being 167.

long by 72 across with the lips in apposition. Flanking the external genitalia

pustcrolaterally are two triangular adgenital plates, 2104 long by 67 «Acvoss,

as fioured (Fig. 7 3),

The anal plate is large, 126, long by 146, across, the anus set In the an-

terior part of it as figured, with spindle-shaped hurr-like bushy sctue (“analae”)

alongside. There are 4 postenor ventral plates as shown around the opisthu-

soma ventrally (Fig. 7 E).

The ventral scobalae are in general similar in chacacter und size to those of

the dorsum of the idiosoma. Thuse not arising from the larger ventral plates

are set individually on small seta-plates as figured (Fig. 7 E), between the

other plates.

Legs normal; leg lengths, including trochanter to tip of tarsal claws, I 870,

TE 53M; IIL 540, VV 720. Tarsus £190. long by 55p, high, tibia I 200, king,

genn | 180 long, tarsus I 88, long by 43, high, tibia W115, long, tarsus IV

U7. lomyg by 41p high, tibia TV 1632 long, genu [V 157p. long (tarsi measured

exclusive of claws and pedicle), Tarsal claws lightly obliquely ciliated, except

terminally, Tarsi with many scobalae, heavily ciliated with stiff pointed

ciliations hence burr-like, pointed aptvally, yngled basally, more rugose than the

louy setae but of somewhat similar character; setae of typically smaridid charac-

ter, Various sensalae present among the senhalae of the legs, especially distally.

Cnathosoma as figured (see Fie. 7 F; also 5, 7 E); palpal seobalae lightly

eiliated.

Locality. The following three specimens have been examined; ACA 1671,

adiwt male (Holotype), under dead orange bark, La Campana, Panama, Sept.

28, 1938, J. Zetek, Nomber 4288. Lot 38-17223, U.S.N.M. In United States

National Museum.

ACA 1672, one specimen, adult ?¢, Paratype. On Lyeaste sp., Canal Zone,

at B'yille [= Brownsville, Texas, United State of America], April 29, 1946, Wil-

liamson-Allen, collectors. Brownsville 60882, Lot 16-5491, To be deposited

in South Anstralian Museum éx United States National Musenm.

ACA 1719, one specimen, Paratype. Miramar, Manzanilla, Mexico, January

16, 1943, F. Bonet, No, 692. This specimen is in poor condition, and its iden-

tifivation is a little dubious, Im South Australian Museum collection.

Remarks, As. indicated im the introduction of this paper, Baker and Whar-

ton (1952, Fig, 179, p. 242) figured an adult female smaridid mite which they

identified as Smaris mamillatus (Say). That specific name has, however, now

been viven to a specics of Labidostomma.*

* Note udded in proof: Atyeo and Crossley (1961) give reasons for prposing that

Lahidoastome is the vorrect spelling of the name Lahidostomma Krinner, 1879.

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA)

tooud

Fig. 7. Smaris lanceolata, sp. nov. Adult male (holotype), A-D, dorsal idiosomal

setac, to scale on left. A, seta and seta plate, from left of middle of dorsum;

B. same seta from below: C, D, setae from near posterior pole of idiosoma, seen, in

side view: E, ventral surface of idiosoma, to show shields, setae omitted; F, gnathv-

soma and tip of nasus from above.

178

ITA R. ¥, SOUTHCOTT

The general appearance of Baker and Wharton's specimen is in Agreement

with Smaris lanceolata, The mid-dorsal shields lack setae, and the dispositioa

of the asetose areas on the anterior dorsal and mid-dorsal shields is in agreement

with the male 8. lanceolata. The central setae of the posterior dorsal scutum are

not lengthened, In the anterior hall of the posterior dorsal sentum Baker and

Wharton figure two small laterally placed asetose areas, and in the posterior

halt they show a curved row of four asetose areas, That arrangement appears

to agree with the specimen ACA 1672 referred to above, As, however, specimen

ACA 1672 is not ideal for description, it is thought best to leave the description

of the female and the selection of an allotype specimen ta the future, (It is

not possible ta identify Baker and Wharton's specimen with more precision as

no detail of a dorsal scobala is given, ete. No locality data were given. }

Smaris grandjeani (Oudemans) f{.p.

Pigs. 8 and 9

Levelsia grandjeant Oudemans, L941, yx. 182.

Smaris grandieant Southeott, 19Gla, p. 434.

Redescription of Adult (from ACA 1674, Male)

Colour in life not recorded. Animal of normal smaridid shape, with a

slender nasus of moderate length, and with the idiosoma provided with a

number of sclerotized plates, Idiosoma 850 long to lip of nasus, by 565j wide

where widest (the animal is somewhat compressed in the slide mount).

Anterior dorsal scntum as figured (Figs. 8, 94), 460. long by 250 wide.

enclosing the eyes and sensillary areas, and extending to the nasns. It is pyri-

form, widest posteriorly, and with its edge cul into undulations which accom-

modate adjacent setu-plates.

Eyes 2+ 2, normal, each lateral pair arising trom a normal sclerotized

ocular bass. Anterior eve the larger, cornea 28 across, the eye directed antero-

laterally; posterior eye with cornea 24y across, directed posterolaterally, The

ocular boss carries about 7 normal dorsal idiosomalae (seobalac). Each pair

of eves placed close to horder of scutum, and there is a slivht ocular projection

upon the scutum’s anterolateral border. Anterior sensillary boss. present, only

moderately sclerotized, carrying the 2 anterior sensillac plus 3 scobalae. An-

terior sensillae slender, with minute ciliations throughout the proximal 2/3, the

ciliations thereafter longer to form a slight enlargement at the end. Posterior

sensillary boss fairly small, lightly sclerotized, and without scobalae (posterior

sensillae missing in speciineén ACA 1874),

The standard data of specimen ACA 1674 are:

Anens PSens | SBa SBp IsD DE

46 - at \ 18 12 12-16

The scobalae of the anterior dorsal scutum originate individually from the

side of a circular or irregular pit, thus giving the anterior scutum a cribriform

appearance.

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA)

100

/ f vemtyal shield

Spt ouss dersal

ra anberyelateral shield

> mid =dorsal

‘i shietd

(dislocate A!

anter olateral

thield by

mid- dorsal -—| oh

Shrel ey

adgental aT ; postevolateval

shovel 4 Ventyal

shtely

anwal=————4

Sheld i

‘ post evr

dorsal

shield

vent yal

Obtshhesowqs te

ahields

Fig. 8. Smaris grandjeani (Oudemans, 1941). Adult male, speci-

men ACA 1674, seen as a transparency, setae mostly omitted. Ventral

structures shaded obliquely.

17 nV. sSOUTHCOrTY

Posterior dorsal scutum large, widest anteriorly, a blunted trianele, with a

somewhat sinious edge, It is similar in structure to the anterior dorsal seutim,

25] long by 258, wide.

The idiosoma has other dorsal shields as figured (Tig. 8),

The dorsal idiosomal setae are typically smavidid in character, with a convex

tectum and a tectal angle of about 120°, the tectum studded with short sharp

spicules arranged fairly regularly in about 8 rows of 7-9 columns, except for

the final 3 apical rows (see Fig, 9.4, B). The setac of the posterior part of the

posterior dorsal scutum tend to be narrower than the vthers. Those idlosomal

scobalae not arising on the larger shields arise individually in small polygonal

seta-plates with excavated centres (Fig. § A, B), The dorsal idiasomal scobalae

are in general less than twice as long as wide, the setae of the posterior part

of the posterior dorsal scutum being an exception. A typical seta from near

the posterior pole of the idiosoma dorsally, e.g, of Fig, 9 . measure 14. long

by 10,2 wide.

Venter with shields as figured (Fig. S), The ventral idiosomalae are

simmUar to the dorsal. Genitalia of specimen ACA 1674 of normal male stnaridid

character; adgenital shields are as figured. The awus is set in an anal shield as

fivwred; the scobalae immediately adjacent to the anus are normal “analac” as

described for other smaridids (pine-cone-like, with pointed spicules), Around

the periphery of the opisthosoma in ventral view are 4 plates as figured; these

are about equal in size, somewhat irregular, with rounded angles.

Legs fairly slender, leg lengths (including trochanter to tips of tarsal claws),

({ 765, IL 470u, WL 4704, TV 660n. Tarsus L 173, long by 52 hich: tibia T

18Uy. long, genu T M43p long, tarsus 176, 81. lone by 30u high, tibia IT 104.

long (left and right), tarsos TV 944 long by 36,4 high, tibia IV 150. long, gent

IV 153, long (tarsal lengths exclude claws and pedicle), Tarsi with normal

tarsal sctation; tarsal claws ciliated along their sides, obliquely, except at tips.

Scobopedalae nt proximal segments similar to idiosomal scobalae but more

elongate, Sensipedalae of normal smaridid type.

Gnathosoma appears normal, but as in ACA 1674 it is in the retracted posi-

tion details cannim be clearly discerned.

Locality, The material referred ta Swaris grandjeani grandjeani consists

of three specimens:

One specimen, adult male, ACA 1674, in collection of United States National

Musetrm, dated Noy., 1938, but without locality or other data, except details

of slide mounting (2% KOH, acetic acid, absolute alcohol, clove oil, balsam),

Two adult specimens, serial ACA 1670, in collection of United States

National Museum, the only data available being recorded on the slide as “Card

No, 2961... . Bufo El georgea”, of which the significance is not known.

Remarks. The figures and description given above match the specimen

described by Oudemans (1941) in all essential details. As Oudemans gaye no

metvic data for his mite except the length and breadth of the animal (1-04 mm.

x 0 45 mm.) and the length of leg I (0-87 mm.) the present author has given

the usnal data he now gives in describing smaridid mites. Qudemuns did nat

describe ihe svstem of dorsal plates of his specimen, but the pattern of setae

shown in his Mig. L gives some indication of their presence. His Figs. 4 and 5

show the sensillac, rather inadequately, and he was not able to observe the eyes

at all, The ventral surface was, however, quite well figured (his Figs. 8-15) and

shows the ventral idiosomul system of plates quite well (from which it is con-

SMARIDIDAE (ACAR-NA} 177

cluded that Oudemans’s specimen was described from a mite mounted with its

venter upmost). However, Oudemans misinterpreted the relationships of the

plates concerned with coxae IM and IV, showing (Fig. 8) coxa IIL separated

from LV, and showing also as separated the plates extending in front of coxa

III and behind coxa IV. These are in Smaris all in continuity. The dorsal setae

are not shown by Oudemans as pointed terminally (sec his Figs. 1-7), but

otherwise his figures show the general shape fairly well, and the setae on the

nasus (his Fig. 3) are well drawn (compare with Fig. 9 A of the present paper).

Fig. 9. Smaris grandjcani (Qudemans, 1941). Adult imale,

specimen ACA 1674, A, dorsal view of nasus and. adjacent

and underlyiny structures, showing also one svobala (inset )

in yeutral view. B, posterior pole of idiosoma, showing

(inset) also ventral or carinal aspects of two scohalae.

(All to seale shown. )

178 R. V, SOUTHCOLT

Ondemans stated that the following obtains with the leg lengths; J >]L>

IV > JUL. The present author, however, considers such a relationship unlikely

to be correct in a smaridid mite, as leg 1V is normally nest in length atter I,

Reference to Oudemans’s Fig. 2 shows that in the specimen described (the

holotype) leg I is incomplete. and this would suggest {hat Oudemans cstimated

the length of Jeu Ll from the remaining parts rather than measured it in entirety,

although he had actually two specimens available for study (the text does net

state whether the second specimen was used in the description ).

The only significant character in which Leuchsia was differentiated from

Smaris by Oudemans lay in the fact that Leuchsia was alleged to possess

“Keine Augen”, The probable explanation for Oudemans’s failing tn recognize

has been suggested above, apart from the deterioration of the standard vf his

work in that final paper of his career, which the author has commented upon

elsewhere (1961la, p. 428).

The present author is satisfied with the identity of the material before him

as conspecific with Oudemans’s species. Oudemans stated, “Ich verdanke die 2

Exemplare dem Herrn F, Grandjean, der sie in moderndem Holze, August 1926.

in der Umgebung von Colon, Panama, fund”. It is to some extent regrettable

that the slide mounts of the U.S.N.M, material do not camry more data. Pre-

sumably the specimens referred to originated in North or Central America.

From the above it may with confidence be concluded that Leuchsia Oude-

mans (December) 1941 is a junior synonym of Smuaris (Latreille) Womersley

and Southeott (July) 1941, as the author has provisionally indicated earlier

(Southeott, L96la, pp. 434, 435),

The holotype is in the Oudemans collection (not secn),

Smaris grandjeani subsp. christensoni subsp. nov.

Figs, 10 and 11

Description of Adult Male (from Holotype ACA 1667).

This subspecies is similar to the principal form of the species, but differs

in having more elongate dorsal setae. These scobalae are, as Figs. 10 and 11

show, about twice as long as wide, or more.

The standard data of the holotype are:

eee ee

ASons | PSens ABa | SBp TsD | DS

Bt | 64 2 17 118 | 123

A typical measurement of a scobala near the posterior pole of the idissoma,

dorsally, is 182 long by 8p wide. ‘Ie tectum setae has 5-8 (usually 5-6) columns

of spicules in 7-8 rows.

Tarsus I is 128, long by 78m across, tibia 1 135, long, genu 1 143, long,

tarsus I] ca 90u long by 41u high, tibia Uf ca 100, long, tarsus LV ca 95p long

by ca 40p high, tibia TV ca 150, long, gen 1V ca 1604 long (tarsal lengths ex-

clude claws and pedicle).

SMARIDIDAFE (ACARINA) 179

‘I

‘sf

tert

Fig. 10. Smaris grandjeani subsp, christensuni, subsp. nov. Adult male (holotype). A,

outline of specimen im slide mount, mainly in dorsal view but artly as a transparency,

setae mostly omitted. 1, palpi, nasus, anterive dorsal shield, middle dorsal shield (eft)

and some adjacent structures, including the anterior edge of the posterior dorsal shield.

Chelicerae ave also outlined below the nasus. and the details of the eyes, sensillac, seohalae,

including part of posterior dorsal shield, (B and C to seale on right. }

180 R, V. SOUTHCOTT

Description of Nymph (from specimens ACA 1731 GC, D),

The standard data of the two specimens studied are;

l 7

| ASunus PSene | SBa | SBp Isp 1S

AGA 17310 4k 66 18 18 D6 24-30

ACA 17311 | 46 — | 23, 1s HG 24-34

The dorsal idiosomal seobalae are similar to those of the adult, but are more

elongate and the tectum setae has 5-6 columns of spicules in up to 14-15 rows.

A typical dorsal scobala near the posterior pole of the idiosoma measures 28-30p

long by 7-8» wide,

Specimen ACA 1731C has the idiosoma 810y long by 5904 wide (somewhat

compressed). Leg 1 is 4354 long inclusive of trochanter to tips of claws, tarsus

I 102, long by 56, wide, tibia [ 94. long, genu I 90, long, tarsus If 61, Jong

by 26, high, tibia IT 70, long, tarsus TV 68, Jong by 27. high, tibia IV 94u long,

genu IV 94, long (tarsi measured without claws or pedicle). (This specimen

is in polyvinyl alcohol medium and is not ideal for Sescription.}

Specimen ACA 1731D (mounted along with ACA 1731C and in similar

cundition ) with idiosoma 805, long, 570% wide, tarsus I 104. long by 60p. across

by 49, high, tibia I 94, Jong, genu I 89p long, tarsus IT 61. Ton by 28, high,

tibia IT 73, long, tarsus IV 63p long hy 26p. high, tibia IV 942 long, venu IV

91. long (tarsi measured without claws or pedicle),

Material Examined (all single adult specimens, except ACA 1731C, D),

ACA 1664, paratype, on Neotoma, Monterey, California, May 27, 1945,

J. M. Linsdale, No. 562, Lot 46-865, in United States National Museurn collection,

ACA 1665, paratype, on Odontoglossum grande, Guatemala: at Brownsville

[. Texas], March 25, 1947, Lot 47-4989, in South Australian Museum collection ex

U.S.N.M. collection.

ACA 1666, paratype, on orchid plants, “Mexico, D,F.", at Laredo, Texas,

june 1947, E, C. Harrison, Lot 47-8714, in South Australian Museum ex

U.S.N.M.

ACA 1667, on orchid plants, Vera Cruz, Mexico: at Laredo, August 15,

1947, Jackson, Lot 47-12413. Male specimen. Holotype, in United States National

Museum.

ACA 1668, paratype, on orchid plant, Guaternala, at Brownsville, October

27, 1947; Alexander, colr., Lot 47-16106, U.S.N.M,

ACA 1669, paratype, in soil, Mesilla, New Mexico, February 4, 1938, L. D.

Christenson, 5775, Lot 38-13954, U/S.N.M.

ACA 1720, paratype, Petrero Grande, Mexico, January 15, 1945. F. Bonet,

B6S9. Male, in South Australian Muscum Coll.

ACA 1731A, paratype. Nevada de Colima, Jalfiseo], Mexico, January 21,

1943, No, 715, 8.A.M. Coll,

ACA 1731 C, D, two nymphs, same collection data as preceding, S.A.M. Coll,

(described above),

Remarks. ‘This species may be distinguished from Smuwris grandjeani grands

jeani as in the key to Smaris aboye. This subspecies is named for its original

collector (see ACA 1669, above).

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 141

Tig. 11. Smaris grandjeani subsp. christensoni, subsp. nov. Adult, from paratype specimen

ACA 1668. A, antcrior sensillary arca, eyes, and adjacent structures, B, posterior sensillary

area and adjacent structures. C, posterior pole of idiosoma, in dorsal yiew. (All figures

to scale shown.)

R, V. SOUTHCOTT

Smaris boneti sp. nov.

Figs. 12-14

Description of Adult Male (from the Holotype ACA 1731B).

Colour in life not recorded. Animal of normal smaridid shape, fairly robust,

with a short nasus, and with lightly sclerotized plates. Idiosoma 1130, long to

tip of nasus by 760» wide where widest.

{00

1000

Fig. 12. Smaris boneti, sp. nov. Adult male (holotype), dorsal view,

but showing some ventral structures (broken lines), setae mostly

omitted

SMARIDIDAK (ACARINA) Tha

Anterior dorsal scutum present, 560, long by 3735p wide, enclosing the

sensillae and eyes, going forward on to the nasus; it is roughly pyritorm, but

with the edges somewhat irregular, There is practically no extension of the

anterior dorsal seutum {to form an ocular projection in the vicinity of the cyes,

The shicld has some punctate asctose areas, as figured (see Fig. 12), but these

ave not clearly demarcated on the sentum and they are difficult to elucidate,

In the holotype the anterior and posterior dorsal idiosomal shields are well

sepuirated,

Leyes 2+ 2, each lateral pair closely approximated, but there is only a slight

tuberosity on the anterior sentum for each lateral eye pair, Anterior eye the

kuver, coruea 24) across, directed anterolatcrally, posterior eye slightly lateral

to anterior eye, with cornea 22, across, directed posterolalerally. The eve

tuberosity carries a few scobalae sinvlar to the adjacent dorsal idiosomal

scobilae, but slightly larger than those adjacent on the anterior dorsal sculum.

Hyes fairly close to the lateral border of scutum, as figured (Figs. 12, 144),

Anterior sensillary boss wide, carrying the two anterior sensillac and eight

normal dorsal type scobalae, Anterior sensillae slender, parallel-sided, termin-

ally blunted, ciliated, the terminal ciliations long. Posterior sensillary boss only

lightly sclerotized, similar to anterior bat slightly clavate in terminal part, and

blunted terminally. The seutal scobalae have a convex tectum, lanceolate in

outline, angled basally, and with the teetum setae with regularly arranged

tuberous spicules. Each scutal scobala arises from an irregular pit; the scutum

thus having the usual cribriform appearance of the anterior dorsal sentum,

The standard data of the holotype axe as follow:

ASens Tins SB, aBp | TAL) PR

so pelts 47 2h tT) 22-30.

Posterior dorsal scutum of maderate size, more or less rounded, of similar

nature tu the anterior dorsal scutum, ea 260. long by 280n wide. Attached to

its anterolateral angles are two asctose areas which tend to project away from

the remainder of the seatum; these overly muscular insertions, Seme smaller

axelose areas are present on the pasterior part of the posterior dorsal scutum,

as figured (Fig, 12). The scobalae of the posterior dorsal scutum are uniform

in character and are similar to the other dorsal idiosomal seobalae. Two

usetose areas are also present in the mid-dorsal pusition, aud cach is abut

halfway between the dorsal median line aud the lateral edge of the idioscma,

as shown in Fig, 12.

Dorsal idiosomal scobalac are typically smaridid, with a wide tectum setae

ancl a deep keel, the seta angled basally. The tectum setae lanceolate, widest

about 1/3 along the scobillum, blunt-pointed apically; the tectum carries 6-5

ewlumns of tuberaus spicules, in 9-13 rows in the wider part of the tectum;

distally the spicules diminish in mumber, but only a little in size, The setae

arise either from pits (oo the major shirts) or from small individual seta-

plates, sclerotized, excavated centrally, resernbling a coracle lying among the

dorsal striations (see Figs. 13A,B; 144.8).

Ventral selerotization of narmal type for genus, detail of shields similar

to that of the dorsum (venter not clearly seen as the only specimen available is

the holotype. mounted back uppermost). External genitalia and anus appear

normal,

184 R, V, SOUTHCOTT

Legs robust, normal, moderately sclerotized. Leg lengths (including

trochanter to tip of tarsal claws): 1 7504, IL 605,, IL 600u, IV 775. Tarsus

I 155p Jong by 93. across, tibia [ 142, long, tarsus If 104» long by 47u high,

tibia [I 1254 long, tarsus IV 119» long by 42u high, tibia IV 165p. long (tarsal

lengths exclude claws and pedicle), Scobalae of legs similar to those of

idiosoma but the scobalae tend to be more elongate, particularly distally, with

more outstanding spicules/ciliations. On the tarsi the scobalae are quite

pointed with pointed ciliations. Sensalae of legs characteristic of Smarididae.

Tarsal claws ciliated along their sides except al. tip.

Fig. 13. Smaris boneti, sp. nov. Adult male (holotype). A, nasuts

and adjacent structures, dorsal view. B, scobalae near posterior

pole of idiosoma dorsally. (Both to scale shawn.)

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 185

Guathosoma is in the retracted position in the holotype, and only the tip

of the palp protrudes; palpal scobalae pointed, lightly ciliated.

Lueality. This species is known from only the holotype, slide labelled

Nevada de Colima, Jalliseo, Mexico], January 21, 1943, F. Bonet, No. 715; type

slide in South Australian Museum collection, with identification number ACA

1731B. The mite was remounted from polyvinyl alcohol mountant to methyl

cellulose medium on January 28, 1961, by the author, and to gum chloral medium

on September 27, 1961; it is somewhat damaged.

Genus CALoRHMA, gen. nov.

Unnamed now genus, undescribed Southcott 196La, p. 438 (referred ta in text on line 1;

also referred to in second part of caption 3: (1) of the key).

Type species (original designation): Calorema azteka, sp. noy.

Definition. Octopod stages typically smaridid in shape. Eyes 2 + 2, placed

level with or anterior to anterior sensillary area. The dorsal idivsomal sensillary

arens enclosed hy a paddle-shaped shield of prominent reticular structore, which

does not enclose the eyes. Anterior sensillae behind middle of scutum, Coxae

l and II do not fuse aeross the mid-line to form an anterior yentral shield, but

have a narrow median gap between them. Chitin of legs, particularly coxae

to tibiae, as well as dorsal scutum, with prominent reticular structure,

Larva not known.

Remarks, This genus may be separated from others of the subtamily

Smaridinae in the adult and nymphal stages as in the key given earlier (South-

cott, 1961a, p. 438, last entry ).

Calorema azteka sp. nov,

Figs. 15-19

Description of Adult Male (from the Holotype ACA 1646) (Figs. 15,16).

Colour ia life not recorded, Of normal adult smaridid shape and dimen-

sions, with a distinct nasus. Tdiosoma 790 long to tip of nasus by 480, wide

where widest,

Dorsal seutum. paddle-shaped, the handle pointing anteriorly, and covering

the dorsum of the nasus, 3152 long by 120. wide where widest, a level about

230». back frum the anterior tip; the handle somewhat broadened over the nasus,

and flattened alony its anterior margin; a neck present about 60, back from the

anterior tip, the neck there 364 wide. Anterior sensillary area present on

scutum, beliind its middle, and posterior to cye level. Posterior sensillac at

posterior end of scutum.

The standard data are;

ASens | Pens SBa. SBp Isp DS

30 | (missing) "32 22 128 14-24

a a oo

Anterior sensillae slender, slightly thickened in middle, distally tapering.

ciliated throughout their length, the ciliations minute in the proximal third, ter-

186 R. V, SOUTHCOTT

(00

Fig, 14. Smaris boneti, sp. nov. Adult male (holotype). A, eyes, anterior sen-

silary area and adjacent structures. B, posterior sensillary area and adjacent

structures; the right posterior sensillary seta has been dislocated from its socket.

(Both fiznres to scale shown.)

SMARIDIDAL (ACARINA) Lb7

minully the ciliations longer and there furming a spindle-shaped brush. Pusteriar

sensillae missing in holotype, but in a paratype mule specimen (ACA 1642) they

are slender, slightly tapering, ciliated throughent, with ciliations longer in distal

half of sensilla. Posterior sensilla 65u long.

The chitin of the scutum has a prominent retienlar structure, except for the

track formed between the anterior and postcriar sensillac, and around the

anterior sensillae as figured (Wig. 16), thus outlining a crista incorporated in

the seutum. The actual sensillary areas are differenuiated by their having a

separate pattern of smaller holes in their chitin. Scutum with setation in generel

simflar to the normal dorsal idiosomal scobalac, Nasal setac 18-22, long, ather

seutal scobalae 12-16 long, Stutal scobalae behind the nasal setac and anterior

tu the anterior sensillary area are unpigmented (except for 4 scobalac al the

anterior edge of the antevior sensillary area); one such unpigmented scobala

seen 56u anterior to posterior mid-sensillary poing, and 20. to right of mid-line.

thus being about halfway between mid-line and Jatcral border of the scutum

at that level, otherwise the seutal scobalae are light brown. the same as the

majority of the idiosomal seobalae.

Eyes 2. |- 2, the anterior eye larger and more medial, 22, across. Posterior

eve 16, across, The eyes are placed at the ocular projection of the anterior

part of the idiosoma dorsally, between the conjoined edges of coxae T and IL,

ur slightly anterior to this vertical plane.

Dorsal idiosomal scobalae numerous, typically smaridid in structure, the

tectum setae convex and with 4-5 irregular columns of coarse saw-tceth, these

serrations Gr spicules projecting prominently; the carina or keel provided with

an expanded flange, also cut at its edges into prominent curved saw-teeth, The

dorsal seobalae longer posteriorly; most setae lightly pigmented with brown:

amune them, however, are several patehes of unpigmented setac, these being

(additional to these recorded for the dorsal scutum) (1) an irregular somewhat

transverse patch behind the posterior sensillac; (2) a rounded patch about 120);

aeross by 90p long, of ahout 23 setac, placed toward the posterior pole of the

idiosoma behind the level oF coxae IV, its mid-point level with the femoral uv)

pseudoarticulation (there is no sign of any underlying scutum to this pateh ar

in this region, but the patch is placed where one would expect to find the norma!

posterior dorsal idiosamal scutum in the genus Smaris),

Venter: the anterior coxue I and II of each side form a conjoined antero-

Jateral coxa) plate, as applies in the Erythraevidea generally. ‘These two anterior

lateral coxal plates nearly meet in the mid-line, the separation being only 8,

and this almost straight medial border of each anterior coxa] plate is made up

in its anterior 3/3 from coxa land the remainder from coxa I]. Anteriorly

there Is also an oblique part pf the medial border of coxa L. The posteriar

coxze (LIT and IV) fonn on each side a posteriar coxal plate, as is usual in the

Erythracoidea, these being well separated (see Fig, 15), The posterior coxal

late has no Hange or anv additional plate in front of coxa HI. All coxae with

¢eavy chitin, with prominent reticular structure. External venitalia and anus

narmal, Ventral idiosomal setae normal, with pointed ciliations. Internal

venital armature shows that the holotype is a male; the external genital ovifice

with the normal paired lips.

Legs normal, except that the chitin has a prominent reticular strohire,

present on all segments except tarsi, where it is less marked, Teg Jengths (in-

eluding trochanter and tarsal claws), | 715.. IL SL5p, LT 5904, 1V 810p. Tarsus

T 13) long by 52« high, tihia | [70 Jong, genu I 148y long, tarsus IV 119.

long by 25 high, tibia [V 203, 211p long, genu TV L68, long (tarsal measure-

188 kK. V. SOUTHCOTT

Fig. 15. Calorema azteka, sp. nov. Adult male (holotype). A, entire, by transmitted light,

but giving preference to the dorsal view, setae mostly omitted. B-G, dorsal idiosomal

scobalae, various aspects: B, scobala in dorsal or téctal aspect; C, scobala in Ventral or

carinal aspect; D, E, oblique views, D, tectal oblique view, E, carinal oblique view; F, end

view, somewhat tectal; G, end view of scobala, showing inset: Gi. end view of the seta tip,

Gs, the outline superimposed over the annulus (seta base) and bulb of the pedicle. (A io

scale on left; setac to scale on right.)

SMARIDIDAF (ACARINA) 189

ments excluding claws and pedicle), Tarsi with usual supraonychial setae.

Tarsal claws ciliated obliquely along their sides, except al Lip.

Gnathosoma as figured. Pulpal scobalae moderately ciliated,

Description of Allotype Adult Female (from ACA 1649).

Similar to male in general structure. The standard data are:

ASens PSens SBa SBp | Isp DS

28 ca oa 24 21 | (27 14-22

Fig. 16. Calorema azteka, sp.nov. Adalt male (holotype). anterior part of idigsoma dorsully,

and adjacent structures (setae mostly omitted on right).

190 Rh. V. SOUTHCOTT

Tarsus I is 121e long by 46p high by 60, across, tibia I 164, long, genu I

150» long, tarsus TV 102u long by 32. high, tibia [V 175, long, genu IV 158,

long (tarsal lengths exclude claws and pedicle),

Description of Nymph (from the “Nymphotype”, ACA 1650) (Figs, 17-19),

Calour not recorded, The animal is of normal nymphal smaridid build.

Idiosoma 770. long by 490% wide (the specimen is rather compressed in the

slide mount; see Fig. 17). Dorsal scutum more slender than in adult, 236. long

by 36, wide, where widest (about 1/3 back from anterior sensilla towards the

posterior sensilla).

The standard data are:

ASens | Pens | SBa SByp | ISD | Ds

$B 37 | 14 | 13 | ay | 24-41

Sensillae of dorsal scutum similar to adult, but more slender. The scutum

has only a few scobalae (sce Fig. 18A); there are 4 setae forming a curved row

at the nasal tip of the scutum, 28-30p long.

Eyes 2 + 2, level with or a little anterior to anterior sensilla as figured

(Vig. 18A). Anterior eye 22. across, posterior 16 across.

Dorsal idiosomal scobulae typical of a nymphal smaridid, clongate. with

about 4 columns of saw-teeth; setae are fairly uniform in length over the dorsum,

including the scutum, and none are unpigmented in the “Nymphotype”.

Venter similar to adult, cxcept that the genitalia are of the nymphal

character.

Legs similar to adult, but more slender; the leg lengths are (including

trochanters and tibial claws): I 615p, I 445,, JIT 455p, TV 590. Tarsus [ 106,

long by 5lp high, tibia [ 148» Jong, genu I 118, long, tarsus TV 73, long by

3%p high, tibia IV 146, long, genu LV 123» long (tarsal lengths exclude claws

and pedicle).

Gnathosoma similar to adult, but more slender.

Material Examined and Locality and Other Data,

Holotype male, ACA 1646; On banana leaf debris. Panama; at Philadel-

phia, Philadelphia. October 9, 1933, A. B. Wells, U.S.N.M, Ref, No, Phila. No,

19392. In United States National Museum collection.

“Nymphotype”, ACA 1650. Moss, Desierto de los Leones, Mexico, December

12, 1943. Collector not stated, In U.S.N.M. (This slide contains also an adult

pachygnathid mite, ACC 824, PNanorchestes sp., but with the posterior sensillac

somewhat clavate,

ACA 1642, paratype, adult male. On banana debris, Mexico: at Galveston,

Texas, U.S.A. Coll. S. R. Morris, February 16, 1937, Lat 37-4801. Remounted

in methyl cellulose mountant January 11, 1961,

ACA 1643, paratype. adult, ?sex. On Laelia majalis. Antiguo[-|Morelos,

Mexico: at Brownsville, Texas. April 2, 1947, Lot 47-4999. Name of collector

not stated. Specimen retained in South Australian Museum collection ex

U.S.N.M.

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 19]

leo

600

Fig. 17. Calorema azteka, sp. nov, Nymph (specimen

ACA 1650), in transparency, viewed from dorsum, setae

mostly omitted.

192 R. ¥, SOUTHCOTT

ACA 1644, paratype, adult, probably male. On orchid plant, S[an] L[uis]

P[utosi], Mexico: at Laredo, Texas, May 14, 1946, Babb, coll. Laredo 39239,

Lot 46-7030. In polyvinyl alcohol mountant (heated) according to slide data.

Remounted in methyl cellulose mountant January 11, 1961,

ACA 1645, paratvpe, adult, probably female. On orchid plants, Mexico, ut

Laredo, Texas, December 29, 1945. Fouts, coll. Laredo 37961, Lot 46-543,

PVA mountant, not heated, in South Australian Museum ex U\S.N,M.

ACA 1647, paratype, adult, female. On orchid plant, Tamazunehale,

[S.L.P.,] Mexico: at Laredo, Texas, May 20, 1946. Babb, coll. Laredo 39613,

Lot 46-7971, PVA—heated. U.S.N.M.

ACA 1648, paratype, adult, Psex, On orchid plants, Maiz, S.L.P.. Mexico:

ut Lavedo, Texas, March 18, 1947. Fouts, coll, Lot 47-4243, retained in S.A.M,

collection ex U.S.N_M.

ACA 1649, adult female, allotype: duta as ACA 1648, in United States

National Musenm collection.

ACA 1658, paratype, adult, probably female. On Laelia majulis, Antiguo-

Morelos, S.L.P,, Mexico: at Brownsville, Texas, March 18, 1947. Name of col-

lector not stated, Lot 47-4103; in South Australian Museum collection ex

U.S.N.M, collection:

ACA 1717. Three specimens. small adults. Petrero Grande, [Mexico,]

June 15. 1943, F. Bonet, Ref, B689 or No. 29, Bonet. In South Australian Museum

cnllection (slide in poor condition).

Remarks. The nymph is correlated with the adult on morphological grounds,

particularly the structure of the dorsal idiosomal scobalae.

The genus Calorema is sesmewhat intermediate between Smaris and Fessonia,

as remarked previously by the author (1961la@), and its discovery was the cause

of the fusing of the Smaridinae and the Fessoniinae.

The geographical spread of this interesting monotypic genus may be noted.

Its revorded distribution is at present Panama and Mexico, which is refleuted

in the specific name aateka.

Genus Fessonira Heyden

Restricted by Womersley and Southeott (1941),

For synonymy see Southcott, 196la, p. 441, and im addition, Fessanin Suuuth.

cott, 1961h, p. 146.

For definition and discussion on the type species see Southestt (196)n)

Remurks. Previonsly described species of this genus are I’. papillosa (Her

mann) Berlese, 1884 (A.M.S. 16, 3) from Europe. with which the European

F. callitricha (Grandjean, 1947) is probably synonymous, according to Grandjean

(Joc, cit.) (see Southeott, 196la, p, 441), F. anstraliensis Southcott, 1946, de-

scribed from northern Australia, and F. taylori Sonthcott, 1961 (1961b, p. 146)

deseribed from one locality in New South Wales.

In North America the evidence from the present study suggests that Fes-

sonia is toaimly a tropical or subtropical genus; this agrees with the distribution

in Austalia (Southeatt, 1946. 1961b), However, in Europe F. papillosa

(= callitricha) is found in cold climates (Grandjean, 1947, p. 39),

In the present paper F. avstraliensis is recorded from North America, in

Tawaii ex China,.as \yell as other Asian Jocalities, and a further Australian

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 193.

200

Fig. 18 Culorema azteka, sp. my. Nymph (spevinen AGA 1650). A, anterior

dorsal part of idiosoma and adjacent structures, to scale on left. B-E, dorsal

idivsomal setae (scobalae), vations aspects, to scale on left. F, urvolva and.

anus. and adjacent structures, to scale on right.

194 R. V. SOUTHCOT!

specimen is recorded. In addition, four new species are described from North

and Central America, and recorded for various localities, these species being

PF, serrata, sp. nov., F, lappacea, sp. nov., F. scabina, sp. nov., and F. lacrimosa.

sp. Dov,

, Tn view of the wide distribution now recorded for F. uustraliensis, the fol-

lowing key tu the species of the genus Fessonia for the world is submitted

(accepting that F, papillosa and F. callitricha ave synonymous).

Key to the World Species of the Genus Fessonia.

1, Spicules on tectum of dorsal idiosomul form consistently well-defined

columns over at least part of the tectum setae 2

Spicules on tectum of dorsal idiosomala not consistently forming well-

defined columns or rows; they are arranged irregularly or at most form

ill-defined or inconsistent columns and rows. 5

2(1). Dorsal idiosomalae lanceolate, and with tectum setae with a series of

longitudinal columns of spicules, physically linked, and running to the

apex of the seta 3

Dorsal idiosomalae without the preceding combination of characters 4

3(2). Tectum setae with four columms of strong serrate spicules, with transverse

markings across the tectum setae, linking the columns of spicules. Darsil

setae 24-43n long... F. serrata, sp. noy. (North America }.

Tectum setae with 46 colurnns of fine serrations, and without transverse

markings

rol papillosa (Herm,) Berl. (= F, callitricha (Grandjean) (Europe )),

4(2). Dorsal idiosomalae with 4-6 longitudinal columns of strong serrations ov

spicules, not linked to each other, with the two median columns usually

regular, running te the apex of the scta. Dorsal idiosomalae clavate, the

scobillum almost conical, the distal end blunted, setac 20-414 long. Palpal

scobalae slender, ciliated,

F, taylori Southcott, 1961 (1961) (Eastern Australia),

Dorsal] idiosomalae with tectum setae lanceolate-clavate, there being 6-8

well-defined columns of linked pointed spicules over the proximal 2/3 of

the tectum setae. these columns tending to break uo more distally, aud in

the distal 1/3 of the tectum setae the spicules are discrete, short, blunted,

and irregularly arranged. Posterior dorsal seobalae 18-33, long. Palpal

scobalae elongate-lanceolate, ciliated.

F. australiensis Southeott (Australia, Mexico, India,

South-East Asia, ete,).

5(L). Dorsal idiosamalae: lanceolate or clavate, with strong projecting serrate

spicules arranged irregularly over the convex tectum sctae. Spicules of

uniform character over the tectum setae, Carina narrow. with long, cilia-

tions. Dorsal scobalac 18-30 long.

F, lappacea, sp. nov. (North and Central America),

Dorsal idiosomalae otherwise 6

6(3), Dorsal idiosomalae lanceolate, blunted, tending, to elongate posteriorad

over the idiosoma. Tectum setae with about 50 small triangular or blunted

spicules of nearly uniform character (some of the proximal ones are

slightly longer than the others), arranged evenly, and hence in some setae

tending to be arranged in columns, rows, or oblique lines. Dorsal sechalae

20-424 long F, scobina, sp. nov. (North America).

Proximal tectal spicules tend to clongate into the form of tear-drops. Dorsal

scobalae 24-42» long F. lacrimosa, sp. nov, (North America),

SMARIDIDAE (ACARTNA) 195

oa:

( ae

a Hg Ee 4

“ Recs

(\a ant =a:

Vig. 19. Galorema azteka, sp. nov. Nymph (specimen ACA 1650). Anterior

ventral part of idiosoma, and the extended armilla and gaathosoma in ventral

view. showing internal structure,

TH6 R, V, SOUTHCOTT

Fessonia serrata sp. nov.

Figs. 20 and 21

Description of Adult Male (from Holotype ACA 1656).

Colour in life not recurded, Animal of normal smaridid shape and dimen-

sions. with a normal nasus. Idiosoma 1130, long to tip of nasus by 625, wide

where widest.

Crista normal, with two. sensillary areas, the mid-point between the twa

anterior sensillae slender being placed 318, behind tip of nasus and posterior to

eyes.

The standard data of the Holotype specimen are:

ASens | PSens | Ba SBp IsD DS

75 | 110 | Tee 28 236 | 24-48

Anterior sensillae slender, ciliated throughout their Jength, ciliations small

in proximal 20u, then increasing in length except terminally, hence bushy, Pos-

terior sensillae slender, long, ciliated throughout their length, ciliations small

proximally, then longer, thickest in central part of sensilla, terminally sparser

but equally long.

Hyes 2 + 2, placed as figured, anterior eye the larger, with cornea 20.

across, posterior cornea 15 across.

Dorsal idiosomalae (scobalae) spindle-shaped or blinted terminally, with

strong serrate pointed ciliations arranged in 4 tectal columns; carimal ciliations

also long, strong, pointed; faint cross-striations seen across tectum setae between

the columns of spicules; setae becoming longer at nasus and over posterior

pole of idiosoma.

Venter not clearly seen, as the sole mount is dorsum uppermost, but appears

normal, External genitalia normal; internal genitalia of male type.

Legs normal. Leg lengths (including trochanter and tarsal claws): I 1760,,

HT 1040p, TIT 1095., 1V 1440p. Tarsus I 222u long by 75 across, tibia I 375).

long, genu T 432y long, tarsus TV 2164 long by 44, high, tibia IV 360, long,

genu [IV 327, long (tarsal lengths cxcluding claws and pedicle). ‘Tarsal claws

normal, lightly obliquely ciliated along their sides except at tip. Scobopedalae

and sensipedalae of normal srnavidid type.

Gnathosoma as figured. Chelicerae digits hlunted at tip, with 3 or 4 blunt

barbs. Palpi as figured, with moderately ciliated non-expanded scobalae.

Locality. The sole specimen seen is the holotype, ACA 1656, labelled “With

orchid plants. Guatemala: at Brownsville, Feb. 8, 1948, Lot 48-1708”. Name

of collector nol stated. In United States National Museum collection,

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 197

1006

£.

ttre

Vgl vi,

bye Gully

Fig, 20. Fessonia serrata, sp. nov. Adult male (holotype). A, entire, dorsal

aspect, to scale on left. B, a group of dorsal idiosomal scabalae, toward posterior

pole, darsal (tectal) aspect. C, same setae in ventral (carinal) aspect, (All setae

tu scale on right.)

198 R, V. SOUTHCOTT

Fessonia australiensis Southcott

Fig. 1 J, K

Fessonta australiensis. Southcott, 1946, p. 176.

Fessonia australiensis. Meyer and Ryke, 1959, p, 322.

Fessonia australiensis Southcott, 1961a, p. 441,

Fessonia australiensis Southcott, 1961b, p. 150.

Remarks on the Type Series.

In addition to the detail of the dorsal idiosomalae recorded above for F.

australiensis in the key to the genus Fessonia the following additional notes on

the dorsalae of the holotype may be made: Cardinal Hange of dorsal idiosomae

broad and with long pointed ciliations; spicules and ciliations brown,

The following standard data and some other data (in micra) of the type

series from Mataranka, Northern Territory, are now submitted:

Til

Holotype 2 | Bl 79 18 | 22 | 146 | 18-33 | 181 | 210 | 197] 1-603

ACA L056 A

Paratype 2 53 ea 80 | 1h | 2% | 142] 18-33 | td4 | 217 | 201 | 1-507

ACA LOAS |

ACA 1056 B

Paratype 48 77 16 | 22 | 141 | 19-32 | 137) 820) 199 | 1-606

ype > :

ACA 10560 | 135 | 205 | 205 | 1-519

i |

*Abbreviations asm Southeott 19612, and, in addition, Ta I - length of tarsua [, measuring

us is customary between the chitinous end-points but excluding claws and pedicle; Ti I=length

of tibia 1, measuring betwoen chitinous end-pvints, ay usual, Ge 1 = length of genu 1, similarly.

**Teratological specimen, sec Southcott (1946).

The genu IV of the holotype, specimen ACA 1056A, is 178, long,

Remarks on a Specimen from Queensland.

A specimen, adult ¢, reddish-pink in life, collected from the hase of

Eucalyptus sp. near a creek-hed, Montalbion, Irvinebank, north Queensland,

October 11, 1944 (R. V. Southcott) has the following data (in micra):

| | Tit

ASens | PSens SBa SBp | ISD DS Tal Til Gel Tal

48 | ea 83 17 22 137 | 20-35 156 236 225 1-513

| ' ! |

These data do not differ significantly from those of the type series.

199

SMARIDIDAE (ACARLNA)

—

Zoo

Fessonia serrata, sp. nov. Adult male (holotype).

Gnathosoma, crisla, eyes and adjacent structures.

2l.

Fig.

200 kK. Y, SOUTHCOTT

Remarks and Data of Three North American Specimens.

Three specimens, all adult female, are referred to FP, australiensis, from

eet America. Locality and other collection data of these specimens are as

ollows:

ACA 1651, adult 9, on garlic (dried), Apaseo, G[uanajna]to., Mexico: at

Laredo, Texas, CG. P. Trotter, December 30, 1936, Lot 37-607, U.S.N.M. collec-

tion ( potashed ).

ACA 1653, adult 9, on garlic, Apasco, G[uanajua]|to., Mexico: at Laredo.

February 7, 1937. C. P. Trotter, Lot No. 37-3792. U.S.N.M. callection,

( Potashed, in poor condition. )

Texas. Williamson, collector, October 4, 1936. Lot 36-32424. This. specimen

contains one egg with a chitinized chorion, and measures 2644 hy 150; however,

the egg appears distorted and its transverse diameter may be estimated as ca

190,; it is mounted in polyvinyl alcohol mountant, In South Australian Museum

collection ex U,S.N.M. collection.

The metric data of these three specimens are as follow:

i | Til

Spacimen ASens | Pens | SBa | SBp | TSD DS Tal) Wi }Gel| Tat

ACA. 1651 58 — IT | ca25|) 146 -32 157 | 349) 250) 1-5

ae fans v4| G ay J| 146) 217 | 332 | 1-486

ACA 1653 oi = Is | Is | rag 324 148 224 | 225 | 1-514

ACA 1661 ; 52 | 77 18 22, | 162 17-80 JAR 234 | 243 ] 1481

Remarks and Data on Seven Specimens Orizinating from Asia,

Seven specimens have been examined which have originated from Asia,

which are referred to F, australiensis. Locality and other collection data of these

specimens are as follows:

ACA 1652, two specimens, one @, one 9, in mixed orain and rice, India:

ut Boston, United States of America, October 27, 1937. O. A. Tardy. Baston

No, 13572, Lot 37-24930. In United States National Museum collection,

Potashed.

ACA 1751, Nymph, Slide labelled “Soil I. Thunia” [Burma], December

16, 1946. Name of collector not stated. In South Australian Museum collection.

AGA 1654 A, B, C. Three adult specimens, A sex, B ¢, C 2a. On

Dioscorea sp, China: at Tonolulu, Hawaii, 1928, Identification aumber

Hawaii #1916. U.S.N.M. collection. Remounted in methyl cellulose medium

January 11, 1961, Specimen ACA 1654C retained in S.A.M. collection, others

in U.S.N.M.

ACA 1715, one specimen, adult ¢, gravid, On Sagiliaria sp,; China: at

Honolulu, Hawaii, date not recorded, Identification Hawaii + 1628C. In South

Australian Museum collection ex U.S.N.M. collection. The idiosama of the mite

contains about 30 developing eggs, these measuring about 1954 long by 165%

across. ellipsoidal.

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 201

The metric data of these specimens are as follow;

i Til

ACA 132A + Indiw | 47 ca38 | 16 | IR | 142) 1426) ISL | Lh4 | 203 | 1-285

ACA 1652B 7 India 47 — 17 17 | 148 | 14-27 | 140 | 184 208 | L-3l4

ACA L751 | Nymph) Burm = — 43. | 12] 17 | 100 16-82) Ini | 154 | 144 | 1-525

ACA 154A 2 China —- — jea20) 20 | 194 -30 S — 200 —_

ACA 1654 G | China at — Ig | 24 | 213 -31) — | 265 2B}

ACA 1654C | 13 China. ~ — | 28] 22 | Lsz | 18-30 t=

ACA 1715 a Chinu : _ 1G | 22 | 148 | 28] 150 | 244 | 230 | 1-4y8

Remarks on the Distribution and Variation of Fessomia australiensis,

Although specimens from three continents are referred here to Fessonia

australiensis, the author does not consider it justified to make a further taxonomic

division of them at present. The specimens from Australia, Mexico and India

have almost identical dorsal idiosomalae, and the metric data tabulated give no

firm indication of any differences, The specimens ascribed to castern Asia

(Burma and China at Hawaii) are more distinct in the character of the dorsal

setac, which tend to be more distinctly ridged longitudinally, and are abtusely

clavate rather than fusiform-lanceolate. Ilowever, in view of the poor state

of the specimens and the incompleteness of the data associated with them, in-

cluding locality, the author prefers to leave this question until more material

and data (including possibly larval correlations) are available. It may be

added that there appears nothing inherently improbable in u suggestion that

smaridid mites may have been distributed by man in soil and plants within

historical times, Such, if it has oceurred, could modify considerably distribu-

tions depending on other more ancient or natural factors.

Fessonia lappacca sp, noy.

Figs, 22-25

Description of Adult Male (from Holotype ACA 1714) (Figs. 22 and 23).

Colour of mounted specimen reddish-brown. Animal of normal smaridid

shape, somewhat robust, and with a shart nasns. Idiosoma 9204 long to tip of

nasus by 530, wide where widest.

Crista normal for genus. Anterior end of crista expands into a Y-shaped

piece which contains normal scobalue, The standard data of the holotype are:

ASens Pens SBRa | SBp TAL Ds

ad 68 14 la LZ] 18-30

Anterior and posterior sensillae filiform, tapering, ciliated throughout their

length; ciliations basally minute, lengthening over middle and distal parts.

R. V. SOUTHCOTT

iene eee

“

A, entire, dorsal view, to

Fig, 22, Fessania lappacea, sp, nov. Adult male (holotype).

scale on Itt, B-I, views of dorsal idiosomal scobalae: B, dorsal view of a seta near posterior

pole of idiosoma; C, ventral or carinal aspect of same seta; D. E, similar views of another

more anterior seta; F, G, lateral views of setae; H, end view; T, optical cross-section of a

seta. (All setae to scale on right, )

203

ARINA)

SMARIDIDAE (AC

Dorsal view of propodosoma

Adult male (holutype).

and adjacent structures:

OV.

Fessonia lappacea, sp. n

Fig, 23,

204 R. V. SOUTHCOTT

_ Eyes placed normally, as figured (Fig, 23), Anterior eye 18u across, cir-

cular, placed well anterior to anterior sensillae, posterior eye circular, 15 across,

posterolateral to anterior eye and a little anterior to the anterior sensillae.

Dorsal idiosomalae (scobalae), lanceclate or clavate, strongly spiculate, the

spicules being projecting serrations, arranged in irregular rows or columns, with

a maximum of 6-7 spicules in a row and a maximum of 10 in a column. Tectum

setae convex, tectal angle about 120°, Carina and flange of scobala narrow,

with long ciliations (see Fig, 22 B-1).

Venter appears normal, but is not clearly seen in the sole mount avuilable.

Internal genitalia of male type,

Fig. 24. Fessonia lappaceu, sp. nov. Nymph (specimen ACA 1663). Dorsal view af pro-

podosoma and adjacent structures (specimen a little compressed).

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA}) 205

Legs robust. Leg lengths (including trochanter and tarsal claws): I 810,,

LL 535y, IM 595, IV 8054. Tarsus 1 1464 long by 54p high, tibia I 194, long,

genu | 178u long, tarsus IV 106» long by 34 high, tibia TV 206, long, genu [V

188u long (tarsal lengths exclude pedicle and claws). Hence ‘li I/Ta I =

1-329; Ti [V/Ta IV = 1-943.

Gnathosoma as figured. Palpi fairly robust, with comparatively robust

ciliated scobalae, as figured (Fig. 23).

Description of Nymph (from Specimen ACA 1663) (Figs. 24 and 25).

Similar to adult but smaller and with more slender proportions; of the usual

smaridid facies for a nymph. Idiosoma 565, long, 290» wide.

The standard data are:

ASens Pans sBa SB [sD DS

ca 60 83 1s 16 ay 20-34

Sensillae characters as in adult,

Eyes similar to adult, anterior 12» across, posterior 10, weross.

Dorsal idiosomalae (scobalae) similar to adult but of more elongate pro-

portions and with somewhat fewer spicules.

Venter normal for nymph.

Legs: I 660, long, Il 395y, Tl 407, IV 550. (lengths include trochanter

and tarsal claws), Tarsus 1 105, long by 36p high, tibia I 1634 long, genu I

150 long, tarsus IV 75p long by 32. high, tibia TV 115 long, genu IV 122u

long (tarsal lengths exclude claws and pedicle). Tarsal claws ciliated obliquely

along their sides except at tip.

Gnathosoma as figured (Fig, 24), similar to adult.

Material Examined. ACA 1659, adult 3, Paratype, with orchid plants,

Mexico [no further locality data]: at Brownsville, Texas, July 23, 1947. Lot

47-11431 (collector not stated). U.S.N.M. collection, (The idiosoma of this

specimen contains a single median large guanine body (110« across), the pos-

Fig. 25. Fessonia lappacea, sp. nov. Nymph (speciraen ACA 1663). A-C, dorsal idiosomal

scobalae: A, a longer seta seen in dorsal and ventral aspect; B, another seta, similar view:

C, another seta, oblique lateral views (all to scale shown).

206 K. V. SOUTIICOTT

terior point of which is level with the anterior point of the chitinized male

internal genital armature; so large a guanine body is somewhat unusual in

smaridids; but see the comment on ACA 1660 below. )

ACA 1660, udult, ?sex, on cactus plant, S[an] L{uis] P[otosi], Mexico: at

Laredo, Texas, January 9, 1946. §. H. Coleman, colr, Laredo 38119, Lot 46-4214.

In U.S.N.M. (The idiosoma contains two large median guanine bodies, anterior

73u across, posterior 50 across. }

ACA 1662, two adults, Paratypes (one ?, one ?@ ), same data as ACA 1639,

retained in South Australian Museum collection ex U.S.N.M.

ACA 1663, nymph, labelled “Neotoma fuscipes, Monterey, California.

Feb. 14, 1946. J. M. Linsdale, colr, No, 651. Lot 46-3641", U.S.N.M. (“Nym-

photype”).

ACA 1714, adult male, holotype, Batesburg, South Carolina, “In trash under

holly bush (in woods), sifted out in lab.", April 1, 1911, E. A. M[cGregor].

Slide No, (A-VI 23 (2)). In United States Nutional Museum.

ACA 1718 (identification somewhat dubious; poor mount), Padult, Colonia,

Hidalgo, [Mexico], June 27, 1943, F. Bonet (No. 740-2 ej”). South Australian

Museum collection.

Remarks. See the remarks in Section IV of the present paper,

Fessonia scobina sp. nov.

Fig, 26

Description of Adult (?Sex) (fram Holotype ACA L657).

Colour in life not recorded. Of normal smaridid shape and dimensions,

with a short nasns to idiosoma. Idiosoma 870x long by 425. wide where widest

(on further compression, some days later, the idiosoma was 890, long),

Crista normal, the anterior sensillae placed 173, behind nasus, and just

posterior to eyes. The standard data are;

Tsp Dis

SBp

ASens | Psens | dBa

ca 4B na 7.0 16 | 18 125 20-42

| | i

Anterior sensillae slender, lightly ciliated throughout their length, ciliations longer

in distal 2/3 of seta, Posterior sensillae similar.

Eyes 2 + 2, anterior the larger, 304 across, posterior eye posterior and some-

what lateral to anterior eye, 204 across,

Dorsal idiosomalae (scobalae) lanceolate, blunted terminally, with a convex

tectuin and tectal angle of about 180°, tectal spicules about 50 in number, small,

fairly uniform in character, rounded in dorsal view, but in Jateral view short

and triangular, arranged evenly and hence on some setae tending to form

columns, rows, or oblique lines, over the tectum: the proximal spicules slightly

longer than the distal. Carina and flange narrow, with long’ strong. ciliations,

The dorsal scobalae tend to elongate posteriorly upon the dorsum.

Venter not clearly visible in the sole specimen available.

Legs normal. Leg lengths (inchiding trochanter to tips of tarsal claws):

19504. 11 530», UL 6304, TY 790n. Tarsus 1155p long by 53p across, tibia 1 210,

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 207

long, genu I 215p long, tarsus [V 117, long by 28u high, tibia TV 185, long, genu

IV 195, long (tarsal lengths exclude claws and pedicle), Tarsal claws normal,

ciliated obliquely along sides except at tip.

Gnathosoma appears normal, but is not clear enough for figuring in the

mount.

Material Examined. The sole specimen seen is the holotype, ACA 1657,

“On orchid plants, Chilpancingo [de los Bravos], G[uerre]ro., Mexico: at Laredo,

| looo

Fig. 26. Fessonia scobina, sp. nov. Adult (?sex), holotype. A, dorsal

view, entire, setae mostly omitted, to scale on left, B-H, various views

of individual dorsal setae (scobalae) (all setae to scale shown).

208 R, V. SOUTHCOTT

Aug, 29, 1946, Talbert, colr. Lot 46-14352”. In United States National Museum

collection,

The type was originally mounted in a polyvinyl aleahol medinm, In Janu-

ary, 1961, the author remounted it into methyl cellulose medium, but in this

process the swelling of the polyvinyl medium has damaged the specimen, making

some features unsuitable for description and figuring; the figures of the legs

are to some extent reconstructed,

Remarks. This species is nearest to F. lappacea and F, lacrimosa, but may

be separated as in the key given earlier.

Fessonia lacrimosa sp. nov,

Figs, 1 L, M, 27 and 28

Description of Adult Male (from Holotype ACA 1655).

Colour in lite not recorded. Of normal smaridid dimensions und shape,

with a short nasus. Idiosonia 1186, long ta tip of nasus by 735. wide (the

holotype has been compressed by the iurtting’),

Crista normal, the anterior sensillae placed 188: behind nasus and just

posterior to eyes. The standard data are:

ASens Tens SBa SByp Isb DS

Sensillae missing in holotype preparation.

Eyes 2 + 2, anterior the larger, 20 across, posterior 12» across, placed a

little Jatera] to the anterior eye,

Dorsal idiosomalae (scobalac) with tectum lanceolate or fusiform, to slightly

clavate. Spicules mostly 30-35 in number on tectum, tending to he more

elongate basally (and there about 2-6 long by lw wide in dorsal view, appear-

ing as au isosceles triangle with apex pointing proximally; in profile about T 5p,

high), forming wedge-like servations, which are arranged into fairly regular

columns of up te about 10 or 11 spicules but less regular rows. Carina narrow

with long somewhat adpressed ciliations. Posterior dorsal setae more elongate,

to 424 Jong.

Venter not clearly seen in the preparation. Internal genitalia have normal

tale character.

Legs normal. Leg lengths (including trochanter and to tarsal claw-tips):

1955p, U1 620y, IIL 610y, IV'855p. Tarsus 1 153. long by 46, high, tibia I 224),

long, genu | 221, long, tarsus TV 1054 long by 32, high, tibia TV 185.u long,

genu IV 195u long (tarsal measurements exclude claws and pedicle). Tarsal

claws normul, ciliated obliquely along their sides except at tip.

Gnathosoma as figured (Fig, 28) the dorsal palpal scobalae ciliated and

with the tectum setae somewhat expanded.

Material Examined. This species is known from only the holotype male,

ACA 1655 (2 slides, A and B), labelled “On orchid plants, Tamazunchale, S[an]

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 209

L[uis] P[otosi], Mexico: at Brownsville [, Texas]. Aug. 28, 1947. Lot 47-13151",

name of collector not stated. In United States National Museum collection.

Specimen originally mounted in polyvinyl alcohol mountant; remounted in methyl

cellulose medium January 11, 1961, by author.

Remarks. See the remarks for F. scobina, above.

Subfamily HimstiosoMAtinAE Southcott

For definition and synonymy see Southcott, 1961la, p. 442,

[00

Fig, 27. Fessonia lacrimosa, sp. nov. Adult male (holotype). A,

dorsal view, in transparency, sctae mostly omitted, to scale on left.

B-G, various aspects of individual dorsal idiosomalae (scobalae); F

and G each show the annulus and pedicle only, the seobillum having

been stripped away by swelling of the polyvinyl alcohol medium on

remounting (all setae to scale on right).

10 R. V. SOUTHCOTT

Fig. 28. Fessonia lacrimosa, sp. nov, Adult male (holotype), Dorsal

view of propodosoma and gnathosoma. Remounting from polyvinyl]

acid medium has caused the loss of the sensillary setae, and has

stripped away the scobillum from the dorsal scabala in many in-

stances, leaving only the pedicle arising from the annulus.

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA ) 211

Remarks, ‘Uhe Ilirstiosomatinae have hitherto been considered as voutain-

ing the post-larval genera Hirstiosoma Womersley, 1934, and Sphaerotarsus

Womuersley, 1936 (sce Southeott, 1961a, p. 443). In that paper the author

referred the described North American Hirstiosomatinae to Hirstiosoma. lm

the present study of a number of North and Central American Hirstiosomatinae

one species is referred to Hirstiosoma, but the remainder are referred to two

new geneva, Trichosmaris, gen, noy., and Clavismaris, gen. nuv. Trichosmaris is

the cormmonest hirstiosomaline genus in the collections studied from North and

Centra! America, and to it are referred specimens that have been described in

the literature.

Key to the Genera of Adults and Nymphs of Hirstiosomatinae

of the World

1, Whole or part of posterior sensillary setae of crista thread-like, tapering,

and in the thread-like part ciliations are minute or absent. ‘Varsus IV of

male viormal. 2

Posterior sensillary setae of crista, clavate, ciliated 3

9(1). Posterior sensillae of crista gradually tapering, thread-like, with ciliations

minute or absent Hirstiosoma Wamersley, 1934

Posterior sensilla of crista consist of two elements, a proximal stronger

ciliated parallel-sided or slightly expanded part (pars cluvata or “clavum”)

to which a distal part or flagellum is juined, more or less abruptly, The

Havellum is filiform, tapering, simple, of about the same length as the

pars clavata. Tarsus IV of male normal Trichosmaris, gen. nov.

3(1). Tarsus LV of male greatly enlarged

Sphaerotarsus Womersley, 1936 ( Australia )

Tarsus IV of male normal

Clavismaris, gen. uoy. (North and Central America)

Genus TImsrrosoara Womersley

Definition—sce Southcott, 1961a, p. 443.

Remarks. Only one species of Ilirstiosomatinae from North and_ Central

America is now referred to this genus, H. bolivari. sp. noy., described below.

Previously Smaris fongilinealis Ewing, 1909, was placed in Hirstiosoma by

Baker and Wharton (1952, p. 243), and doubtfully by Southcott (1961a, p. 443).

This species is regarded by the author as of somewhat doubtful status, and is

discussed elsewhere in the present paper; possibly it belong to Trichosmuris,

gen, nov, Smuris longilinealis Ewing, 1910, is quile another species, and is

possibly a spectes of Fessonia (see the discussion later).

Hirstiosoma bolivari sp. nov,

Figs, 29 and 30)

Description of Adult, ?9@ (from Holotype Specimen, ACA 1723).

Colour in life not recorded, Animal of normal smaridid shape, rather

elongate, with a normal nasus. Idioscma 1680p. long by 8254 wide where widest.

Crista clongate, with two sensillary areas. Anterior sensillary area has two

viliated slightly clavate sensillae and carrics also upun the nasus 22 scobalae

212,

{000

R. V. SOUTHCOTT

Fig. 29. Hirstiosoma bolivari, sp. nov. Adult (holotype).

Dorsal view, in transparency, setae mostly omitted.

SMARIDIDAE (ACATINA ) Sid

32-4) 4 long. Posterior sensillary area with two tapering filiform sensillae, seen

t» be faintly ciliated proximally when examined under oi] immersion. The

crislu tapers to a point 584 posterior to centres of posterior sensillae.

The standard data ure:

ASens Teens SRa SBp | TsD ! Ds

rn fore TR 34

ATT | 234

Eyes one on each side, circular, cornea 43», across; eyes placed I4y anterior

ty mid-point of ISD (OAS = 275y: OPS = 3022) (OAS + OPS = ISD).

Dorsal idiosomal scobalae typically smaridid. The tectum setae is exca-

vuted to a cance form, of which the “gunwhale” is thickened with spicules

along its immer and outer edges (see Fig, 30 C, D), The carinal flange tends

to turn up and become complex along its borders; carinal borders with small

serrations. In the more posterior setae the tectal borders are widened and the

subtectum tends to form a gutter along each side of the scta. From above the

dorsal seta is more or less triangular in outline, the outline being made up of

the carinal flanges. The setae are almost unpigmented, Each seta arises trom

a papilla (see Fig. 30 E-G).

Ventral surface not clearly seen in the holotype, but appears normal.

Legs long; lengths (including trochanter to tips of tarsal claws): I 2315p,

I 1450.2, TIT 1560«, IV 2080p. Tarsus | 278, long by 68, across, tibia 1 483,

long, genu I 570. long, tarsus IV 232» long by 47 high, tibia [TV 568, long,

went TV 498. long (tarsi measured without claws and pedicle}. ence the

following ratios hold:

tarsus [/tihiaT = tibiaT/genu! tarsus 1V/tibia LV hia TV/genu TY

5756 “8474 4085 1-141

Selue of legs normal for Smarididac, tending to elongate.

Gnathosoma with normal armilla. Palpi with pointed slender seobalae,

tapering, lightly and adnately ciliated. Tip of mouth-cone as figured, with

its setae simple or almost so,

Locality. The species is known only from the holotype, adult, P¢ , specimen

ACA 1723, Palmira, Cucrnayaca, Mor[elos], Mexico, May i4, 1943, C. Bolivar,

per F’. M. Bonet ( without serial number ), in South Australian Museum collection.

Remarks. This species is readily distinguishable from other described mem-

bers af the genus on the character of the dorsal idiosomal scobalac, No other

species has been described in which the tectum setae is canoe-like. By the key

of Womersley and Southcott (1941, p. 73) for the Australasian forms H, bolivari

keys down ta H. sealare Womersley, 1934, from which, however, it may be

separated by the character of the tectum setae, the much longer legs, the pre-

sence of only adnate ciliations on the dorsal palpal scobalae, the longer DS

(22-40. as against 16-24.) and other characters,

The dorsal idiosomal scobalae of H. holitari resemble those of the described

members of Trichosmuris, gen, nov, Tf, however, in a specimen the posterior

sensillae were lost it would still be possible to distinguish H. bolicuri from

Trichosmaris syyp..on the more elongate characters of its legs and on the signi-

ficantly lower tarsus I/tibia I ratio (0°58 as against 0-69-0:76).

214

KR. V. SOUTIICOTT

Fig. 30. Hirstiosoma hbolivari, sp. nov. Adult (holotype). A, propadosomit

aud guathesorna, dorsal view. B, posterior part of erista. C-G, various individual

dorsal idiosomalae: C, D, setae Juterally dhived op dorsiim above leg LI; E-G:

setae from posterior pole of idivsoma. (A, B te scale on left; C-G to scalcon right.)

SMARIDIDAF (ACARINA) 215

The undulations figured in the anterior part of the crista are possibly an

artefact of mounting in the polyvinyl alcohol medium used; no attempt has

been made to correct for this apparent shortening in the measurements given,

Genus TricnhosMaRis, gen. TOY,

Type species: Trichosmaris dispar, sp. nov.

Definition, Adult and nymph: One eye on each side placed about the level

of the middle of the crista. Crista prescnt, normal, linear, with anterior and

posterior sensillary areas. Anterior sensillary area placed at anterior pole of

idiosoma dorsally. Anterior sensillae ciliated, somewhat clavate. Posterior sensil-

lary arca at posterior end of crista, well in front of middle of idiosoma dorsally,

Posterior sensillae consist of a proximal ciliated part. which expands slightly,

from the end of which arises a long tapering filiform simple thread, of a length

comparable with the proximal part of the sensilla. Ley tarsi of male normal,

not markedly expanded or globular, (Larva not known.)

Remarks. (1) Trichasmaris, gen. nov., occupies somewhat of an inter-

mediute position hetween Hirstiosoma Womersley, 1931, and Sphaerotarsis,

Womersley, 1936.

Trichosmaris dispar sp, nov,

Fivs, 31-54

Description of Adult Female (from Mounted Holotype Specimen ACA 1724)

(Figs. 81 and 32),

Colour in life not recorded. Animal of normal smaridid shape, with w

normal nasus. Idiosoma 1460p long by 1005, wide where widest (the specimen

has the appearance of having been compressed during the mounting and it js

considered these figures are somewhat greater than obtained during life).

Crista as recorded for genus, with two sensillary areas: anterior sensillary

area placed in the fork of the dividing anterior end of the erista, and_ carries,

besides the anterior sensillae, 18 scobalac similar to the other dorsal idiosomal

scobalae, but more elongate, 28-34, long: anterior sensillae clavate, ciliated

throughout their length, with ciliations small basally but longer distally and

forming a spindle-ike brush around the distal part of the sensilla; posterior

sensillary areca with PSens as defined for genus, the proximal ciliated part

or pars clavata expands only a little after its middle, then narrows again to_a

point, the ciliations distally on the pars clavata a litHe longer, pars clayuta 57.

long, and from its distal end arises the flagellum, a filiform unciliated tapering

thread, about 55p long (its extremity is very delicate and very hard to discern

even with the ail immersion), thus making a total length of ca L12..

The standard data are:

ASuns | Pens SBa. SBp Isp DS

45 ca 112* I+ Ba) aie 14-28**

*Pars etlinta fin, Magellom ca 53pm (sou texd).

*¥Eactides, as if Gvistomary, thie seobalas of the nasus (-= anterior sensillary area for this.

SeOTPUIS, estes i.

R. V. SOUTHCOTT

* i pit }

ZY IN i |

Zou

Fig. 31. Trichosmaris tlispar. sp. nov. A-E, K, 1,, adult female (holo-

type), from Nebraska. A, dorsal view, entire, secon somewhat as a

transparency; the idiosomma is compressed and distorted, B-E, dorsal

idiosomal scobalac, in various views. F-J, aspects of clorsal idiosomal

scobalae of another specimen, number ACA 1679, from North Carolina;

F, dorsal aspect; G, oblique end view; H-J, end views, K, L, views

of dorsal idiosomal scobalae of holotype, ta show details of papilla

(amphora}. (All setae io scale on right.)

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 27

Kyes one on each side, clronlar, cornea 28, acrass; eyes placed a little

anterior to wniddle of crista. Distance QAS = 150p, OPS = 222, (OAS + OPS =

ISD; the ISD is wonsielerect as divided by a line running transversely between

the eye coutres), Lyes tairly close to lateral margin of idiosoma, in dorsal view,

Dorsal idiosomal secobalae typically smaridid in’ character, The tectum

selac is widened and vanoe-like, the “gumvhule” along each side a double vow

of spicules. Ln lateral view each of these spicules is Tune and strong, running

vbliquely along the side of the seta or “subtectum™, The setae ure brown, uni-

formly and lightly pigmented, tn lateral aspect the setue are almost semi-

circular, with the dorsal and ventral outlines broken by “saw-teeth". The carinal

linge is broad and each lateral edge is cut into 3 or 4 coarse saw-teeth, Fran

ahove, the seta is fan-shaped or ronghly triangular. with a convex but serrated

edge, the outline being made ip of the expanded carinal flanges, the outline

of the teetunt setae superimposes itself on the edges of the carinal flanges only

basully (seee.g, Pig. 31C). In end view of the scobala the tectum setae is seen

tn be deeply excavated, hence canoc-like, In addition, the scohala has a well-

murked central cavity. Mach seta arises frour a ehitinized papilla which is an

expanded imphora setae (see Fig, 31K, L and compare with ey. Fig. 1G), The

dorsal setae are somewhat longer loward he posterior pole of the idinsama-

Over most of the dorsum the scobalae project anteriorly (this may be a distinct

feature in smaridids), aud only at the periphery of the opisthasome, in dorsal

viiww, diy they project posteriorly.

Ventral sivface normal, External genitalia 205, long by 30, seross the

closed external lips. The innermost row of selae (labialae) pointed, strongly

ciliated basally. Internat genitalia with light chitinization and 4 rounded or

ovoid lobes about 40, long by 30p wide; these contrast with the more heavily

chitinizedl armature and two lobes forming a horseshoe of the smaridid male

internal genital armature. Anus 73 long, anal setae (unulae) spindle-like, witli

long ciliations. The venter carries normal ventral selation: the scobalae are

similar to the dorsal scobalae over ventral opisthosoma, but around the external

genitalia, and more anteriorly are spindle-hke heavily ciliated setae, normal for

smaridid ventralae; around the anus (outside the group of analac) the ventralee

are of intermediate character.

Legs normal. Leg lengths (inclusive al trochanter and tarsal claws): |

T1570, 9000, TT 995, WW 1290; Tarsus £2100 long hy 75y, across, tibia 1 295),

Jong, genu | 3824 Tong, tarsus IV 1424 long by 46 high, tibia IV 320. lone.

tonu TY 3332p Jong (tarsal measurements cxclude claws and pedicle), Sctae ut

eps appear to be normal for Smarididae; the proximal seohopedalae similar to

idiasomalac, then becoming longer, more pointed and ciliated distally, On

tarsal scobalae the spicules are strong and pointed and arranged in regular rows.

Armmg the scobopedalae are various sensulae, Many fine spinalae are pre-

sent on the telofemora to the tibiae, Tibia I with dorsodistal (somewhat pos-

terior) vesligiala, genu I with dorsadistal neomedian vestigiala (other vesti-

wialiue not visible in helotype preparation), Tarsal claws normal, ciliated

obliquely along their sides except terminally.

Gmathosoma with the normal armilla. Palpi with poimted scobalue, lightly

ciliated with adnate ciliations, as well as the palpal tibial sensalac. There are

no expanded palpal scubalae, The tip of the mouth-cone has a lypastomal

lip as figured, and various propane pointed setae as figured (Fis, 32), these

selae heing adnately ciliated,

218 R, V. SOUTHCOTT

Fig. 32. Trichasmaris dispar, sp. nov. Adult formale Cholotype). A,

anterior part of idiosoma in dorsal view, and sume adjacent and under-

lying structures, Some setac indicated in outline only, B, gnathosoma,

ventral aspect,

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 219

Description of Nymph (from ACA 1700) (Figs. 33 and 34),

Colour in life not recorded. Character in general similar to the adult female

described, with normal smaridid shape. Idiosoma 7104 long by 425% wide

where widest. Crista and sensillae similar to adult female, also eyes. The

standard data are as follow:

ASens | Pens 8Ba SBp IsD DS

28 | ea 71* 10 14 243 16-26

*pars clavata 38, flagellum ca 33.

Fig. 33. Trichosmaris dispar, sp. nov, Nymph (specimen ACA 1700).

A, entire, dorsal view, but also showing some ventral features; to

scale on left. B-D, various aspects of dorsal idiosomal scobalae, to

seale on right.

220) RK. V. SOUTHCOTT

Dorsal idiosomal scobalae similar to those of adult female.

Ventral surface normal, Extemal genitalia typical, an occluded urvulva

with its median raphe present.

Les normal. Leg lengths (inchisive of trochanter and tarsal claws): I

1023;,, Hl 565p, ILI 620y, TV 800p. Tarsus [ 133. long by 54, across, tibia I 194y

Jong, genu I 245u long, tarsus 1V S5u long by 30, high, tibia TV 203. long,

gem TV 2034 long. Leg setae similar to adult, Tarsal claws similar to adult.

Gnathosoma as figured (Fig. 34), similar to adult.

_ Material Examined. Specimens referred ta this species (T. dispar f.p.) are

as follows (adults unless otherwise stated );

United States National Museum Specimens

ACA 1675, Oxford, Miss[ouri], Sept. 1905, collector not stated, but label

in wriling of IT. E. Ewing.

ACA 1676, 4. North Beach, Marvland, Sept. 21, 1919, under dead limh

of tree on uround, H, E. Ewing.

ACA 1677, Chesapeake Beach (North Beach), Maryland, December 19,

1920, “in leaf mold’, H. E. Ewing, retained in South Australian Museum callection,

ACA 1678, Brooksville, Florida, W. T. Owrev, Feb, 18, 1924 (‘No. 260).

ACA 1679, twa specimens (one adult, one nymph). Raleizb, North Carolina,

Nov. &, (937, Brimley and Wray, [by] sifting decid|uons| woads.

ACA 1680, two adults, in soil, Savannah, Geargia, July 13, 1944, I. K.

Gouck, Bish, 17564, Lot 44-17554, retained in South Australian Museum collection,

ACA 1681, Urbana, Hlinvis, “Tl. O. P. 10. 10. 44 Snow’, Lot 45-9367.

ACA 1652, on orchids, EI] Monte, Tain[auli}p[ajs, Mexico: at Lareda

[. Texas], 1 Jan., 1945, Chapman, eolr, Laredo 35276. Lot 43-1571.

ACA 1683, on Cattleya sp., Mante, Tumps.. Mesico: at Laredo [, Texas],

16 April, 1945. H.R. Cary, Laredo 36267. Lot 45-6983.

ACA 1654, ¢, on orchid plants, Mexico: at Laredo, 29 Dee., 1945. Cary,

Chapmin, colrs. Laredo 37960. Lot 46-541. (Retained in S.A. Museum collee-

tion, ex U.S.N.M.)

ACA 1685, on orchid plants, Mexico; at Brownsville [Texas], 14 Nov., 1946.

Lot 46-18740. No collector named, Retained in South Australian Museum col-

lection, ex U.S.N.M,

ACA 1686, on orchid plants, Maiz, S[an] L.[uis] Potosi], Mexico: at Luredu,

12. Noy., 1946, Fouts, colr, Lot 46-L8314,

ACA 1687, same source, 19 Dee., 1946. Jackson-Walton, colrs., Lot 47-699,

retained in South Australian Museum collection, ex U.S.N.M,

ACA 1688, 9, on orchid plants C[inda]d del Maiz, S. L. P., Mexico: at

Laredy, I4 Jan., 1947, Leary-Fouts, cols. Laredo 42262, Lot 47-1091.

ACA 1689, on orchid plants, Tamazvunchale, §. L. P.: at Laredo, 3 Feb.

1947, Fackson ef al., colrs, Lot 47-2504, retained in South Australian Museum

collection.

AGA 1691, on Laelia majalis, Antiguo[-]Morelos, Mexico; ut Brownsville,

18 March, 1947. Lot 47-4105. No collector named.

ACA 1692 and ACA 1693 each with same data as ACA 1691, retained for

South Australian Museum collection, ex U.S.N.M.

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 224

ACA 1694, on orchid plants, Maiz, 8. L. P., Mexico: at Laredo, 18 March,

1947, Jackson, colr., Lot 47-4249.

ACA 1695, same data, 1S March, 1947, Cary, colr,, Lot 47-4247.

ACA 1696, on orchid plant, Guatemala, at Brownsville, 23 March, 1947,

Allen, colt. Lot 47-4566.

ACA 1697, on orchid plants, Maiz, S. L. P., Mexico: at Laredo, 28 March,

1947, Ostrem, colr. Lot 47-5303, retained for South Australian Museum collec-

tion, ex U.S.N.M.

Fis, $4. Vrichosmaris dispar, sp. nov. Nymph (specimen ACA 1700), Anterior part of

idiosomu in dersal view, and some adjacent suctures (ventral view of palp shown on right),

R. V. SOUTHCOTT

ACA 1698, two specimens (onc adult, one nymph), Maiz, S, L, P., Mexico:

at Laredo, 28 March, 1947, Chapman-Jackson, colrs, Lot 47-5293,

ACA 1699, on orchid plants, Maiz, 8. L. P., Mexico: at Laredo, 1 April,

1947, Cary-Leary, colrs. Lot 47-5307.

ACA 1700, nymph (“Nymphotype” of present paper), on Laelia majalis,

Antiguo[-] Morelos, Mexico: at Brownsville, 2 April, 1947. No collector named,

Lot 47-4992, In U.S.N.M, collection,

AGA 1701, same source, 23 April, 1947, Lot 47-5985 (slide marked in pencil

“Sphaerotarsus longilinealis (Ewing), for size, O. K. = type” (?in writing of

Edward W. Baker). The specimen is a large one, with the idiosoma 1710,

long by 1030, across in the somewhat compressed slide mount. Ewing (1909,

p. 62) gives the type specimen of longilinealis as 1-68 mm. long and 1-00 mm.

broad. The sex of specimen ACA 1701 cannot be determined in this slide

mount, as the idiosoma is too opaque. For further comment on the possible

synonymy of longilinealis Ewing see later in the present article.

ACA 1702, on orchid plants, San Layis Potosi, Mexico: at Laredo, 23 April,

1947 Cary ef al,, colrs, Lot 47-6355.

ACA 1703 with same data as ACA 1702; retained tar South Australian

Museum collection, ex U.S.N.M,

ACA 1704, on Laelia mojalis, Antiguo[-]Morelos, Mexico; at Brownsville,

23 April, 1947, Lot 47-5983. Collector not named. The specimen has only one

PSens, which lacks a flagellum. However, the dorsal idivsomalae are quite

typicul, and the specimen is referred confidently to this species.

ACA 1705, two adults, with orchid plants, Maiz, §. L. P., Mexico: at Lareda,

6 May, 1947, Fouts, colr. Lot 47-6535,

ACA 1706, with Laelia anceps, Maiz, S. L. P.. Mexico; at Laredo, 19 May,

1947. Leary, Cary, Vouts, cols. Lot 47-7436. (Retained in South Australian

Museum collection, ex U.S,N.M, collection. }

ACA 1708, 3. North Beach, Maryland, 21 Sept., 1919, under dead leaves,

H, , Ewing (slide notation “Berlese [funnel? Nu.) 1945’).

ACA 1752, 2, Ames, Iowa, September 11, 1909, under bark, Hl. KE. Ewing.

U,S.N.M. No, 20231, “Cotype.” Specimen identified as Smaris longilinealis Ewing

by Ewing and Jabelled in Ewing's writing, The slide label indicates also that the

original mounting medium was gl[ycerine] jelly] + ac[{etic acid?]. The mite

had heen remounted in polyvinyl alcohol medium before receipt (in 1961) by

the present author, and the mite Lad received some damage in loss of setae,

but only of a minor nature. The sensillary setae have heen detached from their

sockets but remain near them. The specimen is conspecific with T- dispar.

for further discussion on the significance of this specimen sce the remarks

later in this article, Specimen in United States National Museum.

Department of Health, State of Nebraska, Specimens

(forwarded by William I’. Rapp, Jr.)

ACA 1724, 9, Table Rock, Pawnee Co., Nebraska, in humus, 3 Nov,, 1954,

W, }. Rapp, Jr., No. 54193 (Holotype specimen, to be deposited in the collec-

tion wP the: United States National Museum).

ACA 1725, 4. data as ACA 1724, No, 54195, to U.S.N.M.

ACA 1726, ¢, datu as ACA 1724, No, 54169; returned to collector.

SMARIDIDAF, (ACARINA) 225

ACA 1727, 2, Leggett, Texas, 9 Feb., 1956, “Ex duff*; deposited in U.S.N.M,

ACA 1728, °, West Point, Cuming Co., Nebraska, 6 May, 1957, W. F. Rapp,

Jv, ex humus (no serial number); returned to collector.

ACA 1729, 2, Table Rock, Pawnee Co., Nebraska, 27 Dee., 1957, W. F.

Rapp, Jr., ex oak humus, (Retained for South Australian Museum collection. )

ACA 1730, 4, data as ACA 1727. (Retained for South Australian Museum

collection. )

Remarks on Systematics, See later in this article.

Trichosmaris dispar subsp. dentella subsp. nov.

Figs, 35 and 36

Description of Adult Female (from Holotype Specimen ACA 1707)

Colour in life not recorded. Animal of normal smaridid shape. Idiosoma

1230, long by 650n wide where widest. Anterior sensillae similar to those of

T. dispar dispar (in addition, there is a teratological third sensilla present, 15p

long, as figured in Fig, 36. See remarks made subsequently). Posterior sen-

sillae normal for genus, somewhat obscured in the sole specimen available from

an underlying opacity (guanine body). The standard data are:

Asens | PSena SBa SBp TSD DS

76 pars 26* ca 2M) 489 18-36

chaivatae

+ ca Gl

Qagellarn

= ce 136

total

441, 38K

*+teratological

Eyes circular, normal, cornea 34 across. Distance OAS 2104, OPS 278p.

Dorsal idiosomalae similar to those of T. dispar dispar, but longer, stranger,

the tectum comparatively more elongate, with about 6 serrations along each

side; the serrations and spicules of the scta are more prominent, including the

serrations of the carinal Hange, Dorsal setae longer towards posterior pole of

idiosoma.

Ventral surface normal, External genitalia normal. Anus and anal setae

as in T. dispar dispar.

* Mr, Rapp (pers. comm., 15 iii 1962) has explained that the term ‘duff means decaying

vepelable matter under conifers, while ‘hurous” is used for decaying vegetable matter wnder

deciduous trees, following the usage of his former teacher in ecology, Dr. Victor E, Shelford.

Professor J. A, Prescott (pers. comm., 17 v 1962) has commented further that the term

‘daf’ “was introduced into the nomenclature of hums in 1931 by Lars-Gunncr Romell and

S. A, Weiberg for North American forest soils as an extension of the Scandinavian classifica-

tion and as a substitute for ‘raw humus’. Romell was ancertain already in 1932 whether

the term would survive, It refers more particularly to the still fibrous hums layers in both

coniferous and broad lvaved forests. The more decomposed humus is referred to as ‘mull’,

The range of pruperties is indicated in the deseriptions. as:

Crumb. mull Rout duff

Grain mull Tieaf duff

‘Twin mull Greasy duff

Detritus imull Fibrous duff.”

224 RK. V. SOUTHCOTT

Legs normal. Leg lengths (inclusive of trochanter and tarsal claws); [

(incomplete, 1585 except tarsus 1, missing), JI 1052n, UL 1210u. TV 1590«.

Tarsus I missing, tibia 1 370 long, genn I 475p long, tarsus IV 170 long by

56 high, tibia IV 422, long, genu LV 410, long (tarsal length exeludes claws and

pedicle). Tarsal claws normal. Setation af legs similar (o T, dispar dispar;

but the scobalae longer and with more pointed ciliations,

Gnathusoma normal, as figured, Pulpal scobalae lightly adnately ciliated,

the lectam not expanded, Palpal tibial claw with Hexur tooth. Palpal tarsus

with normal sensalae.

100

Woe

ii'p

ee & %

peg ons

we te

Bana Od NF

1 HOY ty

ers tae

A Q

0 i A

nr ciel Hoy

qi fy SA gure Oy gd 2

i pies ated 1 of

Fig. 33, Trichosmaris dispar, subsp. dentella, subsp, nov. Adult female (holatype). A,

dorsal view of the slide inount (some yentral features shown in transparency), to scale on

left. B-D. dorsal idiasomal scobalac. vatious aspects (to seale on right).

SMAHIDIDAE (ACARINA)

Fig. 36. Trichosmaris dispar subsp. dentella, subsp. nov. _ Adult

female (holotype). Anterior part of darsum of idfasoma and some

adjacent and nnilerlying structures.

Note the teratological anteriar

sensillary arca, with tirec sensillae,

226 R. V. SOUTNHCOTT

Material Examined, The sole specimen referred to this subspecies is speci-

men ACA 1707, holotype, “On Epidendrum pentolis, San José de Guatemala

|, Guatemala]: at San Francisco, April 12, 1946. S.F. 20756. Lot 46-4416";

name of collector not stated, in United States National Museum collection.

Remarks, 1. T. dispar dentella may be distinguished from T. dispar dispar

by the former's possessing prominent denticulatiuns on the dorsal idiosomal

scobalae, both at the edges of the tectum setae and of the carinal flange. These

are distinct characters in the material studied, Compare Fig. 35 B-D with

Fig. 31 B-J.

2. The anterior sensillary area of the holotype of T. dispar dentella is terato-

logical. Three anterior sensillae are present, as figured (Fig. 36), the middle

sensilla being shorter than the other two, which are taken as representing the

normal anterior sensillae. A similar teratological abnormality was recorded by

the author in Fessonia australiensis Southcott (sce Southcott, 1946, p. 176 and

Fig, 4C),

3. See below for a further discussion on speciation and subspeciation in

Trichosmaris, as well as of the nomenclatorial aspects.

Trichosmaris jacoti (Southcott, 1946) comb. noy.

Figs. 37 and 38

Smarts sericea Jacot, 1938, p, 123, non T'rambidiam sericeum Say, 1821, p. 70,

UWirstlosama sericea Womersley and Southeott, 1941, pp. 63, 78.

Tlirstiostima jacoti Southeatt, 1946, p. 177 (nom, apa

Redescription of adult, ? 3 (from lectotype specimen ACA 1755, mounted

in canada balsam, and remounted in same medium in October, 1961) (Figs.

37, 38).

“Color of body vermillion [sic], legs paler™ (teste Jacot, 1938, p. 124) (the

mounted specimen is now decolorized), Animal of normal smaridid shape,

with a normal nasus. Idiosoma 1185p long by 6704 wide where widest (the

specimen is only very slightly compressed ).

Crista as recorded for genus; anterior sensillary area carries the two sensillae

and 10 scobalae, latter similar to other dorsal idiosomalae but stronger, longer,

more parallel-sided, 24-34, long. Anterior cristal sensilla a little clavate, ciliated

throughout its length, ciliations # little longer distally. Posterior cristal sensillae

ciliated, almost parallel-sided, then narrowing, terminating in » narrow thread

which appears to be a broken flagellum, on left 3a long, on right Ty long; pars

clavata (clavum) 45,2 long, The standard dats are:

ASens PSens SBa SBp 18) | Dh

28 es . - 4 : — |

40 45 clavinm | 16 14 370 18.27

7 Sic aenaae| |

52-4

Eyes one on each side, cornea 28, across, Eye centres placed 25, anterior

to mid-point of ISD (OAS = 160,). Eyes fairly close to lateral edge of idiogoma

in dorsal view.

Dorsal idiosomal scobalae typically smaridid, similar to those of Trichos-

mauris dispar, sp. nov. (q. v.).

Ventral surface appears normal, but not seen clearly in specimen, which

is now mounted back upmost,

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA)

Fig, 37. Qrichosmaris jacoti (Southcott).

Adult, ?male (lectotype), dorsal view, some-

what in transparency, to show genitalia and

anus.

227

228 Rh. ¥, SOUTHCOT'T

Legs normal. Ley lengths (inclusive of trochanteer—tips uf tarsal claws ):

1 1430p, I 790a, HL S954, 1V 1160.. Tarsus € 208 lung by 66. across, tibia

1 273e long, genu f 841y long, tarsus TV 1330 Jong by 44y thigh, tibia TV 287p

Jong, genu TY 305¢ long. For leg seement ratios see Table 1V. Setae of legis

appear normal for Smarididae,

Gnathosoma with normal armilla, Palpal scobalae slender, tapering. pointed,

lightly (adnately) ciliated.

Localities (both specimens in Musenm of Comparative Zoology, Harvard ).

Specimen ACA 1755, lectotype (here designated), adult, ? 2, “Fram under bark

ul prone pines, north of Darien, G[eorgija, [United States of America], Anril.

1836. coll, by A. P. Jacot’, slide labelled also ‘36 S6—P’, *Topatypes'. “| — Smaris

sericoum Say 162)" (=ACA 1755), ‘5=Trombiculoides scabrum Say 1821"

(= ACB 639), and ‘Figuved Jacot 1937 Psyche’, “A. P. Jacot Det.’ (all in (presum-

ably) writing of Jacot, oxeept for the additional numbers ACA 1755 and ACB

639 uf the present author). (Note: Jacot (1938, p, 125) refers to this specimen

as ‘slide 3658-1". See further ander Remarks.)

Specimen AGA 1751, paratype (hore designated), adult, Psex, slide labelled

‘Smaris seriewum Say 1821 = Hirstlosonmw jacoti n. n, Southeott 1945, Remounted

PVA. Aug., 1949 TL.W, (L. H. Tabel). and “A. P, Jacot Coll. 3655 Topotype,

Broan under bark of large prone nak S, of Savannah, GC. April 1936, Coll A. P.

Jucot™ CR. EL. label), all in Womersley’s waiting, ta which the present author has

added “ACA L754. 'Vhe specimeu is in x damaged condition in the polyvinyl

wWeohol mountané. and nu attempt to remount it hag heen made (nor should it he

reméuated in the future, as it is in a polyvinyl wmedium). Reference to Jacnt

(1938, p. 125) shows that this specimen was on slide 3683 of Jacol, whieh) pre-

sumably Womersley misread. (the original label of Jacot is na loneer on the slide.

Jacut (loc, cit.) refers to this specimen as “One specimen [ram under burk of

a durve prone oak, outskirts south of Savannah: slide 3683").

Remarks. Specimen ACA 1755 was mounted in balsam on a single slide as

above, along with 5 specimens of “Trombieulotdes scaber (Say) 1821 (sie, in

Jacot (1938, p, 123); the slide label uses seabrum), which Wharton and Fuller

(1952, p..30) svnonymize with Trombleulee splendens Ewing, 1913, The smaridid

mite was mounted tipside down, and tlie (true) right palp was figured, the figuee

wf Jacot (Plate XIV. Fig. 5) matching it accurately in. structure, position and

setation, The other fignres given by Jacat do not certainly identify the spect

men(s) used in the ilfustration(s), In view of the note on the slide by Jacot

that this specimen was figured, and the confirmation from the fizure of the pulp,

the wuthor designates specimen ACA 1755 as the lectatype of Hirstiosomea jacoti

Seutlicott, 1846. In order to redescribe the species the specimens (AGA 1753

and ACB 639 A-E) were remouited gn to individual slides by the author, in

Octoker, 1961, to (xylol) balsam und ACA 1735 was placed back wupmost Un-

fortunately the specimen is apparently defective in ane imporlant particular,

that being in the character of the posterior sensilla of the evista, Tt appears as

ita flagellum had been present, and broken off fairly short on each side, but

not eveuly. Support for this viewpoint is given by an examination of specimen

ACA L734, alsu ion Georgia, United States of Anwaies, where the Hagelin is

present on eitel side for the posterior sensillac, Tt is not, however, pussible

fa he quite certain ubout the status of the lectotype in ¢his particular, ane the

author believes that the best course to lake to protect the slability of the genus

Trichosnaris, gon, nov.. is Lo base its definition upon a species and a spevitnen)

Whose status is not likely to be culled into dispnte, even though it may he a

species synonym of jaceti, Accordingly, Trichosntaris has been based upon

T. eispar, sp. nov. Sev further in the following section.

SMAHKIDIDAE (ACARINA)

Fig. 38. Trichosmuris jacoti (Suutheott).

A, gnathosoma and part of propocdosoma, dorsal aspect. to scale on

left. B, posterior sensillarv area anc surroundings, ta same scale.

G-H, dorsal idiosomal seobalac, to scale on right: C, 1D, tectal views;

EE, F, lateral views; G, H, end views.

Adult, ?male (Isctotype).

ScA,LE oF Crh

430 R. V. SOUTHCOTT

REMARKS ON TAXONOMY AND NOMENCLATURE 1N

THICHOSMARIS

Among the specimens referred in this papér ta Trichosmeris dispar are some

with variations in the size and character of the dorsal idiusomal scobalae, sug-

gesting in fact that among them are incipient species (or subspecies) (see

Dobzhansky, 1960), Thus some of the mites have shorter and mure rounded

setae, and others haye a more denticulate character uf the dorsal idinsomal setac

than seen in the majority, Tndependent attempts have been made by the author,

at inlervals, to plave the mites in subgroups, but these have in general nat given

consistent results. Only one specimen was considered distinct cnough ta warrant

a subspecies, that being the holotype of T. clispar dentella.

The reasons for setting up T, disper as a separate species from T. jacoti ace

riven above; at present these are considered synonyins, but this will be discussed

further below. It was finally coneluded that further studies on subspeciation

in ‘t. dispar ov T, jacoti might well be left until more extensive collections are

available, and may he aided hy adult-larva correlations.

Trichosmaris dispar is » large species of smaridid, and in North and Gentral

America is surpassed in size only by Hirstiovoma bolivari, judging by the collec

tims examined. Judging by these enllectinns also, it is the commonest smaridid

mite in North and Central America, It would therefore seem likely that it has

heen referred to in the previous literature af the Smarididae of this region

(which is detailed at the beginning of the present article).

The author has referred earlier to Smuris longilinealis Ewing, 1909, de-

scribed originally from a specimen collected in moss by L. M, Smith, at Matiati,

Hlinvis, United States of America, Of this specimen Ewing (1909, pp, 61-3)

described the eyes as 1 + 1 (“A small single pair of eyes situated two-thirds the

distance from the dorsal groove to the lateral margin”). He observed the pas-

terior cristal sensillae. which he described as “two small simple hairs”. He

failed to observe the anteriur cristal sensillae, remarking only upon gu “whirl

of bristles like those of the hody” on the “anterior tubercle” (anterior sensillary

avea and nasus), und figured them diagrammatically.

In 1910 (p. 89) Ewing referred to a inite which he identified us the same

species, fom under bark, Urbana. [llinois (Ewo specimens); “There is a double

pair of eyes situated on the sides of the cephalothorax above the second pair

of legs”, If this is actually so, then this mite could not belong to the Llirstieso-

matinac, and, in fact, by adding the character of the eyes to what is discernible

of the crista From Ewing's ig, 22 (Plate IV) of that paper, eonld belong only

to Fessonia on the present knowledge ot the North American Smarididac,

Thus in both 1909 and 1910 wing failed to recognize the anterior cristal

serisillue, Many students of the Smarididae have similarly failed to recognize

the carrect status of the sensillae of the Smarididae (see Womersley and South-

cott, 1941) for European and Anstralian members of the family. There is thus

a distinct passibility that longilinealis Ewing, 1910, belongs to Fessonia. Perhaps

however, too much should nat be made of these differences in Ewing's accounts,

as his work was at times of a superficial character, Unfortunately, the present

author has not been able to locate any of these mites of Ewing in North America.

Accurding to Ewing (1909, p. 53) Smaris longilinealis Ewing, 1909, had its type

specimen deposited in the MMlinois State Luboratory of Natural History, wlise

enlleetions have now been tukun over into the Tlinois Natural History Survey.

Aceording to Dr, L, J. Stannard, taxonomist, Section of Faunistie Survey and

Insect Identification (personal communication to the author, 1961), the Ewing

231

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA)

“HUUIN,OO OUIES UI TaSBup ys an sdeyyo Wo jundesosip parepisaoo senpeAd

HOOT) AT veld JO £6 “Bla 8 aurng wrod paywunysds

SSeS

9aFA- Zeng: 4180-1 EFFO- ze aa GL Ost EST gol 6991 FOV ‘ydursu ‘naondday neuossag | “OT

FILT FOV ‘eddy

560-T SFIG- foea-1 9aGL- 881 YO& SOT BLT PT 9FL -oyOR ‘ayer Ayupe ‘paond do] wruossag | “6

r (OL6T ‘Futacp waosz) stoury “eed

+2 Ewa 41< (s88P9-) F ~ eGL | eLlT | 20 “OLGT ‘Surag, seppeuapebucy Voce 8

q 1 HOGT

I< j ‘Rumi wou) sTouryy ‘wore ‘ed4y

Ayqyysrys $ > £ “OOH G06 ‘Saag sypnauapbuo] seupurg | "Lb

adAzerrg FEL]

— = BLLL+ €L89- - —_ = LLE Ge 00& VOY ‘amps ‘xes 7 ‘oon! siupwsoyoney | “9

ecLy

OTF6: PEOr- co08- GIL: COE L8G 81 T#§ £LG 80s | Vow ‘edAjoqaay “P 4 “yoo! sremusoyorty| *¢

epewezens) “LOLT WOW ‘ad 44

Gz0-T BEOF: 68LL- ~~ OF GGF OLT ULF OLE — -OfOH “6 “eyazuap LDdsrp SAMUSOYINA T, ‘F

OoTxX3[N

000-1 LSIF- SLEL- gegg- £06 £08 8 GEG POL GET [OOLT VOY “Udurdu‘ndsip supmsoyomeG | “§

BYSBIQeN “EGLT

6E9G- SEtF- RELL: 6ITL: GEE OE éFI GSE C65 OZ VOY ‘edAjojoy & ‘uwdsrp sunusayay — E

(qx0q 098) saypauryiiuoy |

squmuig Jo edsjog, ‘Boy ‘soury “EeGhl

OFTG- FEOF: LOLL* SE1L: FIE L&E Se ras B6L | WO vsunoeds *P ‘wodsyp stumusoyonyy, | “T

AT busy | AT PIGLL T Mtray) I PIG AI AY Al I T I uauledg

ADeIaEL | ATsussey,| TL tIquy, Tsussey, nuey | wiqry, | suswey,) nus } Bqhy, | snsiay,

| | !

BIIOUY [RIJUEL) PU YPION Woody aepipuvury aos fo (suorsodord snowea pur squenises Jo yyBus[) BLeP OMT}ETT

T HTEa Vib

232 R. ¥. SOULTTICOTT

mite types are hot in the collections of the Iinois Natural History Survey,

Urbana, Ulinois, having been tuken away by Ewing when he left the Survey).

A specitnen identified by Ewing as Smariy longilinealis and labelled “Ca-

type” has been made ayailable to the author and is referred (a above as specimen

AQA 1752, under Trichosmaris disynr. Since this mite came from Ames, Iowa,

and jot Illinois, it is clearly not the holutype, and its conspecificity with Smaris

longilinealis Fwing, 1909, is uncertain, ‘particularly in view uf lonwilincalis

Ewing, 1910 (upon which turther conment is made below). At most, specimen

AGA 1752 can be regarded as a homeotype (see Schenk und McMusters, 1956,

yp. 7) of longilinealis Ewing, 1909, if later wark shows these two spacnmens are

conspecific,

Ewing (1808, p, 62) stated of loigilinealis Ewing, 1909, tibia Lis ‘not as

long as genu L, and tibia TV is ‘slightly longer’ than genn LV, Ewing (1910, p.

SH) stated of longitingalis Kwing, 1910, that tibia L is ‘longer than’ yenu 1, and

tihia IV is. ‘two-thirds as long as’ genu TV. These differences may he of sista

ficance, and rnvy help to identify these species in the absence of the actual

specimens. ‘Table V gives certuin metric data of specimens of Trichosmaris

dispar. sp. noy., T. jacoti (Southevtt, 1946), and compares them with the avail-

able similar data for Smarix fongilinealis Ewing, 1909, and Smaris longilineatis

Ewing, 1910, Sinee the eye character and other features described for Smaris

langilinealis Ewing, 1910, suggest Fessonia, similar data are included of Fessonia

lappacea, sp. noy., this being the ouly species of Fessonia which has so far

been recorded for the United States of America (California and South Garolina ),

Examination of Table I suggests thal the proportions of the leg seenients

seleeted ray be useful for systematic purposes among these unites, The seg:

ments were selected primarily becanse Ewing refers to them, und it was hoped

that their study might help to clarify the status of longilincalis Ewing, 1909, auch

lonvilinealis Ewing, 1910, The figures given of the proportions do not conflict

with the hypothesis that jacoti, dispar and longilinealis Ewing, 1909, are eon-

specific, The proportion Tibia T/Genu L in lonuifinealis Ewing, 1910, is. in

agreement with Fessenia lappacea, but is markedly discrepant from jacolt, eispar

and dongilinentis Ewing, 1909, WWowever, in the column of proportions Jur

Tibia 1V/Genu TV the only value not in the range -9)-1-10 is that for lonvi-

linealis Ewing. 1910. Tf the estimate of Ewing for that proportion. as 2/3. is

correct. then it suggests that lonwilingalls Ewing, 1910, is wot conspecific with

any Qlher mite listed in Table 1,

Genus CLavisararis, von, noy,

Type species (original designation): Cluvismaris conifera, sp. nov,

Definition (Adults and Nymphs).

Smaridid mites with oue eve on cach side. Posterior cristul sensillae clavate.

ciliated, without dagellum. ‘Tarsus LV of male normal, not crlarged.

Larva not known,

Remarks, Among the MHirstiosomatinae studied from North and Central

America was a small number in which the anterior and posterior cristal sensillac

Were tlavate, and the posterior sensillae were without a flagellum. Owing to

the general similarity between the dorsal idiosomal scobalae of a number of

the Smarididac of this region, as well as other factors, it was at first thenghl

that these specimens in which the flagellum was absent represented specimens

of Trichosmaris in which the fagellum had broken off (see e2. the account of

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 233

the lectotype of Trichosmaris jacoti). More careful study showed, however,

that this view was untenable, and it was possible to distinguish a small number

of specimens which were not conspecihe with the Trichosmaris specimens

studied, and in which at least onc posterior cristal sensilla uppeared to be intact,

and resembled that of the Australian genus Sphaerotarsus. Among these speci-

mens both males and females were present. The tarsus IV of the males was not

enlarged. It was finally concluded that this group of Smarididae constituted a

separate genus. At the present time the female cannot be distinguished from

Sphaerotarstis, but since there is no evidence that Sphaerotarsus occurs outside

the Australian region, and none that Clavismaris occurs outside North and

Central America, females are identifiable as long as their region of origin is

known. The author recognizes twa species, separable as in the following key.

Key for the Separation of the Species of Clavisniaris

Dorsal palpal scobalae adnately ciliated. Tectum sctae of dorsal idiosomal

setae solid, conyex, with, apart from the tectal borders, 6-8 spicules, pro-

jecting, arranged in two or three columns, bul the pattern of columns not

strongly defined, TSD 381 long. Ratio Tibia IV/Genu IV 0-85

C. conifera, sp. nov.

Dorsal palpal scubalae somewhat expanded, with outstanding ciliations. Tectum

setae af dorsal idiosomal scobalae with four projecting columns of spicules,

two being along the tectal borders and two along the tectum setae about

midway between the neomedian line and the tectal horders; these two non-

bordering (paramedian) columns comprising 15-20 spicules, ISD 267,

long. Ratio Tibia TV/Genu [IV 1-00-1-02 C, cybaea, sp. nev.

Clavismaris conifera sp. nov.

Figs, 39 and 40

Description of Adult Female (from Holotype ACA 1690).

Colour in life not recorded, in slide mommt brownish with moderately

pigmented setac, Animal of typical smaridid shape, fairly robust. Nasus

normal, Idiosoma 1070. long by 555p wide where widest.

Crista linear, normal, with two sensillary areas. Anterior sensillary area has

two clavate sensillue, ciliated, and carries also oa the nasus 17 scobalae 20-26n

lon. Posterior sensillary area of crista with two clavate ciliated sensillae, as

figured, the ciliations longer over the expanded part. The crista extends about

25-30n behind centres of PSens (a litthe obscured in the preparation).

The standard data are:

Asens | PSens SBa SBp 18D Ds

| 43 2 13 391 16-24

ey eee | eee ee

yes one on each side, approximately circular, cornea about 204 across,

Line between eye centres 7:5p anterior to mid-point of ISD (OAS = 183x,

OPS = 198).

234 R. Y. SOUTHCOTT

dee

ayn to

pay

Fig, 39. Clavismaris conifera, sp. nev, Adult female (holotype), A, entire dorsal view of

slide mount (slightly in transparency), to scale on Teft. B-¥, dorsal iciosomal scobalae,

yurigus aspects, to scale on right: B, C, porta views; D, carinal view; FE, lateral view; F,

encl yiew,

SMARIDIDAE (ACGARINA) 235

Dorsal idiosomal scobalae uniform, typically smaridid, moderately pig-

mented, The tectum sctac is solid, vonvex, with the tectal borders cut into

coarse serrate teeth, cach with a proximal stiffening rib. In addition to these

the tectum setae carries 6-8 spicules which may form two or three more or less

regular columns, or they may be wregular. Carinal flange expanded into coarse

serrations with stiffening chitinous ribs, outline of carinal flange frum above

ulmost circular, with serrations.

Ventral surface normal. Central ventral idiosomalae bushy, with long cilia-

tions, External genitalia 2102 long by 110. wide (lips open). (The specimen

is dorsum uppermost and details of the ventral surface are not clear. However,

the internal genitalia are not chitinized, hence the animal is a female.) Anus

65, long by ca 4Qp across.

Legs normal. Leg lengths (inclusive of trochanter, to Lips of tarsal claws):

{ 1450,., 17 770p, UT 895, 1V 1210p. ‘Tarsus 1 200% long by 62» across, tibia I

265, long, genu I 337 long, tarsus PV 112 long by 43e high, tibfa TV 270, long,

genu IV 318, long. Hence the following leg segmental ratios are derived:

harsus T tibia I tarsus | V tibia [V

tibia [ Heuu T tibia LV genu TV

~TH47 TMA -4148 -8491

Setae of legs normal for Smarididae. Distal scobalae of lez segments (except

tarsi) tend to be clavate ar foliose. Dorsal tarsal setae with long strong ciliations,

sctae tending to be lanceolate, foliose, with 4-3 columns of linked ciliations,

Terminally on tarsus II, IIT and [V are some modified scobalae, expanded dis-

tally (‘spoon-like setae’).

Gnathosuma normal, with normal armilla. Dorsal palpal scobalae pointed,

lightly ciliated. Hypostomal sctae tapering, pointed, aduutely ciliated.

Locality. Known only from the holotype female, specimen ACA 1690, on

orchid plants, Chilpancingo [de los Bravos], G[uerre|ro, Mexico: at Laredo,

United States of America, February 4, 1947, Jackson, colr. ‘Lot 47-3559. In

United States National Museum collection,

Remarks, See under Clavismaris, and under the follawing species.

Clavismaris eybaea sp. noy.

Figs. 41413

Description of Adult Male (from iTolotype ACA 1711).

Colour in life not recorded. Animal of normal smaridid shape, with a

normal pasus. Idiosoma 1160, long by 565% wide (the holotype is somewhat

compressed in. the slide mount, but these figures arc an estimate of the uncom-

pressed state based on the fixed idiosomal contents—see Wig, 41).

Crista linear, normal, Anterior sensillary area of crista with two clavate

ciliated sensillac, and carries also on nasus 8 strongly ciliated scobalae, about

3-4 times as lony as wide, 30-34, long. Posterior sensillary area with two ciliated

Rk. ¥. SOUTHCOTT

is)

wode aeas

acd

i>)

Fig. 40. Clavismaris conifere, sp. noy. Adult female (holotype), A, propoda-

uristal sensilla. D, distal part of right leg 1, posterocorsul uspeet. TE, distal part

of right leg TI, posterior aspect. (All figures to adjacent scales, as shown, )

SMARIDIDAR (ACARINA) 237

clavate sensillac, the expanded part somewhat fusiform (see Fig, 424). Crista

extends 28” behind centres of PSens, The standard data are:

Psens

Eyes one on cach side, comea 18, across, but with the surrounding part

included the eye ig 264 across (see Fig. 424). Line joining centres of eyes is

3ly behind mid-point of ISD (OAS = 164p, OPS = 103;).

Dorsal idiosomal scohalae lightly chitinized, variable in character, but typic-

ally smaridid. Tectum setae forms an oblong or oval band with four projecting

eglumas of spicules, two being along the tectal borders, and two being placed

in a paramedian situation along the tectum setae, these two comprising together

about 15-20 spicules, Distally the paramedian columns may become somewhat

irregular. The appearance of the dorsal scobala is therefore strongly prismatic

in some views, and in end view the tectum bas an excavated appearance between

the columns. The carinal Hange is moderately expanded, with strong spicules

or ciliations; from above it is roughly triangular or obovate,

Ventral surface normal, the central ventralae bushy with long ciliations.

Internal genitalia clearly of male type. External genitalia 2004 long. Anus

oval, 63, long by 33. across with the lips open.

Legs normal. Leg lengths (inclusive of trochanter—tips of tarsal claws):

1 13702, IL 890n, If 1010u, TV 1430u. Tarsus | 188p long by 66 across, tibia

1 270a long, genu I 305» long, tarsus TV 115, long by 41, high, tibia IV 350)

long, genu [IV 344y long, Henee the fullowing ratios are derived,

EEE EEEIIIIEEIE net

tarsus 1 tibia T tarsus LV tilsia LV

tibta T gen I tibia TV goun TV

-B06R -8852 “A286 1-7

Tarsus IV not enlarged, Sctae of legs typically smaridid, scobalae strong, well

ciliated, setae on distal parts of segments (execpt tarsi) tending to be clayute or

foHose..

Gnathosoma normal, with normal armilla. Palpi with dorsal scobalae some-

what expanded, well ciliated with outstanding ciliations, pigmented, Setae of

montheone tapering, pointed, adnately ciliated.

Locality. Holotype male specimen ACA 1711, in banana debris, Costa-Rica,

at New York, August 5, 1935, Goolsby, New York No. 46037. In United States

National Museum collection.

Paratype male specimen ACA 1712, on onion leaf, France; at New York,

March 19, 1936, McMaster colr., N.¥. 55936, Lot 36-6392, United States National

Museum collection (see remarks helow).

Adult female specimen ACA 1713, Camp Bullis, Texas, United States of

America, October 19, 1943. J. M. Brennan, Lot 43-14596 (sec remarks below);

U.S.N.M, collection.

Remarks. (1) The holotype male has only one posterior cristal sensilla, the

clavate part of which is somewhat fusiform, At first examination it was thought

238 R. V. SOUTHCOTYT

Fig. 41, Clavismaris cybuea, sp. nov. Adult male (holotype), dorsal

aspect, partly in irarsparency,

SMARIDIDAE (ACATINA) 239

that this specimen was one of Trichosmaris dispar in which the flagellum had

broken of the pars clavata (clavum) of the PSens. The dorsal idiosomal

scobalae resemble those of T. dispur to some extent. More caretul examination

showed this mite represents a separate species. One distinct feature which

separates it of from all the othcr North American Hirstiosomatinae is the

tendency to expansion of the dorsal palpal scobalae. In this. feature the speci-

men possibly resembles Smaris sp. Jacot (1938, p. 125). Jacot referred to bul

did not figure this feature. He did, however, give a figure of the dorsal idiosomal

scobala of his species, and these appear to resemble those of C. cybaca. Further

comparison is not possible, as Jacot gave no further detail of his specimen, and

this has not become available tor restudy,

As indicated above, but for the character of the male tarsus IV, this mite

would. answer to the Australian genus Sphaerotarsus; however, sce the earlier

comment,

(2) Specimen ACA 17132 has the follawing standard data:

ASens PSens | SBa | SBp ISD DS

-— | _——_——| _ 4. ———— =

26 14 267 15-20

36 | 13

The following are some further data:

tarsus f nila | geniu 1 larsusg TV tibia TV genu TV

179 254 201 106 338 S28

tarsus [ tibia £ tarsus TY iibia TV

“tibia gonu T tibia LV genu TV

*TOLT 7B720 +3202 1-000

Although the dorsal sctae are rather simaller than in the holotype, and in

most instances there appears to he a distinct gutter down the neomedian plane

of the tectum setae, it appears justifiable to identify this male specimen as

C. eybuea.

The two PSens differ from each other. One is distinetly clavate, while

the other is only a little swollen distally, In neither case is there any evidence

of a flagellum, and it may therefore be accepted that there was none. It may

therefore be accepted with confidence that this specimen belongs to the genus

Clavismaris.

The slide label indicates the belief of the collector that the specimen which

was collected at New York had originated in France. Since, however, up to the

present no Furopean smaridid mite has been described with u clavate PSens,

and since it may justifiably be identified as Clavismeris which, so far, is known

from only North and Central America, the passibility that this mite originated

in North America should be examined, Assuming that the ship concerned he-

longed ta the north Atlantic run one possibility is that the mite was taken ahoard

in North America in vegetables, and that further vegetables were added in

France for the return trip. ‘The nymphal und adult stages in the Smarididae are

quite long (see Womersley and Southeott, 1941, Soutbeott, 1960, 196la), and

there is the further possibility of a pupal stage having occurred between a

240 k. V. SOUTHCOTT

| a ee

SVN

SETS

loo

Tig. 42. Clavismaris eybaea, sp. noy. Adult male (holotype). .A, propodosoma

and gnathosoma, to scale om left. Some Fingal spores are shown on the right

of the anterior half of the crista, Such spores are not uncommonly attached to the

surface of erythraeoid miles, B-E, dorsal idiosomal scobalue, yarions aspects:

B, a seta from above and below (left and right side respectively): CG, another

seta, similarly; D, oblique end view; E, end view. EF, G, ventral idiogomal setae,

(B-G to scale on right.)

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 241

nymphal and adult instar. Even if sterilization of vegetable racks were attempted

by, caf. steam or other means, it would not necessarily be completely successful.

The author therefore considers that at present this mite is on the evidence ayail-

able most likely to have originated in North or Central America,

(3) The adult female specimen ACA 1713 contains in the mounted prepara-

tion four eggskins; one of these is not crumpled and measures about 230, long

by 175p across, with its skin smoath, brown (but burst at one end), The data

of the mite are as follow:

Atens Pens SBa Sip ISD DS

21 38 13 | 12 351 15-20

a nel

va ETT aUETEEEEEEEEEEEE

tarsus tibia T genu | tarsus LV tibia JV per LY

17h 228 255 125 207 275,

eee

tarsus I tibia L tavaus TV tibia TV

tibia 1 genu i tibia LV penu PV

“767A +8041 “4564 Oa40

— ee —* ee

The PSens are ciliated, very little expanded (tapering distally), and withont

flagellum.

Although the specimen in general answers ta C, cybaea, im some characters

it is intermediate between that species and C. conifera. It will be noted that

C. conifera is erected on a female specimen, while C. cybaea is erected on a

male, but on the characters of other smaridid mites it is thought milikely this

difference in the sexes of the two specimens would be vf much significance in

external morphology. In view of these considerations this specimen is placed

somewhat dubiously in C. cybaea, and is not designated an allotyps. The

selection and description of an allotype should be left until farther specimens

ure available, and possibly more is known of the genus, The discovery of the

larva of this genus, and its comparison with the larval Sphaerotarsus, would be

of considerable interest.

IV. DOUBTFUL OR EXCLUDED SPECIES

Smaris longilinvalis Ewing, 1909

Simaris longilinealix Ewing, 1909, p. G1.

Smaris longilinealis Jacot, 1938, p, 125 (ur part).

Smaris longilincalis Southcott, 1946, p, 178.

Hirstiosoma longilinealis Buker and Wharton, 1952, p. 243.

non Smaris longilinealis Ewing, 1910, p. 88

Remarks. The status of this species was discussed above, under the re-

murky on the taxonomy and nomenclature in Trichosmaris, gen, nov. This species

probably belongs to Trichosmaris, and is possibly a synonym of T. dispar, sp.

nov., and T. jacoti (Southcott, 1946), but this question must be left for the

Fittire, depending firstly on the type of longilinealis Fwing, 1909, becoming

available Lor restudy.

242 Rh, ¥, SOUTHCOLT

\ vi

Srobdloe si Fh

Stghi Nis ahribpet

Hela , leaving

An mulus oma

PeAics Was

TIBIA W

Srobala eth

state Weve,

stripped

away Me

200

“TARSUS

Spoom-lihe

BN ariel

sole nutdal os

Mg. 43. Clacismaris eybuea,sp, nov, Adult male (holutype). A, posterodorsal

aspect of right leg LY, distally. (AM to scale shown.) lu A, 6 the short neg-like

structates are thy pedicles of the seubalae from which the scobillum Jas in each

case been stripped away, from euxpansion of the polyvinyl aleohol yiwunting

inedium on attempted remounting (through water to methyl cellulose meclium).

Other setae—solenoidalae, spinalue and intermediate type scobalac have not suf-

fered in the process. In C, some spoon-like setae are seen distally on the tarsus.

SMARIDIDAE (ACARINA) 243

Smaris longilinealis Ewing, 1910

Smaris longilinealis Ewing, 1910, p. §8.

Smariy longilinealis Jacot, 1938, p. 125 (ex Ewing, 1910, p. 88 (in. part) ).

nou Smaris longilingalis Mwing, 1909, p, G1.

Remarks. The status of this species was discussed earlier in this paper,

when it was compared with longilinealis Ewing, 1909 (q.y., supra, also the re-

marks on taxonomy and nomenclature in Trichosmaris, earlier), This species

possibly belongs to Fessouia, and it is possible it is a synonym of a species

described in this paper, but some features are doubtful. Its generic and specific

placing can be determined only by a restudy of the material upon which Ewing's

(1910) acconnt was based, if it can be located.

Smaris mamillatus (Say)

Erythrueus mamillatus Say, 1821, p. 70 (teste Jacot, 1938, p. 123: Oudemans, 1937, K,H.O.A.

IIC, p, 952).

Smaris mamillatus Oudemans, 1937, p. 952.

Erythraeus mamillatus Jacot, 1938, p. 125. (allotted doubtfully to Lahidostoma (sic)) (for

Labidostomma Kramer, 1879, family Labidostommatidae).

Sniaris mumilutus Southeatt, 1946, p. 175.

Lahidastomma mamilldfus Banks, 1947, p. 129

Labidostomma |meamillatum] Southcott, 196la, p, 574.

non Smuris niamillutus Baker and Wharton, 1952, Fig, 179, p. 242.

(?=Smaris lanceolata, sp. noy., of the present paper.)

Remarks. ‘The position of Say’s species was discussed by the author earlier

(196la, pp. 573-4), where it was considered that in the interests of stability of

nomenclature Banks (1947) should be accepted as the first reviser of Say’s

species (which should therefore he named Labidostomma mamillatum, nor.

emend., ),

The possible synonymy of the species figured hy Baker and Wharton (1952,

Fig, 179, p, 242) was discussed earlier; see the remiarks under Smaris lanceolata,

sp. nove

Smaris sp, (ummamed) Jacot

Smoris sp. Jauot, 1938, p. 125,

Histiosoma sp. Womersiey and Southcott, 1941, pp. 63, 78.

Remarks. Jacot (1938, p. 125) referred briefly to this form “from under

bark at base of hickory trees, Coscob Headland, Conn.”, and gave some figures

of the dorsal idiosamal scobalac. The specimen or specimens were discussed

above, under the remarks for Clavismaris cybaea, sp. noy, The species is cer-

tainly a member of the Smarididac, but is not placeable Further with certainty.

Jacot’s material will need to be restudied before it can be decided whether this

species belongs to Clavismearis or some other gerius.

244 kK. V¥. SOUTHCOT'T

A NOTE ON MOUNTING MEDIA SUITABLE FOR SMARIDIDAE

The author has had over 25 years’ experience in the use of various mounting

medix for the miseoscopic examination of smaridid (and other mites). It his

been found that in general gum chloral media are the most satisfactory for

permanent use. In these further clearing agents such as acetic acid or lactic

acid may be incorporated, or the mite may be mounted permanently in the

medium after an initial examination in temporary media, sueh as lactic acid.

glycerol-lactic or Jactopheno!. Some of the older momnts in balsam are still

good after oyer 50 years [rom the older students of the Acarina, and such mites

can if necessary be remouuted through xylol back to (xylol)-balsam. The

lectotype of Trichosmaris jacoti has been thus remoonted, and is in good con-

dition. Such balsam mouuts have the disadvantage that the hody contents ure

not digested, and thus there is insuflicient flattening of the specimen for the use

of the oil immersion lens on critical parts of the animal. Against this may he

set the minor advantage that the natural shape of the animal is fairly well pre-

served. Attempts to transfer from balsam to other (water soluhle) media are

nol always successful, and the specimen remains with a precipitate of resii

which obscures details,

Polyvinyl acid media give good clearmg of mite specimens, and often

allaw better positioning af the limhs of the animal than @.g. gum chloral medi.

After the medium is completely set, its refractive index rises and fine details may

not be visible, Attempts to remount the specimen at that stage may be disastrots

—the medium bceiurntts to a jelly, but does not liquify, With fhe diffcrential

expansion the animal's setae are torn off freely in many cases, and the same

mity occur with the limbs. An appearance of an endoeast of the limb scgment

ur seta is often left in the medium, With differential changes in the refractive

index of the medium, which may last for months, possibly longer, many details

of the animal may be obscured, in addition to the darmage, The author al-

tempted to remomt a large batch of such slides on une occasion. dainaging a

number, and regrettably found himself in a position of not heing able to give

detail of eg. palp structure, sensillae, ete, which should be given if available.

From this experience it has been decided to abandon completely the use of poly-

vinyl alcohol media in acarology.

VI. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The author is indebted to Dr. Edward W. Baker, formerly attached to the

United States National Museum, for suggesting this revision, and to him and

the Museum for arranging the luan of material; to the Director, South Australian

Muscam, and Mr, H. Womersley, Honorary Acarolugist, for access to the Acarina

collection of that mstitution; to Mr. W. F, Rapp, Jr., Entomologist, Department

of Health, State of Nebraska, for matecial: to the Museum of Comparative

Zoalngy, Harvard, for the loan of a slide of Jacot’s material,

VU. REFERENCES

Avyea, W. T., ind Crosstey, D. A. 1961. The Labidustumidae of New Zraland ( Acurina).

Rée. Dominion Mus. 4 (4), pp. 29-48.

Waxen. E. W., and Wuarnron, G, W.. 1952. An titroduction ta Acareljgy. fMuvmillan:

New York,)

Brewese, A. 1883. Rhyncholophus squamutus (Mérm.) Berl. A.M.S.. 5, 7, 4.*

"See Southeott, 1961a, p. 608, for further remarks on the Berlesian referenves.

SMARIDIDAL (ACARINA) 245

Benuuse, A,, 1884, Smiaridia papillasa (Hénn.) Dug. A-MLS., 16, p. 3.

Braurse, A., 1894, Smaridia Duyeés, 1534. A.MLS., TL, p. 4,

Donznansky, ‘t., 1960. Second Sir William Macleay Lecture. Bridging the Gap Between

Race and Species. Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 85 (3), pp, 322-7.

Ewe, TT. FE. 1909. New North American Acarina. Trans. Acad. Sci. St, Louis, 18, pp.

53-77.

Ewin, 1. E., 1910, A Systematic and Hivlogical Study of the Acarina of Illinois, The

University Studies, Univ. Ulinois, Vol. 3, Pt. 6, pp. 1-120 (published as part of Uniy.

TH. Bull, 7 (14), pp. 350-472 and plates [-VIL teste Jacol, 1938, p. 130,

(The Int. Cat, Sct. Lit, L9TL, Entry 46, refers to this as Urbana-Champaign Stud, Univ.

[l. In this wark both systems of numbering are present on the pages. Page 120 = 472.

Puge 1 doves mvt seems to esist.)

Ewinc, H. E,, 1913, New Acarina, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist... 32, pp. 93-121, teste

Wharton and Fuller, 1952, p. 157.

Granvjean, F., 1935. Les poils ef les organes sensitifs. portés par Ies pattes ct le palpe chez

les Oribates. Premiere partie. Bull, Soc. Zool. kr. 60, pp. 6-39.

Guannpean, F., 1947, Buudes sur les Sinarisidae ef quelques autres Erythvoidus (Acariens),

Arch. Zool. Rep. Gin, 85 (1), pp. 1-126.

Jacor, A. P., 1938. Thomas Say’s Free-living Mites Rediseovered. Psyche, 45 (2-3), pp.

121-32.

Kramer, P.,. 1879. [Note on Labidastomma Keamer.] Arch. Naturgesch., 45 (1), p, 18

(Teste Neuve, 1934, Vol. 2, p. S41; see in Southcott, LYG1a, p. 591).

Meyer, Macbauesa K, P., and Ryxr, bP. A, J., 1959. Nine New Species of the Superfamily

Erythranoidea = (Acatina + Trombidiformes) Associuted with Plints in. South Africun

Acarologia, 1 (3), pp. 304-33,

Ovuvemans, A. C., 1937. “Kritisch Historisch Overzicht der Acarolayie’, Vol, IT, Band

o-G (f. J. Brill: Leiden).

kKlatur der Acari, VIN. Zool. Anz, 136 (9-10), pp. 177-86.

Say, T., 1821. An Aécount of the Arachnides of the United States. J. Acad. Nat. Sei.

Philad., 2, pp. 69-83, (Teste Ouclemans, 1937, K.H,0.A, I11G, p, 952, 111G, p, 3271.)

Sunexk. &. T., and McMasvens, J. H., 1956.) “Procedure in Taxonomy”. 3rd Ed. (enlarged

pa m part rewritten by A. M, Keen and S. W. Muller). (Stanford Uniy, Press: Stan-

ord,

Soutucorr, KR. V., 1946, On the Family Smarididae (Acarma). Proe. Linn. Soc, N.S.W.,

7 (3-4), pp. 1738.

Sourrecorr, R. V., 1960, Notes on the Genus Sphaerotarsus (Acarina : Smarididac). ‘Trans.

Noy. Soe. S. Anst, 88, pp. 149-61,

**Soutucotr, B. V.. 196la. Studies on the Systematics and Biology of the Erythracoidesa

(Acarina), with a Critical Revision of the Genéra aad Subfamilies. Aust, J. Zool., 9

(3), pp. 367-610.

Sovrucorr, R. Vi. 1961b, Deseription of Two. New Australian Smarididae (Acarina) with

Remarks. on Clactotaxy aod Geographical Distrihution Trans. Roy. Soe S. Aust, 85,

pp. 133-153.

Wuanron, G. W., and Furcen, H. S.. 1952, A Manual of the Chiggers. The RBiolngy,

Classification, Distribution, and Importance to Man of the Larvae of the Family 'Trow-

biculidae (Acuring), Mem, Ent. Soc, Washington, Number 4, pp. 1-145.

Wonrerstey, H., 1934. A Revision of the Trombid and Erythraeid Mites of Austraha, with

Descriptions of New Gencra and Species. Rec, 8, Aust. Mus, 5 (2), pp. 179-254.

Womensicy, IT., 1936. Additions to the Trombidiid and Erythraeid Acariné Fauna of Aus-

tralia and New Zesgland. J. Linn. Soc. (Zeol.), 40 (269), pp, 107-21,

Womersvey, H., and Scurncurr, BR. V.. 1941. Noles on ithe Smarididae (Acatina) of

Anstrulin and New Zealand. Traus. Ray. Soc. b. Aust., 45 (1), pp. GL-78.

°? Contains a fidl bibliography of the family.

POST-WINTON SEDIMENTS OF PROBABLE UPPER CRETACEOUS

AGE IN THE CENTRAL GREAT ARTESIAN BASIN

BY H. WOPENER

Summary

In the central part of the Great Australian Artesian Basin, a sequence of torrentially bedded

sandstones was observed, resting disconformably on the Cenomanian Winton Formation. The

sandstone sequence comprises about 150 feet of white, medium- to coarse-grained, torrentially

bedded sandstone with some interbeds of shale and "shale conglomerate", The contact between the

sandstone sequence and the underlying Winton Formation is a marked disconformity showing

strong post- Winton erosion. It is proposed to term this sandstone formation the Mt. Howie

Sandstone. The stratigraphic type-section and the type locality are situated at Mt. Howie in north-

easternmost South Australia. It is shown that the Mt. Howie Sandstone is of fluviatile origin. It was

deposited in channels, which were scoured from the flat-lying beds of the Winton Formation.

Plant fossils, collected from the type locality, are described. They consist of several specimens of

Brachyphyllum sp. and remnants of cycads. The fossil flora has Mesozoic affinities.

The evidence is briefly discussed and an Upper Cretaceous age (Post-

Cenomanian) is assigned to the Mi. Howie Sandstone.

POST-WINTON SEDIMENTS OF PROBABLE UPPER CRETACEOUS

AGE IN THE CENTRAL GREAT ARTESIAN BASIN

by H. Worrner

[Read 10 May 1962]

SUMMARY

In the central part of the Great Australian Artesian Basin, a seqnence of

turrentially bedded sandstones was observed, resting disconformably on the

Cenomanian Winton Formation,

The sandstone sequence comprises about 150 feet of white, medium- to

coarse-grained, torrentially bedded sandstone with some imterheds of shale and

“shale congluinerate”, ‘The contact between the sandstone seqnence and the

underlying Wiatan Formation is a marked disconformity showing strong post-

Winton erosion.

Il is proposed to term this sandstone formation the Mt, Howie Sandstone.

The stratigraphic type-section and the type locality are situated at Mt, Howie

in north-easternmost South Australia.

It is shown that the Mt. Howie Sandstone is of Huviatile origi, IL was

deposited in channels which were scoured from the Hat-lying beds of the Winton

Pormialion.

Plant fossils, collected. from the type locality, are deseribed, They consist

of several specimens of Brachyphyllum sp: and temmants of cycads. The

fossil flora has Mesozoic affinities.

The evidence is briely disetssed and un Upper Cretaceous age { Post-

Cenomanian) is assigned to the Mt. Howie Sandstone,

INTRODUCTION

Hitherto it was thought that the Mesozvic sedimentary history of the Great

Australian Artesian Basin was concluded by the depositiiom of the Cenomanian

Winton Formation. Thus the sediments of the Winton Formation were regarded

as being the youngest Mesozoic strata represented within the Great Artesian

Basin. In numerous localities, particularly within South Australia, the Winton

Formation is disconformably overlain by coarse, clean, often cross-bedded sand-

stones and siltstones of Lower Tertiary age, A basal grit or conglomerate, con-

sisting of highly polished pebbles of quartz, agate and chert, is typically asso-

Giated with these Lower Tertiary sediments. In some places (e.¢. Innamincka)

pebbles of dark, silicified wood are abundant.

However, there were no records available to testify to events which had

taken plice over the long period between the close of the Cenomanian and the

beginning of the Tertiary, 4 time span which comprises about two-thirds of the

Upper Cretaceous,

In May, 1961, while revisiting the area north of Cordillo Downs (S.A.), the

author took the opportunity to check some outcrops of white, torrentially bedded

sandstones. which previously were regarded to be of Lower Tertiary age

(Wopfner, 1960 and 1961), For sume time the author doubted whether it was

correct to assign these sandstones to the Lower Tertiary, and new evidence now

suggests that these sediments are of pre-Tertiary age and therefore older than

Trans. Roy. Soc, S. Aust. (1963), Vol. 86.

243 I. WOPFNET

the Lower Tertiary sandstones and quartz-agate conglomerates (Innamincka,

west limb of Haddon Syncline, ete.), with which they were previously cor-

related.

THE MT, HOWIE SANDSTONE*®

Lithology and Distribution

On the north-eastern slope of Mt. Howie (a very prominent hill on the

eastern side of Haddon Valley, about 30 miles north-east of Cordillo Downs )

a beautiful exposure of torrentially bedded sandstone about 100 to 150 feet thick

Scale in Feet ale

Vig. 1. Sketch showing strong relief of disconformity between Winton Formation (below )

and basal portion of Mt. Ilowie Sandstone (above). W—= Winton Formation, shale and

siltstone, strongly fractured and limonite stained, (1) to (5) = Mt. Mowie Sandstone: (1)

Sandstone, white, coarse- to medium-grained, kaolinitic. (2) “Shale conglomerate’, shale

fragments, % to 2 inches diameter, well rounded, with recognisable original bedding, in light

grey, sandy, kaolinitic smatrix. (3) Sandstone white, medinm-vrained, current bedded. (4)

Saudstone, white, medium-grained. strongly kaolinitic, (3) Sandstone, light grey; coarse-

grained, torrentially bedded.

was found, The sandstorie rests disconformably on flat-lying Winton beds

(see Fig. 1), The contact between the Winton sediments and the overlying

sandstone is extremely inegular and the contact-surface of the Winton exhibits

deeply gouged channels and troughs with large hump-shaped erosional remnants

* New Formation — name.

POST-WINTON SEDIMENTS 249

in between (see big, 1 and Plate 1A). The amplitude of the relict of this contuct-

suclage exceeds 20 feet, In one place the contact is yertical to overhanging,

suggesting a fossil, undercut, steamy embankment (see Plate 1B),

The Winton beds are mainly composed of white and grey shale, siltstone

und mudstone with some stringers of fine-grained sandstone. Immediately below

the contact (for abont 12 to 30 inches) physical disintegration resulted in strong

fracturing of the Winton sediments. ‘The fractures, which are generally con-

choidal, are commonly filled with limonite. Brown limonite staining is very

prominent throughout this zone (see Plate 1B). Both physical disintegration and

abo aferpel net are indicative of syb-acrial weathermmg on an old crosional

surface.

The sediments above the disconformity consist of white to light grey,

medinm- to coarse-grained, quart? sundstones with a kaolinitic matrix, Sartinis

is puor to fair and grains are subangular to subrounded, ‘Torrential bedding

ig very prominent, particularly within the lowest member of the sequence. Dips

uf the foresets vary between 12° and 20°. Ona first and by no means conclusive

approximation, the direction of current appears to have been south to south-

west. Lithology and texture of the sandstone indicate a fluviatile environment,

Approximately 35 feet above the base a shale band 9 teet thick is intercalated.

It develops somewhat gradationally from the underlying sandstone, but shows a

very sharp upper boundary where it is again succeeded by sundstone.

At or near the diseonfurmity and again above the shale horizon layers

and/or lenses of a “shale conglomerate” occur, The “shale conglomerate” con-

sists of rounded to subrounded shale fragments, embedded in a medium-grained,

sandy and richly kaolinitie matrix. The average diameter of the shale pebbles

ranges from 4 inch to 1 inch, the maximum diamcter being about 2) inches, In

numerous cases the original bedding is recognisable within the shale pebbles,

now resting at incidental angles to the bedding of the surrounding sediment

(see Fig, 1),

The impermost 30 feet of the section are: strongly altered by the formation

of siliceous duricrust. ‘Che lower portion of this altered sequence is strongly

fractured, rubbly and iron stained. It is partly indurated by nodular or irregular

bodics of cryptucrystalline silica, The anount of “invaded” sevondary siliva

increases towards the top which consists of a thick cap of grey, very hard, dense

and columnar silerete (“grey billy"),

‘The above deseriplion of the sandstone sequence clearly indicates thal there

is a marked stratigraphic break at its base (discortormity) und that the sund-

stone sequence was deposited in an environment enticely citterent front Fhat

prevailing during the sedimentation of the Winton Formation.

Theretore the sandstone sequence uy ta be regarded as i stratigraphic

unit in its own right and the author proposes to term it Mt. Howie Sandstone.

The type locality for this new formation is Mt. Howie (26°23'50” §, latitude:

140°54715” E. Jonyitude), The outerops at the deep erosional cut on the narth-

eastern slope of Mt, Howie ave chosen ay type section, Stratigraphic succession

and lithology of the type section are given in the stratigraphic column. Due te

the: strong relief of the base of the Mt, Hawie Sandstone, the thickness of the

lowest member varies up to 10 feet and the figure given in the stratigraphic

column is an average value.

24U H. WOPP'NER

Stratigraphic Column— Mt. Howie Type Section

Thickness of .

Stratum Lithclogy

5 ft, dnrierust, grey, very hard, dense columnar, siliceous (“grey billy”—silerete )

25 ft. duricrust, red, ruibbly, sandy and pisolitic, siliceous.

15 ft. sandstone, white, medium-grained, partly indurated by silica, showing honey:

eomb weathering,

33 ft. sandstone, white, mediim-grained, medium hard, sub-angular to sub-rounded,

Kaolinitic, torrential bedded with stringers of coarse sand.

oft. “shale conglomerate’, white to pinkish grev. Bounded to subsounded shale

pebbles (#% in-2 in.) im fine-grained, sub-angnlar, strongly kaolinitic

sandstone,

15 #t, syodstone, white, medium to coarse-grained, porous, shulhtly kaolinitie, medium

hard, Some shale pebbles.

4 oft, shale, white to creamy grey, silty, kaolinitic. medium hard, massive to poorly

bedded, with plant remains and vertical tubes.

3a ft. sandstone, light grey, medium to coarse-grained, sub-angular, slightly kaalinitic,

porous, torrential beddud with lenses of “shale conglomerate” near base.

Disconformity.

50 ft.+ Winton beds, Shale and siltstone with stringers of sand, flat-lying,

The distribution of the Mt. Howie Sandstone is rather irregular, which, how-

ever, might be expected of a sediment of fluviatile origin. Outcrops of Mt.

Howie Sandstone occur intermittently from Mt. Howie to the east and south-

cast, mainly north of the watershed and within the upper drainage area of the

Nilpie Creek. The onterops exhibit all the typical lithological and textural

features as described from the tvpe section, Layers and lenses of “shale con-

glumerate” can be observed commonly, but good exposures of the interface with

the anderlying Wiuton Formation are rare. A further characteristic of these

outcrops is the development of extensive cave-galleries at the hase of the duri-

crust.

Small remnants of Mt. lowie Sandstone were found also at the headwaters

uf Jiblie Creek, near the South Australian-Queensland border. There torrentially-

bedded sandstones with lenses of “shale conglomerate” form the tops of two

isolated hills which situate in the eroded centre of the Nappamilkie Anticline

{Wopfner, 1960). The top parts of the sandstone are affected by secondary

silicification, demonstrating that beth occurrences were capped by duricrust

privr to its removal by erosion, Mowever, of particular interest is the disposi-

tion of the interface between the Mt. Howie Sandstone and the Winton Forma-

tion, The contact between the two formations is again disconfurmable whereby

the respective planes of disconformity dip towards each other, Thus the plane

of discouformity on the western outcrop dips 5° ENE., whilst the interface at

the eastern exposure dips 10° to 15° NW. Viewed from a distance, this gives

the firm impression of a large channel scoured from the flat-lying sediments

of the Winton Formation (see Fig, 2). The above observation is further evi-

dence that the Mt. Howie Sandstone is a fluviatile sediment which was de-

posited in channels cut into the shales and siltstones of the Winton Formation,

The detrital material of the Mt. Howie Sandstone was partly supplied by

contemporaneous erosion of the Winton sediments. Large amounts of eroded

Winton shale and siltstone were reworked to form the components. of the “shale

251

POST-WINTON SEDIMENTS

‘alloyspues

aLMOH ‘YA 8y} Jo uontsodap ayy pajyepysod wrists ayy jo Suidiea pur uonPunoy ayy, ‘ouly

peysep ‘AAvaty TIM poyreul sp pouuNya-Mvarys [Issoy 94} Jo AUTH aqqeqoid ey, “ANH oS

Sdrp [[IY wzajsaa ayy ye sovzrOyUT OY} ISTNTA “AAN oGT O} OT JO Gp B smoys JuBUtWET Uroysea

ayy 7B yovJUOO oyy, “APsAMOadsar ‘AA oT PUP “| of Woe dip syuowrpas uoWTAA oY, “YoAIH

agi Jo staRMpPay oy JY suojspuLg sMOP ‘JJ JO syURUUAL Om] Burmoys YS 'S “SLT

B/CIS Of LOW SUOLLOAB/T

OOOE 0002 000! 10)

WoT UT SENS SjeuKoTdA

196) MH

LSPA YANG | BUOLSDUES BIMO/Y LI gS UOLLEUIMOS UOLLIAf =

ies POSS

Sepis 42FUO

———s i

———

Les

232 H. WOPFNER

conglomerate” whilst the clay material and the fine-grained sand-fraction was,

at least partially, incorporated in the matrix. For the coarser sand-fraction a

more distant source has to be assumed which as yet is umknown. It could have

been situated outside the Great Artesian Basin.

Sediments which are very similar in lithology to the Mt. Howie Sandstone

were obseryed on the eastern limb of the Curalle Anticline aud within the north-

eastern portion of the Murney Dome. Both localities are in south-western

Queensland and lie about 55 miles and 95 miles respectively to the north-east of

the Mt. Howie type-locality. Further investigation is required before a firm

correlation can be made.

A turther occurrence of similar sediments was noted on the northern cuesta

of Innamincka Dome, about half mile cast of the South Australian-Queensland

border. The sediment is a white, medium-grained, kaolinitic and strongly

current-bedded sandstone, resting disconformably on Winton sediments. The

sandstone which is about 60 feet thick, is disconformably overlain by typical

Lower Tertiary quartz-ugate conglomerate. indicating a pre-Tertiary age of this

sandstome, However, additional fossil evidence is needed to reach an indubit-

able correlation.

Fossil Content and Age

At Mt. Hawic type-section, the author and Dr, B. G. Forbes collected several

specimens of plant fossils, which occur within the shale band, about 35 feet

abbinie the disconformity (sce Plate 1A and strativraphic column, page 2), The

fossils consist entirely of casts and moulds, the carbonaceous material which

mist have heen present originally haying been completely removed by the

intense leaching which took place during the formation of the siliceous duri-

crust. However, most of the fossil plants are reasonably well preserved and

show a surprising amount of detail. The fallowing specimens were identified:

(1) Brachyphyllum sp,

Branchlets, slender, 28 mm. to 34 mm, long, 4 mm, wide, leaves Heshy,

spirally arranged, rhomboid lanceolate, keeled, about 3 to 5 mm, lung, 1-9

to2 mm. wide (5 specimens. )

(2) Brachyphyllum sp.

Amentnm, ovoid, 8 tam, in diumeter at base, Base concave with central

stem, Scales rhomboid, Jongitudinally grooved, spirally disposed, 0-4 mm,

long and 0-2 mm. wide, less acnte at base. (1 specimen, cast and muuld. )

(%) Cycadean Trunk

Impression, parallel striated in 4 mm. intervals. Elliptic nodules, 1-5 ta 3

mm. long, 0-9 mm, wide in grooves between and longest diameter parallel

with striations. Nodules occur in 12 mm, ty 15 mm, interyals along direction

of striation and 4mm. laterally, Total width of specimen 30 mm, (1 speci-

men, )

(4) (2?) Cyad-leaf, median rib.

Cast, twe straight singular ridges, 1-3 mm. wide, 23:0 mm, loug and 0-6

mm. high and 4 mm, intervals, some auxilliary striations parallel with main

ridges. Elongated nodules on crest of ridges in regular intervals of 8 mm.

Nodules are 2-0 mm. wide and 0-4 mm. igh on top, tapering downwards

and developing median groove, before fusing with main ridge, Icaflet-

sears (2). (2 specimens. )

11. Woprner

“Trans. Roy.

Exposure of Mt. Howie Sancstone at the Mt. Howie type-

locality (approximately lower half of type-section). The

contact between the Winton sediments and the Me.

Howie Sandstone is outlined in Jower part of picture.

Dr. Forbes standing at base of plant-bearing shale hori-

zon, ‘Torrential bedding is exhibited above (author's

photograph ).

Soc. S.A.", Vol. 86,

PLATE 1A

H, Woprnenr Pirate 1B

B Steep, partly overhanging contact between flat-lying Win-

ton shale (right) and torrentially bedded Mt. Howie

Sandstone (left and top) at Mt. Howie type-locality. The

steep contact-surface is visible below the hammer. The

dark portions within the Winton shale are limonite stains

(author’s photograph ).

“Trans. Roy. Soc, S.A.’, Vol. £6,

POST-WINTON SEDIMENTS 253

The author is aware that the definition of the genus Brachyphyllum is

rather unsatisfactory (Seward, 1895, p. 214). However, Brachyphyllum is

essentially a Mesozoic venus and its occurrence is almost entirely restricted to

that era. Furthermore, the flora from Mt, Howie with its complete absence of

angiuspermae, shows Mesozoic affinities and a strong relationship to the known

flora of the Winton Formation (Rowe, 1957; Whitehouse, 1954).

The flora which is characteristic of the Lower Tertiary sediments is mainly

composed of angiospermae and is complctely different from the one described

above,

Furthermore, the lithology of the Mt. Howie Sandstone differs consider-

ably from the lithology of the Lower Tertiary sediments. The Lower Tertiary

sandstone is generally clean and well-sorted. The basal conglomerate, com-

posed of highly polished quartz pebbles with large amounts of agate and silici-

fied wood was found to be typically associated with the Lower Tertiary

sediments over a very wide area (Tibuoburra, Innamincka, Cordillo, Marree}.

The Mt. Howie Sandstone, in comparison, is ill-sorted and contains a large

amount of kaolin and other fine fractions. A basal conglomerate is conspicu-

ously absent and the ouly psephytic fractions are the reworked shale fragments

of the “shale conglomerate’.

Concluding, the following points can be stated:

(1) The Mt. Howie Sandstone is younger than the Winton Formation.

(2) The deposition of Mt. Howie Sandstone predates the formation of the

duricrust (?Miocene).

(3) There are considerable lithological differences between the Lower

Tertiary sediments and the Mt. Howie Sandstone wherefore their equivalence

is unlikely.

(4) The Lower Tertiary sediments are the youngest pre-duricrust sedi-

ments known.

(5) The flora of the Mt. Howie Sandstone shows Mesozoic affinities.

The evidence outlined above indicates a Mesozoic ave and the author

suggests the Mt. Howie Sandstone be placed in the Upper Cretaceous, ic.

Turonian or younger.

Thus the Mt. Howie Sandstone documents the youngest Mesozoic sediment-

ary event recorded so far from the Great Artesian Basin.

REFERENCES

Newnr.-Arper, E. A., 1905, Catalogue of the Fossil Plants of the Clossopteris Flora. in tha

Department of Gcology, Brit. Museum, Nat. Hist,, London.

Rows, S$, M., 1957. Cordillo Downs: Plant Fossils. SANTOS-File, Vol. 5, Dept. of Mines,

§,A. (unpublished ).

Sewarp, A, C,, 1895. The Wealden Flora, Pt. 11. Gymnospermae, Cal, Mes. Plants, Brit.

Mus., London.

Wunrrnouse, F. W.. 1954. The Geology of the Goeasland Portion of the Great Australian

Artesian Basin. Dept. of Coordinator-Genceral of Public Works, Queensland.

Worrner, H., 1960. Gn Some Structural Develupment in the Central Part of the Great

Australian Artesfan Basin. Trans. Roy. Suc. S.A. Vol. $3.

Worrnxrr, H., 1961. The Occurrence of a Shallow Groundwater Horizon and its Natural

Outlets in North-Fasternmost South Australia, ‘I'rans. Roy, Soc. §.A,, Vol. 85.

LIST OF LECTURES GIVEN AT MEETINGS DURING THE

YEAR 1961-62

Summary

LIST OF LECTURES GIVEN AT MEETINGS DURING

July, 1961.

Aug., 1961,

Sept., 1961,

Oct., 1961.

Apr., 1962.

May, 1962.

June, 1962.

THE YEAR 1961-62

Dr. R. V. Sourucott: “The Cubomedusae”.

Mr, R. Carrwricut: “Rocket Research in the Upper Atmosphere”.

Prof. A. R. ALpeRMAN: “Treads in Geological Science”,

Mr. R. V. Woovs: “Geology and Forestry: Some Aspects of Their

Inter-relations in the Adelaide Hills”.

Mr. L. W, Parkin: “Minerals for Industry—Current Exploration and

Development”.

Mr. K. R, Slater: “Reptile Evidence of Zoogeographical Trends in

New Guinea”.

Dr. H. G. Anprewartua: “How Animals Live in Deserts”.

EXHIBITS

During the year the following members exhibited material at Ordinary

Meetings:

Mr. M. J. Tyrer—photographs and coloured slides of a leech which is parasitic

on the Microhylid frogs.

Mr. F. J. Mrrcuett—coloured slides of a small python and gecko lizard living

symbiotically in termite mounds in the Hammersley Ranges, N.W.

Australia.

Mr. T. 1D. Scorr—coloured slides of the University of California’s freshwater

research station at Sagehen Creek, California, U.S.A.

BALANCE SHEET

Summary

ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA (INCORPORATED)

REVENUE ACCOUNT

Receipts and Payments for Year ended 30th June, 1962,

eee

& sd

{ . a s,

To Balance, 1/7/61 be ye . #599 1311 By Printing and Publishing Volume 85,

» Subscriptions 3 a” i . 403 16 10 Reprints, etc. s P . 1931 §

s, Government Grant —.. . -. 1750 0 06 » Binding t 50 b: . 842 1%

» Sale of Publications, ete. _, . 643 6 0 » Library Assistants fd os —~ Wd i

» Rent of Rooms ... a 35 12 6 » Clerical Assistance 1 ve » 175 13

» Interest— » Printing and Stationery oon 2s 95 12

Endowment Fund £447 2 9 1» Postages and Duty Stamps .. . 156 1

Savings Bank _ 36 7 10 » Cleaning and Polishing oe = 78 0

————-~—— 483 10 7 » Telephone .. i - = fs 33 2

s» Insurance ., ba =e! u 72 16

»» Packing and Freight . Se es 15 0

«+ Publications, ete. “ " oe 7 12

» Lighting 2 0 6 10

, Balance—

Bank of Adelaide £291 9 0

Less outstanding

cheque... % 19 6

———-——— 289 19

£3,815 19 10 £3,815 19

a el

Audited and found correct.

F. M, ANGEI, f Hon. F. J. MITCHELL,

N. S. ANGEL, A.U.A, (Com.) | Auditors Hon, Treasure:

Adelaide, 6th July, 1962.

ENDOWMENT FUND

& s. d. £ os,

To Balance. re Prt és . 9,670 0 0 By Revenue Transfer 4 vs . 447 2

+; Investment Interest— » Balance—

Com’wealth In- Com‘wealth In-

scribed Stock .. 428 13 9 scribed Stock .. £9,220 0 0

S.A. Inscribed S.A. Inscribed

Stock _,., a” 410 0 Stock i . 150 0 0

S.A. Gas Co. S.A. Gas Co.

Bonds __... = 13 19 0 Bonds __... % 300 0 O

ats Ast f 447 2 9 ——----— 9.670 0

£10,117 2 9 £10,117 2

———“-___ Qe eee

Audited and found correct. The Commonwealth Stock has been verified by certificate and the §

Stock and the Gas Co. Bonds have been inspected in the hands of the Treasurer.

F. M. ANGEL, [ Hon. F. J. MITCHELL,

N. S. ANGEL, A.U.A. (Com,) | Auditors Hon. Treasurer

Adelaide, 6th July, 1962.

AWARDS OF THE SIR JOSEPH VERCO MEDAL AND

LIST OF FELLOWS, 1962

Summary

AWARDS OF THE SIR JOSEPH VERCO MEDAL

1929 Pror. Watters Howcamm, F.G.5.

1930 Joun McC. Buack, A.L.S,

1931 Pror. ‘Sm Dovetas Mawson, O.B.E., D.So., B.E., F.R.S.

1933 Pror. J. Bunton Cinnanp, M.D,

1935 Pror. T. Harvey Jounston, M.A., D.Se.

1938 Pror, J, A, Prescott, D.Sc., F.A.C.1.

1943. Hensent Womenstey, A.LS,, F.R.E,S,

1944 Pror. J. G. Woop, D.Sc., Ph.D.

1945 Crom T. Manica, M.A., B.E., D.Sc., F.G.S.

1946 Herorat M. Hatz, O.B.E.

1955 L. Kerra Wano, LS.0., B.A., B.E., D.Sc.

1956 N, B. Trnpaur, B.Sc.

1957 C. S. Prrrr, D,Sc-.

1959 C, G, SrepHens, D.So.

1960 H. H. Fixtayson.

1961 RK. L, Speci, Ph.D.

1962 H. G, AnnpnewanTua, M.Ag.Sc,. DSc., F.A.A.

LIST OF FELLOWS

AS AT 30th SEPTEMBER, 1962.

Those marked with an asterisk (*) have contributed papers published in the Society s

Transactions. Those marked with a dagger (+) are Life Members.

Any change in address ur any other changes should be notified to the Secretary.

Note—The publications of the Society are not sent to those members whose. subscriptions

are in arrears.

Date of

Dateof Honorary 1 , FE >

Election “Blection Honorary FELLOWS

1895 1949 *Crrranp, Prov. J. B., M.D., Dashwood Road, Beaumont, $:A.—Verco Medal,

1933; Council, 1921-26, 1932-37; President, 1927-28, 1940-41; Vice-

President, 1926-27, 1941-42,

1913 1955 *Osnorn, Prog. T, G, B., D.Sc., O03 Ward Street, North Adelaide—Council,

1915-20, 1922-24: Vice-President, 1924-25, 1926-27; President, 1925-26.

1912 1955 Wann, L, K., LS.O., B.A., B.E., D.Sc., 22 Northumberland Street, Heath-

pool, Marryatville, S.A.—Council, 1924-27, 1933-35; Vice-President,

1927-28; President, 1928-30; Verca Medal, 1955.

1922 1962 *Haue, H. M., O.B.E,, 12 Bellevue Place, Unley Park, S.A—Verco Medal,

1946: Council, 1931-34, 1950-53, 1956-62; Vice-President, 1934-36,

es President, 1936-37: Treasurer, 1938-50, 1953-56; Coyneil,

957-62,

1933 1962 "Womerrsiey, H., F.B.ES., A.L.S, (Hon. causa), 43 Carlisle Road, West-

bourne Park, $.A.—Verco Medul, 1943; Secretary, 1936-37; Editor, 1937-

43, 1945-47; President, 1943-44; Vice-Presidené, 1944-45; Treasurer,

1950-51, 1956-59.

Date of ‘S

Election FELLOW

1946, *Anpre, Prov. A. A, MD., D.Sc., Ph,D,, Department of Anatomy, University of

Adelaide, North Terrace, Adelaicle, SA.

1961. Apeue, C., B.Se., 42 Kildonan Road, Warradale Park, S.A.

1959. Arrcen, P., B.Sc., South Australian Museum, North Terrace., Adelaide, S.A,

1927. *ALpENMAN, Pror, A, R., Ph.D., D.Se., F.G.S,, Department of Geology, University of

Adelaide, North Terrace, Adelaide, S,A.—Council, 1937-42, 1054-57: Vice-Presi-

dent, 1962-63.

1961, Awpxers, D, J., B.Se., Dip.Ed,, B.Kid., M.A.C.E., c/o, Adelaide Teachers’ College,

Kintore Avenue, Adelaide, §,A,

1951. *ANvenson, Mas. S. H., B.Sc., 31 Lakeman Street, North Adelaide, S.A.

1935. *Anpnewanria, H. G., M.Ag.Se., D:Sc., F.A.A., Zoology Dept., University of Adelaide,

North Terrace, Adelaide, $.A.—Council, 1949-50; Vice-President, 1950-51, 1952-53;

President, 1951-52; Vereo Medal, 1962.

258 LIST OF FELLOWS

Date of

Election

1935, °Anprewantia, Mus. H, G., B.Agr.Sc., M.Sc. (nee H. V. Steele), 29 Claremont

Avenue, Netherby, S.A.

1029, “ANGEL, F. M,, 34 Fullarton Road, Parkside, S.A.

1939, *AncEL, Miss L, M,, M.Sc.,.2 Moore Street, Toorak, Adelaide, $,A,

1960. Archgonp, K. T., South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S.A

1962, Acvaast, Mrs. BR. 1.. c/o, South Australian Musewun, North Terrace, Adclaick, S.A,

1062, Baeor, P. H., 62 Hawkers Road, Medindic, S.A.

1945. *Banizrrr. H. K,, L.h., 2 Abbotshall Road, Lower Mitcham, S.A.

1958, Baces, FL H., Department of Geography, University of Californin, Riverside, Cali-

Fornia, LLS.A.

1950, Becx, R. G., B.Ag.Sc., R.D.A., Lynewood Park, Mil-Lel, via Mount Gambier, S.A.

4952. Bec, FP. R.. D.D.Se,, L.D,8., Shell Mouse, 170 North Terrace, Adelaide, S.A,

1928, Rest, K, J., D.Se,, F.A-C.1., Waite Institute (Private Mail Bag, No. 1), Adelwide, SA.

1956. Brack, A. B, AS.AS.M,, MLM.M., 36 Woodcroft Avenue, St, Georyes, S.A,

1OG4. Buack, EH, GC, MLB. BiS,, Mapill Road, ‘Tranmere, S.A,

162, Borsmc, Mrs. N. M, e/o. South Anstralian Museu, North Terrace, Adelaide S.A.

1Y50. Bony, S he M.B., B.S., FRCS. (Hng,), FRA.C.S,, 19 Marlborough St, College

ark, &

1345. ¢*BonvrHon, C. W., B.Sc, AvA.C.1., Romalo House, Romalo Avenue, Magill, 5.A5

Cuuneil, 1961-,

1945, °Boomsna, C. D., M.Sc., &,Sc.For, 6 Celtic Avenue, South Roud Park, $.A,

147. *Bowrs, D. B., Ph.D, (Lond), DLC. £iG.S., Department of Ceolody, University,

Glasgow, Scotland,

1957, *Broorgs, Miss H. M., Dept, of Fntomology, Waite Institute (Private Mail Bag, Na,

1), Adelaide, S.A,

1962. Brown, BR, G., B.Sc. 3 Jenkiny Avenue, Myrtle Bank, 8A,

1961, *Browneut, P. F., VhD., co. Department of Botany, Universily of Adclvide,

Adelaide, §.A.

1957. Bien, W. G,, B.A, oo Publie Lihrary, North Turrace, Adelaide, S.A. -

Dit *Bursince, Miss N.'T., MSe., QS.LBO. Div. Plant Industry, ‘P.O, Box 109, Cun-

berra, A.C.T.

1968, Bore, I, 51 Richmond Road, Westbourne Park, S.A.

1922, *Camvsert, Pror, T. D., D.D.Se., D.Sa. 24 Lynington Street, Tusmore, S.A—

Council, 1928-32, 1935, 1942-43; Vice-President, 1932-34: Presideni, 1934-35,

ivo0. = Canpurr, C,, 2 Marris Si, Glenela, S.A.

1959, Cakrovus, B. B., R.D.Oen., 26 Dequettville Terrace. Kent Town, S.A.

1953. Carrer, A. N,, B.Sc. ‘8 Scott St., Maroubra Tay, N.S.W.

1980. Catiny, D. B., 8 Cudmore Terrace, Whyalla, $.A.

1957, *Chiwprnnats, G, M., B.Se., Lindsay Ayenuc, Alice Springs, N,T,

1935, Crorumu, B.A. Hydroelectric Commission, Hobart, ‘Vas.

WHO. Citas en, FL 5, Geology Department, University of Queensland, St, Lucia, Bris-

lane, Q.

1962. Const, D. W. P., Ph.D. FYG.S., c/o South Australian Museum, Narth ‘Terrace,

Adelaide, S.A,

1929. *Corron, B. C., F.R-ZS,, [.2., South Australian Museum, North ‘Terrace. Adeluide,

S.A.—Cownoil, [943-46 194H-49; Wiew-President, 1949-50, I951-32: President,

1950-51; Programme Secretory, 1959-62.

1954, Crawronp, A. BK. BSc. Mines Department, 169 Rundle St, Adelaide, S.A.

1986. Dairy, B, Ph.D., Department of Geolovy, University of Adelaide, North ‘Verrace,

Adelaide, $.A.—Programme Secretary, 1957-59; Council, 1960,

1942. Danesxno, CR, M.Se.. 2 Warrego Cresent, Linden Park, Adelaide, S.A,

1951. Daymsox, A. L, C., Ph.D., B.Se,, c/o Messrs. Simpson & Brookman, 35 Grentell St.

Adelaide, S.A.

1950, Dernaxn, C. M., MB. B.S., DPA, DlYM, 29 Gilbert Street, Goodwood, S.A—

Council, 1952-60.

1950. Dix, E. V., Box 12, Aldgate, S.A,

1957. Downs, K. M., M.Ag.Se., Waite Institute (Private Mail Bag, No. 1), Adelaide, 8A.

1959, Duxror, PR. G., BSe., 19 Walton Ave. Clearview, S.A.

44, Duwsronr, S. M, 1, MB. B.S., 170 Payneham Road, St. Peters, S.A.

1931, Dwyer, J. M. M.B., BS., 157 East Terrace, Adelaide, S.A. ;

1U33, *Eannney, Miss C. M., M.Se,, F.1,,8., Department of Botany, University of Adelaide,

North Verrace, Adelaide, S.A —Conncil, 1943-46,

1945. “Epsonps, 8. J. B.A. Ph.D,, Zoolovy Department, University of Adelaide, North

Terrace, Adelaide, $,A.— Council, 1954-53; Programme Secretary, 1955-56;

Secretary, 1956-57.

Date of

Election

lone.

19632.

1956,

1959.

1951.

1960.

I95R

1958.

1962,

i962.

1954,

1953.

1935.

1961,

14959.

1948.

1944,

19311.

1962,

1946.

L9d4.

1960.

1958,

1960,

1944,

1981,

1959.

19-4,

L944,

1947,

1928,

1960.

1945,

1950.

1957,

1958.

1054.

1962.

1939,

1863.

1949,

1960.

194.

1962.

1922,

1958.

LIS! OF FELLOWS 25

*Enoust, A. G., 19 Farrell Street, Glenelg, S.A.—Council, 1940-53.

*Fowsnps. R., Marion Road, Marion, 5.A.

“RIGA H., Dr.rernat., State Uerbarinm, Botanic Garden, North Torrace, Adelie,

Freupen, D, B,, B.Se., Dept. of Zoology, University of Adeluide, North Terrace.

Adelaide, S.A.

egy H. H., 305 Ward St., North Adelaide, $.4.-Veree Medal, L960; Counval,

A).

Fisnur, #. H., 21 Seaview Road, Lynton, 5A.

Fanpun, H. W., 15 Auburn Ave, Myrtle Bank, S.A.

*Kounus, B. G., Ph.D., PGS. 9 Flinders Road, ITillerest, $.A-

Fonp, A, W., F.LGS., AC.C.S., 380 South Terrace, Bankstown. N.S.W.

Forne, N., Dip.Forn, CS.K,0,, Canberra, A.c.T.

Fosres, BR. f., WR. c/o PED, BS.P., Seria, State of Brunei, Boren,

Farytac, 1. B., B.Sc. 2 Selway Street, Oaklands Park, S.A.

Guson, A. A. A.W\AS.ML, Mines Departnent, 169 Rundle St, Adelaide, S.A,

“Gragssnern, M. V,, DSe, MAA, Geology Departinerit, University of Adelairle,

North ‘Terrace, Adelaide, §.A—Council, 1953-54; Vice-President, 1958-59.

tGounsack, H,, Coromandel Valley, S.A.

Crnen, W. J.. B-Se., Delhi Australian Petroleum Ltd., 82 Grenfell St., Adejaide, 5.4,

Greer, Miss L. M. A., BA. M.Sc., Dept. of Anatomy and Histology, Universily of

Adelaide, North Terrace, Adelaide, S.A,

Gross, CG. F., MSc. South Australian Musewin, Adelaide, S.A.—Seeretary, 1950-53,

Guppy, D. J., B.Se., c/o W.A, Petroleum Co,, 251 Adelaide Terrace, Perth, WA,

Hany, 2. &., Tea Tree Gully, S.A,

tHancock, N, L., 3 Bewdley, 66 Beresford Road, Rase Bay, N.S,W.

Hanpene, J. H., BSc, (W.A.}, 92% East Avenne, Clarence Park, S.A.

*Hanpy, Mus, J. E. (nee A. GC. Beckwith), M.Se., Stewarl Ave, Salisbury, S.A.

Tianats, J, Ri, B.Sc., c/o Waite Institute (Private Mail Bag, No. 1), Adelaide, S.A.

Haurison, J., 7 McQuillan Ave,, Renown Park, §.A-

Hayuart, J. &., B.Se., 68 Pleasant Avenue, Glandore, S.A.

Hayman, D, G,, Ph.D., Genetics Department, University of Adelaide, North Terrace,

Adelaide, §.A.

Hinwor, R. 1, BAgrSe., 49 Halsbury Avenne, Kingswood, §.A.

Hocking, L. J., 46 Kauri Parade, Scucliff, S.A. ;

Monyrrz, R.. G. H., D.Sc.. Glenside Ruad, Woodbury Hill, Stirling West, 5.A,

*Hossretp, P. §., Ph.D., 132 Fisher Street, Wullarton, $.A.

Humpr, D. §. W.. MBS, J.P., 238 Payneham Road, Payoehom, $.A,

*Hurron, J. T., BSc, ASASM., 10 Bellevue Place. Unley Park, §.A.— Council,

1957-61: Vice-President, 1961-62; President, 1962-63.

Iroutp, 2., 14 Wyatt Road, Burnside, S.A.

Incuam, 1. J., 34 Lexington Road, Henley South, S.A.

*Trssup, R, W., M.Sc. 6 North Penno Parade, Belair, §.A.—Cauneil, 1961-,

*Jouns, BR. K,, B,Se,, Department of Mines, 169 Rundle St, Adelaide, S.A.

Jounson, B., B.Su.Agr., Ph.D... Waite Institule (Private Mail Bag, No. 1), Adclaide,

S.A,

‘Tomson, W., BSc. (Hons.), 33 Myan Avenue, Woodville West, S.A.

Keavs, A. 1), B/E, 44 LeFevre Terrace, North Adelaide, S.A.

Kwenv, Mas. \, e/a South Australian Museum, Adelaide, S.A-

Petsson, M., Ph.D. M.B., F.AGS., Khakhar Buildings, C.P. Tank Road, Rem-

ay, India.

kine, Miss M. J.B, MuyiBac.,. AU.A, “Mirrabooka”, Wilpena_St., Eden lilly, S.A-

°kKixc, D., M.Se., c/o Utah Development Go, Roum 374, ‘P. & G. Bldu., Brishane, Q.

4KLEEMAN, A. W., Pb.D,, Dept. of Geology, University of Adelaide, North Terrace,

Adelaide, S.A, Seeretury, 1045-49; Viee-President,, 1948-49, 1950-51; President,

1949-40).

Kucrrer, BR, T1., Roseworthy Agricultural College, Roseworthy, 5.4.

"Lancrorp-Santn, T., B-A., M.Se., Ph.D., Dept. of Geography, University of Sydney.

Sydney, NVS.W.

Laws, 0. F., M.A. B.D., Ph-D., Zoology Dept., University of Adelaide, Adelaide, $.4-

Lenvoy, G. A, M.D., B.S., F.R.G.P,, c/o, Elder's Truster and Executor Co, Lta..

37 Currie Street, Adelaide, S.A.

Levpsay, I. A, HO Cross Road, Highgate, S.A.

260

Date of

Election

1948.

193],

1953,

1938,

1959,

1950,

1920,

1948,

LIST OF FELLOWS

Loratan, T. Ro N,, N.D.H. (N,Z.), Directoy, Botanic Garden, Adelaide, $.A—

Peru 1952-53; Council, 1953-57; Viec-President, 1957-58, 1960-61; President,

| “OO.

*Lupproox, Mrs, N. H., MA. Ph.D, D.L.C.,, F.G.5,, Department of Mines; 169

Rundle St,, Adelaide, 5.A.—Counvil, 1958-60, Vice-Presitlent, 1960-61; President,

JOG6L-62; Vier-President, 1962-63,

Mautzer, D, A., B.Sc, (Hons.), Waite Tnstitute (Privates Muil Bag, No, 1), Adcluide,

S.A.

Mansuats, T. {\, MAgrSe., Ph.D. C.S.0R.0., Division of Soils (Private Mail Bag,

No 1), Adelaide, SA—Couneil, 1948-532.

®Maattx, Misa H. A., c/o Department of Botany and Biology, University of British

Colombia, Vancouver 8, Canad.

Mayo, G. M. E., BAgSe,, Ph.D., 29 Angus Rd., Lower Mitcham, S.A.

Mayo, Sin Hernesr, LL.B. 0.0., 90 Northgate St., Unley Park, S.A.

MeCun Lon, R. N., MBE. B.Se,, BAprSe., Roseworthy Agricultural College, Rose-

worthy, S.A.

1945, +*Mines, K, R., D.Se., F.G.S., 11 Church Road, Mitcham, S.A.

L962,

1952,

1939,

1958,

195].

1959,

1933,

1936.

1057.

1962,

1944,

1962,

1945,

LOS.

1956.

1937,

1949,

192),

41926,

1848,

1935.

4961.

JOR.

1945.

1950}.

1944.

1947.

1953,

1951,

}O5V),

1951.

1945,

1933,

Mitus, K. J., B.Se., 17 Denis Street, St. Marys, S.A,

Miune, K, L,, F.G.A., 14 Burlington Street, Walkerville, S.A.

MincHam, V. H., 30 Wuinhouse Street, Torrensyille, S.A,

*Mrmams, R. G., B.Sc,, 5 Myrtle Rd, Seacliff, $.A,

°M jes! F, J., South Austrglian Mnseurn, North Terruce, Adelaide, §.4.—Treasurer,

59-.

Mrrcnert, Mas, F. J., M.Sc, Francis Street, Beloir, S.A,

Mircwene, Prov. SiR M. L,, M,Se., c/o Elder's Trustee and Executur Co. Ttd,, 37

Currie Street, Adelaide,

°Movuntrory, C.. P., 25 First Avenue, St. Peters, Adelaide, S.A,

*Mumme, Ivan A., B.Sc. (Hons.), c/o Australian Atomic Energy Commission, 2.0).,

Coogee, N.S.W.

Newsoate, A., B.Sv., Animal Industry Branch, N.T. Administration, Box 280, Alice

Springs, N.T_

Ninnes, A. R,, B.A, B.D.A., 62 Sheffield Street, Malvern, §.A,

Nixon, L. G. B., B.Sc., 3 Sweetwater St, Seacombe Gardens, S.A,

*NortucoTe, K. H., BAgrSo, ALAS, C.S.1.R,0,, Division af Soils (Private Mail

Bag, No. 1), Adelaide, $.A.

Ocxewnen, G, P., BLA, 68 Holbrooks Rd. Flinders Park, S.A.

O'Dascott, F. $., B.Se., 9 Vinall Street, Dover Gardens, S.A;

°Pankin, L. W., M.Sc. A.S.T.C., Department of Mines, 169 Rundle St. Adelaide,

S.A,—Seoretary, 1953-56; Vice-President, 1956-57, 1958-59; President, 1957-58.

Parkinson, K. ]., B,Sc,, 91 Stuart St, Hillorest, S.A,

Paur, A. G. M.A. BSc, 10 Milton Avenue, Fullarton Estale, S.A,

Piper, C. S., D.Sc., C.S,1.R.O.,. Division of Soils (Private Mail Bag, No. 1), Adelaide,

5.A—Verco Metal, 1957; Council, 1941-43; Vice-President, 1943-45, 1946-47;

President, 1945-46,

Powys, J. K., B.Sc,, Waite Institute (Privates Mail Bag, Nu. L), Adelaide, S.A,

“Prescotr, Prof, J, A. C.B.E., D.Sc. PRACT, FiKS. FAA, 82 Cross Road,

Myrtle Bank, S.A—Verco Medal, 1938; Cauneil, (927-30, 1935-39; Vite-President,

1930-32; President, 1932-33; Eclitur, 1955-62; Cenneil, 1962-63,

Prerty, G. 1., B.A, ¢/o South Australian Museum, Adelaide, S.A,

*PuneLe, Miss L. A. B., Box 876c, G.P.O., Adelaide, S.A. ,-

*Pavor, L. D., M.Sc., Dip.For., 32 La Perouse Street, Griffith, Canherra, A,O.T.

*Rarncan, J. H., M.Sc., Newcastle University College, Tigh’s Hill, 2N, N.S.W-

Ricextan, D. S., D.Se., B,Agr.Se., C.S.LB.O., Division of Biochemistry, Adelaidv, S.A.

Fuener, W, RB. B.Sc, c/o Scripps Lustitution of Oceanography, Dept. of Pulaean-

tology, University of California, La Jolla, Galifornis, U_S.A.

Rocrss, Poor. W. P., D.Sc., Ph.D., FAA. M.L,Biol., Zoology Dept., University of

Adelaide, North ‘ferrace, Adelaide, S.A.

Rowe, $. A., 22 Shelley Street, Firle, S.A.

Rupp, Paor. FE. A. BiS¢., A.M. University of Adelaide, North Terrace, Adelaide,

S.A.

Russexi. L. D., c/o Adelaide Boys’ High Schoul, West Terrace, Adelaide, $,A,

Ryminy, J. BR. Old Penola Estate, Penola, S.A,

Scuweiper, M., M.B., B.S,, 175 North ‘Terrace, Adelaide, §.A.

LIST OF FELLOWS 264

Date of 7

Flection

1959. Spee Bs Pavan of Land Research and Divisional Suryey, C.S.LR,0, Can

erra, A.C.T.

1951, "Scorn. "l, D, M.Sc, South Australi Museum, North Terme, Adelitide. S.A,

Programme Searetary, 1933-54, 1956-57; Sevreturyj, LY57-.

1925. °SuHranp, F., Port Elliot, $.A.

1936. °Simanp, K,, DSc, C.$.1.R.0,, Diviyion of Fisheries and Occanongraphy, University

of W.A., Nedlands, W.A.

1954. 9 Swepvrrp, R. G.. B.Sc. e/a Departnent of Mines, 169 Rundle St, Adelaide, S.A.

191. SHerHekn, 8. A. B.A, LL.B. 5 Roseyear St, Hawthorn, S.A.

1844, Suinxrievp, RR. C., 57 Canterbury Avenue, ‘Trinity Gardens, 8.4,

1982. Smank, D., M.se., ¢/o Department of Mines, Rundle St, Adelaide, S.A.

1925. |Sanrx, Sm Ton: Bann, Kt, B.A, 25 Currie Street, Adelaide, S.A.

I8dl, *Sourncorr, BK. V. M.D, B.S., D.T.M. & T., 13 Jasper Street, Hyde Park, S/A--

Council, 1940-51, 1959-53, 1957-80; Treusurer, 1951-53; Vice-President, 1953-54,

1955-58, 1961-62; President, 1954-55, 1960-61.

1947. *Srecur, BR, L., Ph.D., Botany Department, University of Melbonrme—Verca Medal,

18g Cimmeil, 1951-52, 1955-60; Programme Seeretary, 1952-93, View-President,

DAT.

1936, +*Senice, KR. C., M.Sc., 5 Baker Street. Somerton Park, S.A.

1940,

[951.

1938,

1975.

tag,

LO5L.

1982.

LS6U,

1934.

T9A8,

1959,

120.

1961,

1963.

Ina,

1938.

1957.

1959,

194q,

123,

1955,

1959.

195y,

S960,

1950.

1953,

1954.

1954-

1959,

*Spry. A. ID. MSe, Geology Depattmonut, University of Tasnimia, Habart, ‘las.

STEADMAN, Kev, W. BK. 6 Blairgowrie Road, St. Georges, S.A.

*Srepurns, O. G,, D.Se., CS1K-0., Division of Soils (Private Mail Bay, No. 1), Ade-

lnide, S.A.—Veren Medul, 1959; Council, 1952-54; Vice-President, 1954-34, 1956-:

57; President, 1955-56,

Swaine, C. D., M.B., B.S., 220 Esplanade, Largs North, S.A.

Swinpouiwe, R, F, C., Boa 210, P.O. Alice Springs, NYT.

Swims, Th, MiAg Se. 138 Derwent Ave. Rostrevor, S.A.

*Symon, 1D. E., B.Ay.Se., Waite Institute (Private Mail Bay, No. 1), Adeluide, S.A,

SymMovs, F, b,, Urantiun Troatment Plant. Port Pirie, SA,

FONE f G., 385 Murray Streyt, Lower Mitcham, S.A—Editor, 1947-55: Council,

Do-58.

Tavnon, D. J, Dept. of Entomology, Waite Institute (Private Mail Bug, No. 1),

Adelaide, S.A.

Tarron, D. J., 23 Westbourne St. Prahran East, Vie,

*'Tayiox, J. K., BAL, M.$e, C.S.1.B.0., Division of Suils (Private Mail Bay, No. 1),

Aduluide, SA—Counetl, 1940-13, 1947-80; Librarian, 1951-52; VieePresident,

1952-53, 1934-55; Prewident, 1953-54; Mditur, 1962-63,

Tracie, F) A. c/o Post Office, TInwker, S.A-

Trusven, RoE. LLB. o/o. Post Ollice, "Tosunda, S.A,

*THonaAs, TM. MSc. (Wales), M,1,Biol,, Department of Zoology, University if

Adelnide, S.A. Seeretary, (H18-50; Council, 1950-33; Vice-President, 153-58.

1957-66; President, 156-57; Assivtunt Uitifor, 1a8--

°Tuostas, Mus. 1M. (nee 2. M. Muwson)}, M.Se., Department of Zovlogy, University

of Adelaide, North Terrace, Adelaide, §.4,

Tuomas, J., B.Sc., Woudleigh Road, Blavkwood, S.A.

Toomson, B. P., MSc... 33 Oaklands Road, Parkhaline, S.A.

°Tnowson, Cart, J. M., 133 Military Road, Semaphore South, S.A.

*Tixnpane, N. B., B.Se., South Anstralian Musewn, North Terrace, Adelaide, S.A,

Verena Medal, 1956; Secretary, 1935-36; Council, 1946-47; Vice-President, LY47-

48, 1949-50; Fresident. 1946-19; Librarivn, 1953-.

*Tooken, B. M., BSe., C.S.LR.0., Division of Soils (Privnte Muil Bay, Io. 1),

Adeliidu, S.A.

Twroaue, CO. R., Pu.D., M.Se., Dept. of Geography, University af Adelaide, North

‘Verrace. Adelaide, S.A.

“Lyier, M. [., Dept, of Physiology, University af Adelaide, North 'fertace, Adelaide,

S.A.—Pragtamme Secretary, 1962-.

Tyvwan, A, BE ofa Australian Mineral Development Laboratories, Klemiiglun St,

Parkside, S.A,

Verrcn, J. T., Box 92, Port Lincoln, 8.A-

Warenman, R. A. B.A, MLA. PhJ9., Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan,

U.S.A.

*Wern, B. P., M.Se., Department of Mines, 169 Ronele St. Adclaidu, S.A.

Wruns, C, B., B.Ag-Sc., Brondlees, Waverley Ridge, Crafers, S.A.

Wuean, Prog. R. FL, M.D., Pu.D,, D.Se., Department of Physiqlogy, University of

Adelaide, North "errace, Adelaide, S.A,

262

Date of

Election

1962.

1946.

1950,

1946.

1961.

1954.

1944,

1957.

1960,

1949,

1944,

LIST OF FELLOWS

Wurrten, G. F., B.Sc., ¢/o Department of Mines, Rundle Street, Adelaide, S.A.

*Wuirrie, A. W. G., M.Sc., Department of Economic Geology, University of Adelaide,

North Terrace, Adelaide, S.A.

Wiuurams, L. D., “Dumosa,” Meningie, S.A.

*Witson, Pror. A. F., D.Sc., Dept. of Geology, University of Queensland, St. Lucia,

Brisbane, Qld.

*Wirson, P. G., B.Sc., c/o Botanic Garden, North Terrace, Adelaide, S.A,

*Womerstry, H. B. S., D.Sc., Botany Department, University of Adelaide, North Ter-

Adelaide, S.A.—Council, 1960-.

Womens.ey, J. S., B.Sc., Dept. of Forests, Lac, New Guinea,

Woops, R. V,, B.Sc., Mt. Crawford, S.A.

*Woprrner, H., Ph.D., 16 Reece Ave., Klemzig, S.A.

Yeates, J. N., A.M.LE., A.M.LM.E., Highways and Local Government Dept.,

Adelaide, S.A,

ZimMeR, W. J., Dip.For., F.L.S. (Lond.), 7 Rupert St., Footscray West, W.12, Vic.

AWARDS OF THE SIR JOSEPH VERCO MEDAL AND

LIST OF FELLOWS, 1962

Summary

GENERAL INDEX

Names printed in italics. as separate entries indicate that the forms are new to science.

Acarina, two new species from bat

guano: H. Womarsley

Acarina, a new spécies of Forcellinia!

H. Womersley

Acarina, a description of some “Smari-

didae: R, V. Southcott

Amphibians and_ réptiles of the

central highlands of New Guinea:

M. J. Tyler

Y Anura: Microhylidae R

Il Anura; Ranidae and Hylidae

Balance Sheet, 1962 . 7

Bitumen, coastal in southern Aus-

tralia: TR. C. Sprige- and J B,

Woolley

Calorema gen, nov. ne

Calorema azteka ..

Chippendale, G. M.: Contributions to

the Hora of central Australia

Chippendale, G. M.: Relic nature of

some central Australian plants

Clavisinaris gen. ov. .

Clauismarix conifera — _.

Clavismaris cybaea.

Cuproglyphus dewae

Edwards, RB. (324. Mountford, C. P.,

aud Edwards, .

Fessonia lacrimosa

Fessonia lappacea. .,

Fessonia scohina ..

Fesyonia serrata

Flora of central Australia, contribu-

tions to the: G. M. Chippendale

Forcellinta galleriella ‘s f

Geology and petroleum prospects of

the Simpson Desert: R. C. Sprigg

Hirstiosomu bolivari

Hyla micramembrana

Hyla mintimu

Lectures and exhibits

List of Fellows

Mauntford, C. P., and Edwards, R.:

Rock engravings of Panararnitee

Station, vorth-vastern South Aus-

tralia Pe

131

Neoatrombidium gzracilare

Plants of central Australia, relic

nature of some: G. M. Chippendale

Rock engravings olf Panaramitee Sta.

tion: C. P. Mountford and RB.

Edwards _. a : as

Sediments, post-Winton of the Upper

Oretaceous age in the central Great

Artesian Basin: H. Wopfner

Simpson Desert. acology and petra-

leum prospects of: R. C, Sprigg ..

Smiaris zeteki

Smearis lunceolata -

Smaris boneti é .

Southeott, BR. Vr The Smarididae

( Acarina ) of north und central

America and some other countries

Sprigg, R. C.: The geology and

petroleum prospects of the Simpson

Desert

Sprigg, R, C,, ial Woolley, 1. B:

Coastal bitumen in southern Aus-

tralia i \ h. ..

Trichosmaris gen, noy, ..

Trichosmurty dispar nt

Lrichosmaris dispar deritella

Tyler, M. J. A taxonomic study of

amphibians und reptiles of the

central highlands of New Guinea.

I Anura: Microhylidae =

If Anura: Ranidae and Hylidae

Womersley, H.: Two new species of

Acarina from bat guano

Womersley, H.: A new species of

Forcellinia ( Acarina, Tyrogly-

phidac ) n

Woolley, J. B, (see Speive, R C.,

amd Woolley, J. .

Wopfner, H.: Post-Winton eudiments

of Upper Cretaceous age in the

central Great Artesian Basin fe

1A7

131

247

165

170

182

159

247

CONTENTS

G. M. CurerENDALE: Contributions to the Flora of Central Australia

M. J. Tyter: A Taxonomic Study of Amphibians and Reptiles of the Central

Highlands of New Guinea, with Notes on their Ecology and Biology.

I Anura: Microhylidae ...

G. M. CumrenpALe: The Relic Nature of Some Central Australian Plants

R. C. Spricc: Geology and Petroleum Prospects of the Simpson Desert

R. C. Spricc ann J. B. Woottey: Coastal Bitumen in Southern Australia,

with Special Reference to Observations at Geltwood Beach, South-

East South Australia

M. J. Tyzten: A Taxonomic Study of Amphibians and Reptiles of the Central

Highlands of New Guinea, with Notes on their Ecology and Biology.

II Anura: Ranidae and Hylidae

C. P. Mounrrorp ann R. Epwarps: Rock Engravings of Panaramitee

Station, North-Eastern South Australia ...

H. Womerstey: Two New Species of Acarina from Bat Guano from Aus-

tralian Caves

H. Womerstey: A New Species of Forcellinia os » Tyvoelypbidae)

from Bee Hives of Western Australia

R. V. Sourncorr: The Smarididae (Acarina) of North and Central

America and some other Countries

H. Woprner: Post-Winton Sediments of Probable Upper Cretaceous Age

in the Central Great Artesian Basin

List of Lectures and Exhibits 1961-62...

Balance Sheet

Award of the Sir Joseph Verco Medal and List of Fellows, 1962

Index

PAGE

105

131

147

155